Add Firebase

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseAnalytics.framework/Headers/FIRAnalytics+AppDelegate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "FIRAnalytics.h"
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * Provides App Delegate handlers to be used in your App Delegate.
+ *
+ * To save time integrating Firebase Analytics in an application, Firebase Analytics does not
+ * require delegation implementation from the AppDelegate. Instead this is automatically done by
+ * Firebase Analytics. Should you choose instead to delegate manually, you can turn off the App
+ * Delegate Proxy by adding FirebaseAppDelegateProxyEnabled into your app's Info.plist and setting
+ * it to NO, and adding the methods in this category to corresponding delegation handlers.
+ *
+ * To handle Universal Links, you must return YES in
+ * [UIApplicationDelegate application:didFinishLaunchingWithOptions:].
+ */
+@interface FIRAnalytics (AppDelegate)
+
+/**
+ * Handles events related to a URL session that are waiting to be processed.
+ *
+ * For optimal use of Firebase Analytics, call this method from the
+ * [UIApplicationDelegate application:handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession:completionHandler]
+ * method of the app delegate in your app.
+ *
+ * @param identifier The identifier of the URL session requiring attention.
+ * @param completionHandler The completion handler to call when you finish processing the events.
+ *     Calling this completion handler lets the system know that your app's user interface is
+ *     updated and a new snapshot can be taken.
+ */
++ (void)handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession:(NSString *)identifier
+                          completionHandler:(nullable void (^)(void))completionHandler;
+
+/**
+ * Handles the event when the app is launched by a URL.
+ *
+ * Call this method from [UIApplicationDelegate application:openURL:options:] &#40;on iOS 9.0 and
+ * above&#41;, or [UIApplicationDelegate application:openURL:sourceApplication:annotation:] &#40;on
+ * iOS 8.x and below&#41; in your app.
+ *
+ * @param url The URL resource to open. This resource can be a network resource or a file.
+ */
++ (void)handleOpenURL:(NSURL *)url;
+
+/**
+ * Handles the event when the app receives data associated with user activity that includes a
+ * Universal Link (on iOS 9.0 and above).
+ *
+ * Call this method from [UIApplication continueUserActivity:restorationHandler:] in your app
+ * delegate (on iOS 9.0 and above).
+ *
+ * @param userActivity The activity object containing the data associated with the task the user
+ *     was performing.
+ */
++ (void)handleUserActivity:(id)userActivity;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseAnalytics.framework/Headers/FIRAnalytics.h

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "FIREventNames.h"
+#import "FIRParameterNames.h"
+#import "FIRUserPropertyNames.h"
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/// The top level Firebase Analytics singleton that provides methods for logging events and setting
+/// user properties. See <a href="http://goo.gl/gz8SLz">the developer guides</a> for general
+/// information on using Firebase Analytics in your apps.
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(Analytics)
+@interface FIRAnalytics : NSObject
+
+/// Logs an app event. The event can have up to 25 parameters. Events with the same name must have
+/// the same parameters. Up to 500 event names are supported. Using predefined events and/or
+/// parameters is recommended for optimal reporting.
+///
+/// The following event names are reserved and cannot be used:
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>ad_activeview</li>
+///     <li>ad_click</li>
+///     <li>ad_exposure</li>
+///     <li>ad_impression</li>
+///     <li>ad_query</li>
+///     <li>adunit_exposure</li>
+///     <li>app_clear_data</li>
+///     <li>app_remove</li>
+///     <li>app_update</li>
+///     <li>error</li>
+///     <li>first_open</li>
+///     <li>in_app_purchase</li>
+///     <li>notification_dismiss</li>
+///     <li>notification_foreground</li>
+///     <li>notification_open</li>
+///     <li>notification_receive</li>
+///     <li>os_update</li>
+///     <li>screen_view</li>
+///     <li>session_start</li>
+///     <li>user_engagement</li>
+/// </ul>
+///
+/// @param name The name of the event. Should contain 1 to 40 alphanumeric characters or
+///     underscores. The name must start with an alphabetic character. Some event names are
+///     reserved. See FIREventNames.h for the list of reserved event names. The "firebase_",
+///     "google_", and "ga_" prefixes are reserved and should not be used. Note that event names are
+///     case-sensitive and that logging two events whose names differ only in case will result in
+///     two distinct events.
+/// @param parameters The dictionary of event parameters. Passing nil indicates that the event has
+///     no parameters. Parameter names can be up to 40 characters long and must start with an
+///     alphabetic character and contain only alphanumeric characters and underscores. Only NSString
+///     and NSNumber (signed 64-bit integer and 64-bit floating-point number) parameter types are
+///     supported. NSString parameter values can be up to 100 characters long. The "firebase_",
+///     "google_", and "ga_" prefixes are reserved and should not be used for parameter names.
++ (void)logEventWithName:(NSString *)name
+              parameters:(nullable NSDictionary<NSString *, id> *)parameters
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(logEvent(_:parameters:));
+
+/// Sets a user property to a given value. Up to 25 user property names are supported. Once set,
+/// user property values persist throughout the app lifecycle and across sessions.
+///
+/// The following user property names are reserved and cannot be used:
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>first_open_time</li>
+///     <li>last_deep_link_referrer</li>
+///     <li>user_id</li>
+/// </ul>
+///
+/// @param value The value of the user property. Values can be up to 36 characters long. Setting the
+///     value to nil removes the user property.
+/// @param name The name of the user property to set. Should contain 1 to 24 alphanumeric characters
+///     or underscores and must start with an alphabetic character. The "firebase_", "google_", and
+///     "ga_" prefixes are reserved and should not be used for user property names.
++ (void)setUserPropertyString:(nullable NSString *)value forName:(NSString *)name
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(setUserProperty(_:forName:));
+
+/// Sets the user ID property. This feature must be used in accordance with
+/// <a href="https://www.google.com/policies/privacy">Google's Privacy Policy</a>
+///
+/// @param userID The user ID to ascribe to the user of this app on this device, which must be
+///     non-empty and no more than 256 characters long. Setting userID to nil removes the user ID.
++ (void)setUserID:(nullable NSString *)userID;
+
+/// Sets the current screen name, which specifies the current visual context in your app. This helps
+/// identify the areas in your app where users spend their time and how they interact with your app.
+/// Must be called on the main thread.
+///
+/// Note that screen reporting is enabled automatically and records the class name of the current
+/// UIViewController for you without requiring you to call this method. If you implement
+/// viewDidAppear in your UIViewController but do not call [super viewDidAppear:], that screen class
+/// will not be automatically tracked. The class name can optionally be overridden by calling this
+/// method in the viewDidAppear callback of your UIViewController and specifying the
+/// screenClassOverride parameter. setScreenName:screenClass: must be called after
+/// [super viewDidAppear:].
+///
+/// If your app does not use a distinct UIViewController for each screen, you should call this
+/// method and specify a distinct screenName each time a new screen is presented to the user.
+///
+/// The screen name and screen class remain in effect until the current UIViewController changes or
+/// a new call to setScreenName:screenClass: is made.
+///
+/// @param screenName The name of the current screen. Should contain 1 to 100 characters. Set to nil
+///     to clear the current screen name.
+/// @param screenClassOverride The name of the screen class. Should contain 1 to 100 characters. By
+///     default this is the class name of the current UIViewController. Set to nil to revert to the
+///     default class name.
++ (void)setScreenName:(nullable NSString *)screenName
+          screenClass:(nullable NSString *)screenClassOverride;
+
+/// The unique ID for this instance of the application.
++ (NSString *)appInstanceID;
+
+/// Clears all analytics data for this instance from the device and resets the app instance ID.
+/// FIRAnalyticsConfiguration values will be reset to the default values.
++ (void)resetAnalyticsData;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseAnalytics.framework/Headers/FIRAnalyticsSwiftNameSupport.h

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#ifndef FIR_SWIFT_NAME
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+// NS_SWIFT_NAME can only translate factory methods before the iOS 9.3 SDK.
+// Wrap it in our own macro if it's a non-compatible SDK.
+#ifdef __IPHONE_9_3
+#define FIR_SWIFT_NAME(X) NS_SWIFT_NAME(X)
+#else
+#define FIR_SWIFT_NAME(X)  // Intentionally blank.
+#endif  // #ifdef __IPHONE_9_3
+
+#endif  // FIR_SWIFT_NAME

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseAnalytics.framework/Headers/FIREventNames.h

@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
+/// @file FIREventNames.h
+///
+/// Predefined event names.
+///
+/// An Event is an important occurrence in your app that you want to measure. You can report up to
+/// 500 different types of Events per app and you can associate up to 25 unique parameters with each
+/// Event type. Some common events are suggested below, but you may also choose to specify custom
+/// Event types that are associated with your specific app. Each event type is identified by a
+/// unique name. Event names can be up to 40 characters long, may only contain alphanumeric
+/// characters and underscores ("_"), and must start with an alphabetic character. The "firebase_",
+/// "google_", and "ga_" prefixes are reserved and should not be used.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+/// Add Payment Info event. This event signifies that a user has submitted their payment information
+/// to your app.
+static NSString *const kFIREventAddPaymentInfo NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventAddPaymentInfo) =
+    @"add_payment_info";
+
+/// E-Commerce Add To Cart event. This event signifies that an item was added to a cart for
+/// purchase. Add this event to a funnel with kFIREventEcommercePurchase to gauge the effectiveness
+/// of your checkout process. Note: If you supply the @c kFIRParameterValue parameter, you must
+/// also supply the @c kFIRParameterCurrency parameter so that revenue metrics can be computed
+/// accurately. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterQuantity (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemID (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemName (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemCategory (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemLocationID (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterPrice (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCurrency (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterOrigin (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterDestination (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterStartDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterEndDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventAddToCart NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventAddToCart) = @"add_to_cart";
+
+/// E-Commerce Add To Wishlist event. This event signifies that an item was added to a wishlist.
+/// Use this event to identify popular gift items in your app. Note: If you supply the
+/// @c kFIRParameterValue parameter, you must also supply the @c kFIRParameterCurrency
+/// parameter so that revenue metrics can be computed accurately. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterQuantity (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemID (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemName (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemCategory (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemLocationID (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterPrice (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCurrency (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventAddToWishlist NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventAddToWishlist) =
+    @"add_to_wishlist";
+
+/// App Open event. By logging this event when an App becomes active, developers can understand how
+/// often users leave and return during the course of a Session. Although Sessions are automatically
+/// reported, this event can provide further clarification around the continuous engagement of
+/// app-users.
+static NSString *const kFIREventAppOpen NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventAppOpen) = @"app_open";
+
+/// E-Commerce Begin Checkout event. This event signifies that a user has begun the process of
+/// checking out. Add this event to a funnel with your kFIREventEcommercePurchase event to gauge the
+/// effectiveness of your checkout process. Note: If you supply the @c kFIRParameterValue
+/// parameter, you must also supply the @c kFIRParameterCurrency parameter so that revenue
+/// metrics can be computed accurately. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCurrency (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterTransactionID (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterStartDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterEndDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfNights (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional) for
+///         hotel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfRooms (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional) for
+///         hotel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfPassengers (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional)
+///         for travel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterOrigin (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterDestination (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterTravelClass (NSString) (optional) for travel bookings</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventBeginCheckout NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventBeginCheckout) =
+    @"begin_checkout";
+
+/// Campaign Detail event. Log this event to supply the referral details of a re-engagement
+/// campaign. Note: you must supply at least one of the required parameters kFIRParameterSource,
+/// kFIRParameterMedium or kFIRParameterCampaign. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterSource (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterMedium (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCampaign (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterTerm (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterContent (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterAdNetworkClickID (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCP1 (NSString) (optional)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventCampaignDetails NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventCampaignDetails) =
+    @"campaign_details";
+
+/// Checkout progress. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///    <li>@c kFIRParameterCheckoutStep (unsigned 64-bit integer as NSNumber)</li>
+///    <li>@c kFIRParameterCheckoutOption (NSString) (optional)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventCheckoutProgress NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventCheckoutProgress) =
+    @"checkout_progress";
+
+/// Earn Virtual Currency event. This event tracks the awarding of virtual currency in your app. Log
+/// this along with @c kFIREventSpendVirtualCurrency to better understand your virtual economy.
+/// Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterVirtualCurrencyName (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (signed 64-bit integer or double as NSNumber)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventEarnVirtualCurrency
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventEarnVirtualCurrency) = @"earn_virtual_currency";
+
+/// E-Commerce Purchase event. This event signifies that an item was purchased by a user. Note:
+/// This is different from the in-app purchase event, which is reported automatically for App
+/// Store-based apps. Note: If you supply the @c kFIRParameterValue parameter, you must also
+/// supply the @c kFIRParameterCurrency parameter so that revenue metrics can be computed
+/// accurately. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCurrency (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterTransactionID (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterTax (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterShipping (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCoupon (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterLocation (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterStartDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterEndDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfNights (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional) for
+///         hotel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfRooms (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional) for
+///         hotel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfPassengers (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional)
+///         for travel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterOrigin (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterDestination (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterTravelClass (NSString) (optional) for travel bookings</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventEcommercePurchase NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventEcommercePurchase) =
+    @"ecommerce_purchase";
+
+/// Generate Lead event. Log this event when a lead has been generated in the app to understand the
+/// efficacy of your install and re-engagement campaigns. Note: If you supply the
+/// @c kFIRParameterValue parameter, you must also supply the @c kFIRParameterCurrency
+/// parameter so that revenue metrics can be computed accurately. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCurrency (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventGenerateLead NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventGenerateLead) =
+    @"generate_lead";
+
+/// Join Group event. Log this event when a user joins a group such as a guild, team or family. Use
+/// this event to analyze how popular certain groups or social features are in your app. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterGroupID (NSString)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventJoinGroup NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventJoinGroup) = @"join_group";
+
+/// Level Up event. This event signifies that a player has leveled up in your gaming app. It can
+/// help you gauge the level distribution of your userbase and help you identify certain levels that
+/// are difficult to pass. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterLevel (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCharacter (NSString) (optional)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventLevelUp NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventLevelUp) = @"level_up";
+
+/// Login event. Apps with a login feature can report this event to signify that a user has logged
+/// in.
+static NSString *const kFIREventLogin NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventLogin) = @"login";
+
+/// Post Score event. Log this event when the user posts a score in your gaming app. This event can
+/// help you understand how users are actually performing in your game and it can help you correlate
+/// high scores with certain audiences or behaviors. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterScore (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterLevel (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCharacter (NSString) (optional)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventPostScore NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventPostScore) = @"post_score";
+
+/// Present Offer event. This event signifies that the app has presented a purchase offer to a user.
+/// Add this event to a funnel with the kFIREventAddToCart and kFIREventEcommercePurchase to gauge
+/// your conversion process. Note: If you supply the @c kFIRParameterValue parameter, you must
+/// also supply the @c kFIRParameterCurrency parameter so that revenue metrics can be computed
+/// accurately. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterQuantity (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemID (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemName (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemCategory (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemLocationID (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterPrice (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCurrency (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventPresentOffer NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventPresentOffer) =
+    @"present_offer";
+
+/// E-Commerce Purchase Refund event. This event signifies that an item purchase was refunded.
+/// Note: If you supply the @c kFIRParameterValue parameter, you must also supply the
+/// @c kFIRParameterCurrency parameter so that revenue metrics can be computed accurately.
+/// Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCurrency (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterTransactionID (NSString) (optional)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventPurchaseRefund NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventPurchaseRefund) =
+    @"purchase_refund";
+
+/// Remove from cart event. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterQuantity (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemID (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemName (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemCategory (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemLocationID (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterPrice (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCurrency (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterOrigin (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterDestination (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterStartDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterEndDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventRemoveFromCart NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventRemoveFromCart) =
+    @"remove_from_cart";
+
+/// Search event. Apps that support search features can use this event to contextualize search
+/// operations by supplying the appropriate, corresponding parameters. This event can help you
+/// identify the most popular content in your app. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterSearchTerm (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterStartDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterEndDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfNights (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional) for
+///         hotel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfRooms (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional) for
+///         hotel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfPassengers (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional)
+///         for travel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterOrigin (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterDestination (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterTravelClass (NSString) (optional) for travel bookings</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventSearch NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventSearch) = @"search";
+
+/// Select Content event. This general purpose event signifies that a user has selected some content
+/// of a certain type in an app. The content can be any object in your app. This event can help you
+/// identify popular content and categories of content in your app. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterContentType (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemID (NSString)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventSelectContent NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventSelectContent) =
+    @"select_content";
+
+/// Set checkout option. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///    <li>@c kFIRParameterCheckoutStep (unsigned 64-bit integer as NSNumber)</li>
+///    <li>@c kFIRParameterCheckoutOption (NSString)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventSetCheckoutOption NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventSetCheckoutOption) =
+    @"set_checkout_option";
+
+/// Share event. Apps with social features can log the Share event to identify the most viral
+/// content. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterContentType (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemID (NSString)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventShare NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventShare) = @"share";
+
+/// Sign Up event. This event indicates that a user has signed up for an account in your app. The
+/// parameter signifies the method by which the user signed up. Use this event to understand the
+/// different behaviors between logged in and logged out users. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterSignUpMethod (NSString)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventSignUp NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventSignUp) = @"sign_up";
+
+/// Spend Virtual Currency event. This event tracks the sale of virtual goods in your app and can
+/// help you identify which virtual goods are the most popular objects of purchase. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemName (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterVirtualCurrencyName (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (signed 64-bit integer or double as NSNumber)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventSpendVirtualCurrency
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventSpendVirtualCurrency) = @"spend_virtual_currency";
+
+/// Tutorial Begin event. This event signifies the start of the on-boarding process in your app. Use
+/// this in a funnel with kFIREventTutorialComplete to understand how many users complete this
+/// process and move on to the full app experience.
+static NSString *const kFIREventTutorialBegin NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventTutorialBegin) =
+    @"tutorial_begin";
+
+/// Tutorial End event. Use this event to signify the user's completion of your app's on-boarding
+/// process. Add this to a funnel with kFIREventTutorialBegin to gauge the completion rate of your
+/// on-boarding process.
+static NSString *const kFIREventTutorialComplete NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventTutorialComplete) =
+    @"tutorial_complete";
+
+/// Unlock Achievement event. Log this event when the user has unlocked an achievement in your
+/// game. Since achievements generally represent the breadth of a gaming experience, this event can
+/// help you understand how many users are experiencing all that your game has to offer. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterAchievementID (NSString)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventUnlockAchievement NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventUnlockAchievement) =
+    @"unlock_achievement";
+
+/// View Item event. This event signifies that some content was shown to the user. This content may
+/// be a product, a webpage or just a simple image or text. Use the appropriate parameters to
+/// contextualize the event. Use this event to discover the most popular items viewed in your app.
+/// Note: If you supply the @c kFIRParameterValue parameter, you must also supply the
+/// @c kFIRParameterCurrency parameter so that revenue metrics can be computed accurately.
+/// Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemID (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemName (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemCategory (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemLocationID (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterPrice (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterQuantity (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterCurrency (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterValue (double as NSNumber) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterStartDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterEndDate (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterFlightNumber (NSString) (optional) for travel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfPassengers (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional)
+///         for travel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfNights (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional) for
+///         travel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterNumberOfRooms (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber) (optional) for
+///         travel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterOrigin (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterDestination (NSString) (optional)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterSearchTerm (NSString) (optional) for travel bookings</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterTravelClass (NSString) (optional) for travel bookings</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventViewItem NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventViewItem) = @"view_item";
+
+/// View Item List event. Log this event when the user has been presented with a list of items of a
+/// certain category. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterItemCategory (NSString)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventViewItemList NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventViewItemList) =
+    @"view_item_list";
+
+/// View Search Results event. Log this event when the user has been presented with the results of a
+/// search. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterSearchTerm (NSString)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventViewSearchResults NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventViewSearchResults) =
+    @"view_search_results";
+
+/// Level Start event. Log this event when the user starts a new level. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterLevelName (NSString)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventLevelStart NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventLevelStart) =
+    @"level_start";
+
+/// Level End event. Log this event when the user finishes a level. Params:
+///
+/// <ul>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterLevelName (NSString)</li>
+///     <li>@c kFIRParameterSuccess (NSString)</li>
+/// </ul>
+static NSString *const kFIREventLevelEnd NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsEventLevelEnd) = @"level_end";

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseAnalytics.framework/Headers/FIRParameterNames.h

@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+/// @file FIRParameterNames.h
+///
+/// Predefined event parameter names.
+///
+/// Params supply information that contextualize Events. You can associate up to 25 unique Params
+/// with each Event type. Some Params are suggested below for certain common Events, but you are
+/// not limited to these. You may supply extra Params for suggested Events or custom Params for
+/// Custom events. Param names can be up to 40 characters long, may only contain alphanumeric
+/// characters and underscores ("_"), and must start with an alphabetic character. Param values can
+/// be up to 100 characters long. The "firebase_", "google_", and "ga_" prefixes are reserved and
+/// should not be used.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+/// Game achievement ID (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterAchievementID : @"10_matches_won",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterAchievementID NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterAchievementID) =
+    @"achievement_id";
+
+/// Ad Network Click ID (NSString). Used for network-specific click IDs which vary in format.
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterAdNetworkClickID : @"1234567",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterAdNetworkClickID
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterAdNetworkClickID) = @"aclid";
+
+/// The store or affiliation from which this transaction occurred (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterAffiliation : @"Google Store",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterAffiliation NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterAffiliation) =
+    @"affiliation";
+
+/// The individual campaign name, slogan, promo code, etc. Some networks have pre-defined macro to
+/// capture campaign information, otherwise can be populated by developer. Highly Recommended
+/// (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterCampaign : @"winter_promotion",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterCampaign NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterCampaign) =
+    @"campaign";
+
+/// Character used in game (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterCharacter : @"beat_boss",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterCharacter NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterCharacter) =
+    @"character";
+
+/// The checkout step (1..N) (unsigned 64-bit integer as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterCheckoutStep : @"1",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterCheckoutStep NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterCheckoutStep) =
+    @"checkout_step";
+
+/// Some option on a step in an ecommerce flow (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterCheckoutOption : @"Visa",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterCheckoutOption
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterCheckoutOption) = @"checkout_option";
+
+/// Campaign content (NSString).
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterContent NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterContent) = @"content";
+
+/// Type of content selected (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterContentType : @"news article",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterContentType NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterContentType) =
+    @"content_type";
+
+/// Coupon code for a purchasable item (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterCoupon : @"zz123",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterCoupon NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterCoupon) = @"coupon";
+
+/// Campaign custom parameter (NSString). Used as a method of capturing custom data in a campaign.
+/// Use varies by network.
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterCP1 : @"custom_data",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterCP1 NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterCP1) = @"cp1";
+
+/// The name of a creative used in a promotional spot (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterCreativeName : @"Summer Sale",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterCreativeName NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterCreativeName) =
+    @"creative_name";
+
+/// The name of a creative slot (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterCreativeSlot : @"summer_banner2",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterCreativeSlot NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterCreativeSlot) =
+    @"creative_slot";
+
+/// Purchase currency in 3-letter <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217#Active_codes">
+/// ISO_4217</a> format (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterCurrency : @"USD",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterCurrency NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterCurrency) =
+    @"currency";
+
+/// Flight or Travel destination (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterDestination : @"Mountain View, CA",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterDestination NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterDestination) =
+    @"destination";
+
+/// The arrival date, check-out date or rental end date for the item. This should be in
+/// YYYY-MM-DD format (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterEndDate : @"2015-09-14",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterEndDate NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterEndDate) = @"end_date";
+
+/// Flight number for travel events (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterFlightNumber : @"ZZ800",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterFlightNumber NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterFlightNumber) =
+    @"flight_number";
+
+/// Group/clan/guild ID (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterGroupID : @"g1",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterGroupID NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterGroupID) = @"group_id";
+
+/// Index of an item in a list (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterIndex : @(1),
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterIndex NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterIndex) = @"index";
+
+/// Item brand (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterItemBrand : @"Google",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterItemBrand NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterItemBrand) =
+    @"item_brand";
+
+/// Item category (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterItemCategory : @"t-shirts",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterItemCategory NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterItemCategory) =
+    @"item_category";
+
+/// Item ID (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterItemID : @"p7654",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterItemID NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterItemID) = @"item_id";
+
+/// The Google <a href="https://developers.google.com/places/place-id">Place ID</a> (NSString) that
+/// corresponds to the associated item. Alternatively, you can supply your own custom Location ID.
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterItemLocationID : @"ChIJiyj437sx3YAR9kUWC8QkLzQ",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterItemLocationID
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterItemLocationID) = @"item_location_id";
+
+/// Item name (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterItemName : @"abc",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterItemName NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterItemName) =
+    @"item_name";
+
+/// The list in which the item was presented to the user (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterItemList : @"Search Results",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterItemList NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterItemList) =
+    @"item_list";
+
+/// Item variant (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterItemVariant : @"Red",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterItemVariant NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterItemVariant) =
+    @"item_variant";
+
+/// Level in game (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterLevel : @(42),
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterLevel NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterLevel) = @"level";
+
+/// Location (NSString). The Google <a href="https://developers.google.com/places/place-id">Place ID
+/// </a> that corresponds to the associated event. Alternatively, you can supply your own custom
+/// Location ID.
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterLocation : @"ChIJiyj437sx3YAR9kUWC8QkLzQ",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterLocation NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterLocation) =
+    @"location";
+
+/// The advertising or marketing medium, for example: cpc, banner, email, push. Highly recommended
+/// (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterMedium : @"email",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterMedium NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterMedium) = @"medium";
+
+/// Number of nights staying at hotel (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterNumberOfNights : @(3),
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterNumberOfNights
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterNumberOfNights) = @"number_of_nights";
+
+/// Number of passengers traveling (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterNumberOfPassengers : @(11),
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterNumberOfPassengers
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterNumberOfPassengers) = @"number_of_passengers";
+
+/// Number of rooms for travel events (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterNumberOfRooms : @(2),
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterNumberOfRooms NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterNumberOfRooms) =
+    @"number_of_rooms";
+
+/// Flight or Travel origin (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterOrigin : @"Mountain View, CA",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterOrigin NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterOrigin) = @"origin";
+
+/// Purchase price (double as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterPrice : @(1.0),
+///       kFIRParameterCurrency : @"USD",  // e.g. $1.00 USD
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterPrice NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterPrice) = @"price";
+
+/// Purchase quantity (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterQuantity : @(1),
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterQuantity NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterQuantity) =
+    @"quantity";
+
+/// Score in game (signed 64-bit integer as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterScore : @(4200),
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterScore NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterScore) = @"score";
+
+/// The search string/keywords used (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterSearchTerm : @"periodic table",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterSearchTerm NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterSearchTerm) =
+    @"search_term";
+
+/// Shipping cost (double as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterShipping : @(9.50),
+///       kFIRParameterCurrency : @"USD",  // e.g. $9.50 USD
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterShipping NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterShipping) =
+    @"shipping";
+
+/// Sign up method (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterSignUpMethod : @"google",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterSignUpMethod NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterSignUpMethod) =
+    @"sign_up_method";
+
+/// The origin of your traffic, such as an Ad network (for example, google) or partner (urban
+/// airship). Identify the advertiser, site, publication, etc. that is sending traffic to your
+/// property. Highly recommended (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterSource : @"InMobi",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterSource NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterSource) = @"source";
+
+/// The departure date, check-in date or rental start date for the item. This should be in
+/// YYYY-MM-DD format (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterStartDate : @"2015-09-14",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterStartDate NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterStartDate) =
+    @"start_date";
+
+/// Tax amount (double as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterTax : @(1.0),
+///       kFIRParameterCurrency : @"USD",  // e.g. $1.00 USD
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterTax NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterTax) = @"tax";
+
+/// If you're manually tagging keyword campaigns, you should use utm_term to specify the keyword
+/// (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterTerm : @"game",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterTerm NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterTerm) = @"term";
+
+/// A single ID for a ecommerce group transaction (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterTransactionID : @"ab7236dd9823",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterTransactionID NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterTransactionID) =
+    @"transaction_id";
+
+/// Travel class (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterTravelClass : @"business",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterTravelClass NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterTravelClass) =
+    @"travel_class";
+
+/// A context-specific numeric value which is accumulated automatically for each event type. This is
+/// a general purpose parameter that is useful for accumulating a key metric that pertains to an
+/// event. Examples include revenue, distance, time and points. Value should be specified as signed
+/// 64-bit integer or double as NSNumber. Notes: Values for pre-defined currency-related events
+/// (such as @c kFIREventAddToCart) should be supplied using double as NSNumber and must be
+/// accompanied by a @c kFIRParameterCurrency parameter. The valid range of accumulated values is
+/// [-9,223,372,036,854.77, 9,223,372,036,854.77]. Supplying a non-numeric value, omitting the
+/// corresponding @c kFIRParameterCurrency parameter, or supplying an invalid
+/// <a href="https://goo.gl/qqX3J2">currency code</a> for conversion events will cause that
+/// conversion to be omitted from reporting.
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterValue : @(3.99),
+///       kFIRParameterCurrency : @"USD",  // e.g. $3.99 USD
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterValue NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterValue) = @"value";
+
+/// Name of virtual currency type (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterVirtualCurrencyName : @"virtual_currency_name",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterVirtualCurrencyName
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterVirtualCurrencyName) = @"virtual_currency_name";
+
+/// The name of a level in a game (NSString).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterLevelName : @"room_1",
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterLevelName NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterLevelName) =
+    @"level_name";
+
+/// The result of an operation. Specify 1 to indicate success and 0 to indicate failure (unsigned
+/// integer as NSNumber).
+/// <pre>
+///     NSDictionary *params = @{
+///       kFIRParameterSuccess : @(1),
+///       // ...
+///     };
+/// </pre>
+static NSString *const kFIRParameterSuccess NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsParameterSuccess) = @"success";

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseAnalytics.framework/Headers/FIRUserPropertyNames.h

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/// @file FIRUserPropertyNames.h
+///
+/// Predefined user property names.
+///
+/// A UserProperty is an attribute that describes the app-user. By supplying UserProperties, you can
+/// later analyze different behaviors of various segments of your userbase. You may supply up to 25
+/// unique UserProperties per app, and you can use the name and value of your choosing for each one.
+/// UserProperty names can be up to 24 characters long, may only contain alphanumeric characters and
+/// underscores ("_"), and must start with an alphabetic character. UserProperty values can be up to
+/// 36 characters long. The "firebase_", "google_", and "ga_" prefixes are reserved and should not
+/// be used.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+/// The method used to sign in. For example, "google", "facebook" or "twitter".
+static NSString *const kFIRUserPropertySignUpMethod
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsUserPropertySignUpMethod) = @"sign_up_method";

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseAnalytics.framework/Headers/FirebaseAnalytics.h

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#import "FIRAnalytics+AppDelegate.h"
+#import "FIRAnalytics.h"
+#import "FIRAnalyticsSwiftNameSupport.h"
+#import "FIREventNames.h"
+#import "FIRParameterNames.h"
+#import "FIRUserPropertyNames.h"

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseAnalytics.framework/Modules/module.modulemap

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+framework module FirebaseAnalytics {
+  umbrella header "FirebaseAnalytics.h"
+  export *
+  module * { export *}
+  link "sqlite3"
+  link "z"
+  link framework "Security"
+  link framework "StoreKit"
+  link framework "SystemConfiguration"
+  link framework "UIKit"}

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseCore.framework/Headers/FIRAnalyticsConfiguration.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2017 Google
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * This class provides configuration fields for Firebase Analytics.
+ */
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(AnalyticsConfiguration)
+@interface FIRAnalyticsConfiguration : NSObject
+
+/**
+ * Returns the shared instance of FIRAnalyticsConfiguration.
+ */
++ (FIRAnalyticsConfiguration *)sharedInstance NS_SWIFT_NAME(shared());
+
+/**
+ * Sets the minimum engagement time in seconds required to start a new session. The default value
+ * is 10 seconds.
+ */
+- (void)setMinimumSessionInterval:(NSTimeInterval)minimumSessionInterval;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the interval of inactivity in seconds that terminates the current session. The default
+ * value is 1800 seconds (30 minutes).
+ */
+- (void)setSessionTimeoutInterval:(NSTimeInterval)sessionTimeoutInterval;
+
+/**
+ * Sets whether analytics collection is enabled for this app on this device. This setting is
+ * persisted across app sessions. By default it is enabled.
+ */
+- (void)setAnalyticsCollectionEnabled:(BOOL)analyticsCollectionEnabled;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseCore.framework/Headers/FIRApp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2017 Google
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+@class FIROptions;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/** A block that takes a BOOL and has no return value. */
+typedef void (^FIRAppVoidBoolCallback)(BOOL success) NS_SWIFT_NAME(FirebaseAppVoidBoolCallback);
+
+/**
+ * The entry point of Firebase SDKs.
+ *
+ * Initialize and configure FIRApp using +[FIRApp configure]
+ * or other customized ways as shown below.
+ *
+ * The logging system has two modes: default mode and debug mode. In default mode, only logs with
+ * log level Notice, Warning and Error will be sent to device. In debug mode, all logs will be sent
+ * to device. The log levels that Firebase uses are consistent with the ASL log levels.
+ *
+ * Enable debug mode by passing the -FIRDebugEnabled argument to the application. You can add this
+ * argument in the application's Xcode scheme. When debug mode is enabled via -FIRDebugEnabled,
+ * further executions of the application will also be in debug mode. In order to return to default
+ * mode, you must explicitly disable the debug mode with the application argument -FIRDebugDisabled.
+ *
+ * It is also possible to change the default logging level in code by calling setLoggerLevel: on
+ * the FIRConfiguration interface.
+ */
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(FirebaseApp)
+@interface FIRApp : NSObject
+
+/**
+ * Configures a default Firebase app. Raises an exception if any configuration step fails. The
+ * default app is named "__FIRAPP_DEFAULT". This method should be called after the app is launched
+ * and before using Firebase services. This method is thread safe and contains synchronous file I/O
+ * (reading GoogleService-Info.plist from disk).
+ */
++ (void)configure;
+
+/**
+ * Configures the default Firebase app with the provided options. The default app is named
+ * "__FIRAPP_DEFAULT". Raises an exception if any configuration step fails. This method is thread
+ * safe.
+ *
+ * @param options The Firebase application options used to configure the service.
+ */
++ (void)configureWithOptions:(FIROptions *)options NS_SWIFT_NAME(configure(options:));
+
+/**
+ * Configures a Firebase app with the given name and options. Raises an exception if any
+ * configuration step fails. This method is thread safe.
+ *
+ * @param name The application's name given by the developer. The name should should only contain
+               Letters, Numbers and Underscore.
+ * @param options The Firebase application options used to configure the services.
+ */
+// clang-format off
++ (void)configureWithName:(NSString *)name
+                  options:(FIROptions *)options NS_SWIFT_NAME(configure(name:options:));
+// clang-format on
+
+/**
+ * Returns the default app, or nil if the default app does not exist.
+ */
++ (nullable FIRApp *)defaultApp NS_SWIFT_NAME(app());
+
+/**
+ * Returns a previously created FIRApp instance with the given name, or nil if no such app exists.
+ * This method is thread safe.
+ */
++ (nullable FIRApp *)appNamed:(NSString *)name NS_SWIFT_NAME(app(name:));
+
+/**
+ * Returns the set of all extant FIRApp instances, or nil if there are no FIRApp instances. This
+ * method is thread safe.
+ */
+@property(class, readonly, nullable) NSDictionary<NSString *, FIRApp *> *allApps;
+
+/**
+ * Cleans up the current FIRApp, freeing associated data and returning its name to the pool for
+ * future use. This method is thread safe.
+ */
+- (void)deleteApp:(FIRAppVoidBoolCallback)completion;
+
+/**
+ * FIRApp instances should not be initialized directly. Call +[FIRApp configure],
+ * +[FIRApp configureWithOptions:], or +[FIRApp configureWithNames:options:] directly.
+ */
+- (instancetype)init NS_UNAVAILABLE;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the name of this app.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, readonly) NSString *name;
+
+/**
+ * Gets a copy of the options for this app. These are non-modifiable.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, readonly) FIROptions *options;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseCore.framework/Headers/FIRConfiguration.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2017 Google
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "FIRAnalyticsConfiguration.h"
+#import "FIRLoggerLevel.h"
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * This interface provides global level properties that the developer can tweak, and the singleton
+ * of the Firebase Analytics configuration class.
+ */
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(FirebaseConfiguration)
+@interface FIRConfiguration : NSObject
+
+/** Returns the shared configuration object. */
+@property(class, nonatomic, readonly) FIRConfiguration *sharedInstance NS_SWIFT_NAME(shared);
+
+/** The configuration class for Firebase Analytics. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) FIRAnalyticsConfiguration *analyticsConfiguration;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the logging level for internal Firebase logging. Firebase will only log messages
+ * that are logged at or below loggerLevel. The messages are logged both to the Xcode
+ * console and to the device's log. Note that if an app is running from AppStore, it will
+ * never log above FIRLoggerLevelNotice even if loggerLevel is set to a higher (more verbose)
+ * setting.
+ *
+ * @param loggerLevel The maximum logging level. The default level is set to FIRLoggerLevelNotice.
+ */
+- (void)setLoggerLevel:(FIRLoggerLevel)loggerLevel;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseCore.framework/Headers/FIRLoggerLevel.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2017 Google
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The log levels used by internal logging.
+ */
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, FIRLoggerLevel) {
+  /** Error level, matches ASL_LEVEL_ERR. */
+  FIRLoggerLevelError = 3,
+  /** Warning level, matches ASL_LEVEL_WARNING. */
+  FIRLoggerLevelWarning = 4,
+  /** Notice level, matches ASL_LEVEL_NOTICE. */
+  FIRLoggerLevelNotice = 5,
+  /** Info level, matches ASL_LEVEL_NOTICE. */
+  FIRLoggerLevelInfo = 6,
+  /** Debug level, matches ASL_LEVEL_DEBUG. */
+  FIRLoggerLevelDebug = 7,
+  /** Minimum log level. */
+  FIRLoggerLevelMin = FIRLoggerLevelError,
+  /** Maximum log level. */
+  FIRLoggerLevelMax = FIRLoggerLevelDebug
+} NS_SWIFT_NAME(FirebaseLoggerLevel);

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseCore.framework/Headers/FIROptions.h

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2017 Google
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * This class provides constant fields of Google APIs.
+ */
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(FirebaseOptions)
+@interface FIROptions : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/**
+ * Returns the default options. The first time this is called it synchronously reads
+ * GoogleService-Info.plist from disk.
+ */
++ (nullable FIROptions *)defaultOptions NS_SWIFT_NAME(defaultOptions());
+
+/**
+ * An iOS API key used for authenticating requests from your app, e.g.
+ * @"AIzaSyDdVgKwhZl0sTTTLZ7iTmt1r3N2cJLnaDk", used to identify your app to Google servers.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, nullable) NSString *APIKey NS_SWIFT_NAME(apiKey);
+
+/**
+ * The bundle ID for the application. Defaults to `[[NSBundle mainBundle] bundleID]` when not set
+ * manually or in a plist.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy) NSString *bundleID;
+
+/**
+ * The OAuth2 client ID for iOS application used to authenticate Google users, for example
+ * @"12345.apps.googleusercontent.com", used for signing in with Google.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, nullable) NSString *clientID;
+
+/**
+ * The tracking ID for Google Analytics, e.g. @"UA-12345678-1", used to configure Google Analytics.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, nullable) NSString *trackingID;
+
+/**
+ * The Project Number from the Google Developer's console, for example @"012345678901", used to
+ * configure Google Cloud Messaging.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy) NSString *GCMSenderID NS_SWIFT_NAME(gcmSenderID);
+
+/**
+ * The Project ID from the Firebase console, for example @"abc-xyz-123".
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, nullable) NSString *projectID;
+
+/**
+ * The Android client ID used in Google AppInvite when an iOS app has its Android version, for
+ * example @"12345.apps.googleusercontent.com".
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, nullable) NSString *androidClientID;
+
+/**
+ * The Google App ID that is used to uniquely identify an instance of an app.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy) NSString *googleAppID;
+
+/**
+ * The database root URL, e.g. @"http://abc-xyz-123.firebaseio.com".
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, nullable) NSString *databaseURL;
+
+/**
+ * The URL scheme used to set up Durable Deep Link service.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, nullable) NSString *deepLinkURLScheme;
+
+/**
+ * The Google Cloud Storage bucket name, e.g. @"abc-xyz-123.storage.firebase.com".
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, nullable) NSString *storageBucket;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a customized instance of FIROptions from the file at the given plist file path. This
+ * will read the file synchronously from disk.
+ * For example,
+ * NSString *filePath =
+ *     [[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForResource:@"GoogleService-Info" ofType:@"plist"];
+ * FIROptions *options = [[FIROptions alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:filePath];
+ * Returns nil if the plist file does not exist or is invalid.
+ */
+- (nullable instancetype)initWithContentsOfFile:(NSString *)plistPath;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a customized instance of FIROptions with required fields. Use the mutable properties
+ * to modify fields for configuring specific services.
+ */
+// clang-format off
+- (instancetype)initWithGoogleAppID:(NSString *)googleAppID
+                        GCMSenderID:(NSString *)GCMSenderID
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(init(googleAppID:gcmSenderID:));
+// clang-format on
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseCore.framework/Headers/FirebaseCore.h

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2017 Google
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#import "FIRAnalyticsConfiguration.h"
+#import "FIRApp.h"
+#import "FIRConfiguration.h"
+#import "FIRLoggerLevel.h"
+#import "FIROptions.h"

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseCore.framework/Modules/module.modulemap

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+framework module FirebaseCore {
+  umbrella header "FirebaseCore.h"
+  export *
+  module * { export *}
+  link framework "Foundation"
+  link framework "SystemConfiguration"
+}

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseCoreDiagnostics.framework/Modules/module.modulemap

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+framework module FirebaseCoreDiagnostics {
+  export *
+  module * { export *}
+  link "z"
+  link framework "Security"
+  link framework "SystemConfiguration"}

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseInstanceID.framework/Headers/FIRInstanceID.h

@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+@class FIRInstanceIDResult;
+/**
+ *  @memberof FIRInstanceID
+ *
+ *  The scope to be used when fetching/deleting a token for Firebase Messaging.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const kFIRInstanceIDScopeFirebaseMessaging
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceIDScopeFirebaseMessaging);
+
+#if defined(__IPHONE_10_0) && __IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= __IPHONE_10_0
+/**
+ *  Called when the system determines that tokens need to be refreshed.
+ *  This method is also called if Instance ID has been reset in which
+ *  case, tokens and FCM topic subscriptions also need to be refreshed.
+ *
+ *  Instance ID service will throttle the refresh event across all devices
+ *  to control the rate of token updates on application servers.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT const NSNotificationName kFIRInstanceIDTokenRefreshNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceIDTokenRefresh);
+#else
+/**
+ *  Called when the system determines that tokens need to be refreshed.
+ *  This method is also called if Instance ID has been reset in which
+ *  case, tokens and FCM topic subscriptions also need to be refreshed.
+ *
+ *  Instance ID service will throttle the refresh event across all devices
+ *  to control the rate of token updates on application servers.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const kFIRInstanceIDTokenRefreshNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceIDTokenRefreshNotification);
+#endif  // defined(__IPHONE_10_0) && __IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= __IPHONE_10_0
+
+/**
+ *  @related FIRInstanceID
+ *
+ *  The completion handler invoked when the InstanceID token returns. If
+ *  the call fails we return the appropriate `error code` as described below.
+ *
+ *  @param token The valid token as returned by InstanceID backend.
+ *
+ *  @param error The error describing why generating a new token
+ *               failed. See the error codes below for a more detailed
+ *               description.
+ */
+typedef void (^FIRInstanceIDTokenHandler)(NSString *__nullable token, NSError *__nullable error)
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceIDTokenHandler);
+
+/**
+ *  @related FIRInstanceID
+ *
+ *  The completion handler invoked when the InstanceID `deleteToken` returns. If
+ *  the call fails we return the appropriate `error code` as described below
+ *
+ *  @param error The error describing why deleting the token failed.
+ *               See the error codes below for a more detailed description.
+ */
+typedef void (^FIRInstanceIDDeleteTokenHandler)(NSError *error)
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceIDDeleteTokenHandler);
+
+/**
+ *  @related FIRInstanceID
+ *
+ *  The completion handler invoked when the app identity is created. If the
+ *  identity wasn't created for some reason we return the appropriate error code.
+ *
+ *  @param identity A valid identity for the app instance, nil if there was an error
+ *                  while creating an identity.
+ *  @param error    The error if fetching the identity fails else nil.
+ */
+typedef void (^FIRInstanceIDHandler)(NSString *__nullable identity, NSError *__nullable error)
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceIDHandler);
+
+/**
+ *  @related FIRInstanceID
+ *
+ *  The completion handler invoked when the app identity and all the tokens associated
+ *  with it are deleted. Returns a valid error object in case of failure else nil.
+ *
+ *  @param error The error if deleting the identity and all the tokens associated with
+ *               it fails else nil.
+ */
+typedef void (^FIRInstanceIDDeleteHandler)(NSError *__nullable error)
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceIDDeleteHandler);
+
+/**
+ *  @related FIRInstanceID
+ *
+ *  The completion handler invoked when the app identity and token are fetched. If the
+ *  identity wasn't created for some reason we return the appropriate error code.
+ *
+ *  @param result   The result containing an identity for the app instance and a valid token,
+ *                  nil if there was an error while creating the result.
+ *  @param error    The error if fetching the identity or token fails else nil.
+ */
+typedef void (^FIRInstanceIDResultHandler)(FIRInstanceIDResult *__nullable result,
+                                           NSError *__nullable error)
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceIDResultHandler);
+
+/**
+ * Public errors produced by InstanceID.
+ */
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSUInteger, FIRInstanceIDError) {
+  // Http related errors.
+
+  /// Unknown error.
+  FIRInstanceIDErrorUnknown = 0,
+
+  /// Auth Error -- GCM couldn't validate request from this client.
+  FIRInstanceIDErrorAuthentication = 1,
+
+  /// NoAccess -- InstanceID service cannot be accessed.
+  FIRInstanceIDErrorNoAccess = 2,
+
+  /// Timeout -- Request to InstanceID backend timed out.
+  FIRInstanceIDErrorTimeout = 3,
+
+  /// Network -- No network available to reach the servers.
+  FIRInstanceIDErrorNetwork = 4,
+
+  /// OperationInProgress -- Another similar operation in progress,
+  /// bailing this one.
+  FIRInstanceIDErrorOperationInProgress = 5,
+
+  /// InvalidRequest -- Some parameters of the request were invalid.
+  FIRInstanceIDErrorInvalidRequest = 7,
+} NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceIDError);
+
+/**
+ * A class contains the results of InstanceID and token query.
+ */
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceIDResult)
+@interface FIRInstanceIDResult : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/**
+ * An instanceID uniquely identifies the app instance.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, copy) NSString *instanceID;
+
+/*
+ * Returns a Firebase Messaging scoped token for the firebase app.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, copy) NSString *token;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ *  Instance ID provides a unique identifier for each app instance and a mechanism
+ *  to authenticate and authorize actions (for example, sending an FCM message).
+ *
+ *  Once an InstanceID is generated, the library periodically sends information about the
+ *  application and the device where it's running to the Firebase backend. To stop this. see
+ *  `[FIRInstanceID deleteIDWithHandler:]`.
+ *
+ *  Instance ID is long lived but, may be reset if the device is not used for
+ *  a long time or the Instance ID service detects a problem.
+ *  If Instance ID is reset, the app will be notified via
+ *  `kFIRInstanceIDTokenRefreshNotification`.
+ *
+ *  If the Instance ID has become invalid, the app can request a new one and
+ *  send it to the app server.
+ *  To prove ownership of Instance ID and to allow servers to access data or
+ *  services associated with the app, call
+ *  `[FIRInstanceID tokenWithAuthorizedEntity:scope:options:handler]`.
+ */
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(InstanceID)
+@interface FIRInstanceID : NSObject
+
+/**
+ *  FIRInstanceID.
+ *
+ *  @return A shared instance of FIRInstanceID.
+ */
++ (instancetype)instanceID NS_SWIFT_NAME(instanceID());
+
+/**
+ *  Unavailable. Use +instanceID instead.
+ */
+- (instancetype)init __attribute__((unavailable("Use +instanceID instead.")));
+
+#pragma mark - Tokens
+
+/**
+ * Returns a result of app instance identifier InstanceID and a Firebase Messaging scoped token.
+ * param handler    The callback handler invoked when an app instanceID and a default token
+ *                  are generated and returned. If instanceID and token fetching fail for some
+ *                  reason the callback is invoked with nil `result` and the appropriate error.
+ */
+- (void)instanceIDWithHandler:(FIRInstanceIDResultHandler)handler;
+
+/**
+ *  Returns a Firebase Messaging scoped token for the firebase app.
+ *
+ *  @return Returns the stored token if the device has registered with Firebase Messaging, otherwise
+ *          returns nil.
+ */
+- (nullable NSString *)token __deprecated_msg("Use instanceIDWithHandler: instead.");
+
+/**
+ *  Returns a token that authorizes an Entity (example: cloud service) to perform
+ *  an action on behalf of the application identified by Instance ID.
+ *
+ *  This is similar to an OAuth2 token except, it applies to the
+ *  application instance instead of a user.
+ *
+ *  This is an asynchronous call. If the token fetching fails for some reason
+ *  we invoke the completion callback with nil `token` and the appropriate
+ *  error.
+ *
+ *  This generates an Instance ID if it does not exist yet, which starts periodically sending
+ *  information to the Firebase backend (see `[FIRInstanceID getIDWithHandler:]`).
+ *
+ *  Note, you can only have one `token` or `deleteToken` call for a given
+ *  authorizedEntity and scope at any point of time. Making another such call with the
+ *  same authorizedEntity and scope before the last one finishes will result in an
+ *  error with code `OperationInProgress`.
+ *
+ *  @see FIRInstanceID deleteTokenWithAuthorizedEntity:scope:handler:
+ *
+ *  @param authorizedEntity Entity authorized by the token.
+ *  @param scope            Action authorized for authorizedEntity.
+ *  @param options          The extra options to be sent with your token request. The
+ *                          value for the `apns_token` should be the NSData object
+ *                          passed to the UIApplicationDelegate's
+ *                          `didRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithDeviceToken` method.
+ *                          The value for `apns_sandbox` should be a boolean (or an
+ *                          NSNumber representing a BOOL in Objective C) set to true if
+ *                          your app is a debug build, which means that the APNs
+ *                          device token is for the sandbox environment. It should be
+ *                          set to false otherwise. If the `apns_sandbox` key is not
+ *                          provided, an automatically-detected value shall be used.
+ *  @param handler          The callback handler which is invoked when the token is
+ *                          successfully fetched. In case of success a valid `token` and
+ *                          `nil` error are returned. In case of any error the `token`
+ *                          is nil and a valid `error` is returned. The valid error
+ *                          codes have been documented above.
+ */
+- (void)tokenWithAuthorizedEntity:(NSString *)authorizedEntity
+                            scope:(NSString *)scope
+                          options:(nullable NSDictionary *)options
+                          handler:(FIRInstanceIDTokenHandler)handler;
+
+/**
+ *  Revokes access to a scope (action) for an entity previously
+ *  authorized by `[FIRInstanceID tokenWithAuthorizedEntity:scope:options:handler]`.
+ *
+ *  This is an asynchronous call. Call this on the main thread since InstanceID lib
+ *  is not thread safe. In case token deletion fails for some reason we invoke the
+ *  `handler` callback passed in with the appropriate error code.
+ *
+ *  Note, you can only have one `token` or `deleteToken` call for a given
+ *  authorizedEntity and scope at a point of time. Making another such call with the
+ *  same authorizedEntity and scope before the last one finishes will result in an error
+ *  with code `OperationInProgress`.
+ *
+ *  @param authorizedEntity Entity that must no longer have access.
+ *  @param scope            Action that entity is no longer authorized to perform.
+ *  @param handler          The handler that is invoked once the unsubscribe call ends.
+ *                          In case of error an appropriate error object is returned
+ *                          else error is nil.
+ */
+- (void)deleteTokenWithAuthorizedEntity:(NSString *)authorizedEntity
+                                  scope:(NSString *)scope
+                                handler:(FIRInstanceIDDeleteTokenHandler)handler;
+
+#pragma mark - Identity
+
+/**
+ *  Asynchronously fetch a stable identifier that uniquely identifies the app
+ *  instance. If the identifier has been revoked or has expired, this method will
+ *  return a new identifier.
+ *
+ *  Once an InstanceID is generated, the library periodically sends information about the
+ *  application and the device where it's running to the Firebase backend. To stop this. see
+ *  `[FIRInstanceID deleteIDWithHandler:]`.
+ *
+ *  @param handler The handler to invoke once the identifier has been fetched.
+ *                 In case of error an appropriate error object is returned else
+ *                 a valid identifier is returned and a valid identifier for the
+ *                 application instance.
+ */
+- (void)getIDWithHandler:(FIRInstanceIDHandler)handler NS_SWIFT_NAME(getID(handler:));
+
+/**
+ *  Resets Instance ID and revokes all tokens.
+ *
+ *  This method also triggers a request to fetch a new Instance ID and Firebase Messaging scope
+ *  token. Please listen to kFIRInstanceIDTokenRefreshNotification when the new ID and token are
+ *  ready.
+ *
+ *  This stops the periodic sending of data to the Firebase backend that began when the Instance ID
+ *  was generated. No more data is sent until another library calls Instance ID internally again
+ *  (like FCM, RemoteConfig or Analytics) or user explicitly calls Instance ID APIs to get an
+ *  Instance ID and token again.
+ */
+- (void)deleteIDWithHandler:(FIRInstanceIDDeleteHandler)handler NS_SWIFT_NAME(deleteID(handler:));
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseInstanceID.framework/Headers/FirebaseInstanceID.h

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#import "FIRInstanceID.h"

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/FirebaseInstanceID.framework/Modules/module.modulemap

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+framework module FirebaseInstanceID {
+  umbrella header "FirebaseInstanceID.h"
+  export *
+  module * { export *}
+  link "z"
+  link framework "Security"
+  link framework "SystemConfiguration"}

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMDebugSelectorValidation.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+//
+//  GTMDebugSelectorValidation.h
+//
+//  This file should only be included within an implimation file.  In any
+//  function that takes an object and selector to invoke, you should call:
+//
+//    GTMAssertSelectorNilOrImplementedWithArguments(obj, sel, @encode(arg1type), ..., NULL)
+//  or
+//    GTMAssertSelectorNilOrImplementedWithReturnTypeAndArguments(obj, sel, @encode(returnType), @encode(arg1type), ..., NULL)
+//
+//  This will then validate that the selector is defined and using the right
+//  type(s), this can help catch errors much earlier then waiting for the
+//  selector to actually fire (and in the case of error selectors, might never
+//  really be tested until in the field).
+//
+//  Copyright 2007-2008 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+#if DEBUG
+
+#import <stdarg.h>
+#import "GTMDefines.h"
+
+static void GTMAssertSelectorNilOrImplementedWithReturnTypeAndArguments(id obj, SEL sel, const char *retType, ...) {
+
+  // verify that the object's selector is implemented with the proper
+  // number and type of arguments
+  va_list argList;
+  va_start(argList, retType);
+
+  if (obj && sel) {
+    // check that the selector is implemented
+    _GTMDevAssert([obj respondsToSelector:sel],
+                  @"\"%@\" selector \"%@\" is unimplemented or misnamed",
+                  NSStringFromClass([obj class]),
+                  NSStringFromSelector(sel));
+
+    const char *expectedArgType;
+    NSUInteger argCount = 2; // skip self and _cmd
+    NSMethodSignature *sig = [obj methodSignatureForSelector:sel];
+
+    // check that each expected argument is present and of the correct type
+    while ((expectedArgType = va_arg(argList, const char*)) != 0) {
+
+      if ([sig numberOfArguments] > argCount) {
+        const char *foundArgType = [sig getArgumentTypeAtIndex:argCount];
+
+        _GTMDevAssert(0 == strncmp(foundArgType, expectedArgType, strlen(expectedArgType)),
+                      @"\"%@\" selector \"%@\" argument %u should be type %s",
+                      NSStringFromClass([obj class]),
+                      NSStringFromSelector(sel),
+                      (uint32_t)(argCount - 2),
+                      expectedArgType);
+      }
+      argCount++;
+    }
+
+    // check that the proper number of arguments are present in the selector
+    _GTMDevAssert(argCount == [sig numberOfArguments],
+                  @"\"%@\" selector \"%@\" should have %u arguments",
+                  NSStringFromClass([obj class]),
+                  NSStringFromSelector(sel),
+                  (uint32_t)(argCount - 2));
+
+    // if asked, validate the return type
+    if (retType && (strcmp("gtm_skip_return_test", retType) != 0)) {
+      const char *foundRetType = [sig methodReturnType];
+      _GTMDevAssert(0 == strncmp(foundRetType, retType, strlen(retType)),
+                    @"\"%@\" selector \"%@\" return type should be type %s",
+                    NSStringFromClass([obj class]),
+                    NSStringFromSelector(sel),
+                    retType);
+    }
+  }
+
+  va_end(argList);
+}
+
+#define GTMAssertSelectorNilOrImplementedWithArguments(obj, sel, ...) \
+  GTMAssertSelectorNilOrImplementedWithReturnTypeAndArguments((obj), (sel), "gtm_skip_return_test", __VA_ARGS__)
+
+#else // DEBUG
+
+// make it go away if not debug
+#define GTMAssertSelectorNilOrImplementedWithReturnTypeAndArguments(obj, sel, retType, ...) do { } while (0)
+#define GTMAssertSelectorNilOrImplementedWithArguments(obj, sel, ...) do { } while (0)
+
+#endif // DEBUG

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMDebugThreadValidation.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+//
+//  GTMDebugThreadValidation.h
+//
+//  Copyright 2016 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+#import "GTMDefines.h"
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+// GTMCheckCurrentQueue, GTMIsCurrentQueue
+//
+// GTMCheckCurrentQueue takes a target queue and uses _GTMDevAssert to
+// report if that is not the currently executing queue.
+//
+// GTMIsCurrentQueue takes a target queue and returns true if the target queue
+// is the currently executing dispatch queue. This can be passed to another
+// assertion call in debug builds; it should never be used in release code.
+//
+// The dispatch queue must have a label.
+#define GTMCheckCurrentQueue(targetQueue)                    \
+  _GTMDevAssert(GTMIsCurrentQueue(targetQueue),              \
+                @"Current queue is %s (expected %s)",        \
+                _GTMQueueName(DISPATCH_CURRENT_QUEUE_LABEL), \
+                _GTMQueueName(targetQueue))
+
+#define GTMIsCurrentQueue(targetQueue)                 \
+  (strcmp(_GTMQueueName(DISPATCH_CURRENT_QUEUE_LABEL), \
+          _GTMQueueName(targetQueue)) == 0)
+
+#define _GTMQueueName(queue)                     \
+  (strlen(dispatch_queue_get_label(queue)) > 0 ? \
+    dispatch_queue_get_label(queue) : "unnamed")

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMDefines.h

@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+//
+// GTMDefines.h
+//
+//  Copyright 2008 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+// ============================================================================
+
+#include <AvailabilityMacros.h>
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+
+#ifdef __OBJC__
+#include <Foundation/NSObjCRuntime.h>
+#endif  // __OBJC__
+
+#if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
+#include <Availability.h>
+#endif  // TARGET_OS_IPHONE
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// CPP symbols that can be overridden in a prefix to control how the toolbox
+// is compiled.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// By setting the GTM_CONTAINERS_VALIDATION_FAILED_LOG and
+// GTM_CONTAINERS_VALIDATION_FAILED_ASSERT macros you can control what happens
+// when a validation fails. If you implement your own validators, you may want
+// to control their internals using the same macros for consistency.
+#ifndef GTM_CONTAINERS_VALIDATION_FAILED_ASSERT
+  #define GTM_CONTAINERS_VALIDATION_FAILED_ASSERT 0
+#endif
+
+// Ensure __has_feature and __has_extension are safe to use.
+// See http://clang-analyzer.llvm.org/annotations.html
+#ifndef __has_feature      // Optional.
+  #define __has_feature(x) 0 // Compatibility with non-clang compilers.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __has_extension
+  #define __has_extension __has_feature // Compatibility with pre-3.0 compilers.
+#endif
+
+// Give ourselves a consistent way to do inlines.  Apple's macros even use
+// a few different actual definitions, so we're based off of the foundation
+// one.
+#if !defined(GTM_INLINE)
+  #if (defined (__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ == 4)) || defined (__clang__)
+    #define GTM_INLINE static __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline))
+  #else
+    #define GTM_INLINE static __inline__
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Give ourselves a consistent way of doing externs that links up nicely
+// when mixing objc and objc++
+#if !defined (GTM_EXTERN)
+  #if defined __cplusplus
+    #define GTM_EXTERN extern "C"
+    #define GTM_EXTERN_C_BEGIN extern "C" {
+    #define GTM_EXTERN_C_END }
+  #else
+    #define GTM_EXTERN extern
+    #define GTM_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+    #define GTM_EXTERN_C_END
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Give ourselves a consistent way of exporting things if we have visibility
+// set to hidden.
+#if !defined (GTM_EXPORT)
+  #define GTM_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
+#endif
+
+// Give ourselves a consistent way of declaring something as unused. This
+// doesn't use __unused because that is only supported in gcc 4.2 and greater.
+#if !defined (GTM_UNUSED)
+#define GTM_UNUSED(x) ((void)(x))
+#endif
+
+// _GTMDevLog & _GTMDevAssert
+//
+// _GTMDevLog & _GTMDevAssert are meant to be a very lightweight shell for
+// developer level errors.  This implementation simply macros to NSLog/NSAssert.
+// It is not intended to be a general logging/reporting system.
+//
+// Please see http://code.google.com/p/google-toolbox-for-mac/wiki/DevLogNAssert
+// for a little more background on the usage of these macros.
+//
+//    _GTMDevLog           log some error/problem in debug builds
+//    _GTMDevAssert        assert if condition isn't met w/in a method/function
+//                           in all builds.
+//
+// To replace this system, just provide different macro definitions in your
+// prefix header.  Remember, any implementation you provide *must* be thread
+// safe since this could be called by anything in what ever situtation it has
+// been placed in.
+//
+
+// Ignore the "Macro name is a reserved identifier" warning in this section
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"
+
+// We only define the simple macros if nothing else has defined this.
+#ifndef _GTMDevLog
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  #define _GTMDevLog(...) NSLog(__VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+  #define _GTMDevLog(...) do { } while (0)
+#endif
+
+#endif // _GTMDevLog
+
+#ifndef _GTMDevAssert
+// we directly invoke the NSAssert handler so we can pass on the varargs
+// (NSAssert doesn't have a macro we can use that takes varargs)
+#if !defined(NS_BLOCK_ASSERTIONS)
+  #define _GTMDevAssert(condition, ...)                                       \
+    do {                                                                      \
+      if (!(condition)) {                                                     \
+        [[NSAssertionHandler currentHandler]                                  \
+            handleFailureInFunction:(NSString *)                              \
+                                        [NSString stringWithUTF8String:__PRETTY_FUNCTION__] \
+                               file:(NSString *)[NSString stringWithUTF8String:__FILE__]  \
+                         lineNumber:__LINE__                                  \
+                        description:__VA_ARGS__];                             \
+      }                                                                       \
+    } while(0)
+#else // !defined(NS_BLOCK_ASSERTIONS)
+  #define _GTMDevAssert(condition, ...) do { } while (0)
+#endif // !defined(NS_BLOCK_ASSERTIONS)
+
+#endif // _GTMDevAssert
+
+// _GTMCompileAssert
+//
+// Note:  Software for current compilers should just use _Static_assert directly
+// instead of this macro.
+//
+// _GTMCompileAssert is an assert that is meant to fire at compile time if you
+// want to check things at compile instead of runtime. For example if you
+// want to check that a wchar is 4 bytes instead of 2 you would use
+// _GTMCompileAssert(sizeof(wchar_t) == 4, wchar_t_is_4_bytes_on_OS_X)
+// Note that the second "arg" is not in quotes, and must be a valid processor
+// symbol in it's own right (no spaces, punctuation etc).
+
+// Wrapping this in an #ifndef allows external groups to define their own
+// compile time assert scheme.
+#ifndef _GTMCompileAssert
+  #if __has_feature(c_static_assert) || __has_extension(c_static_assert)
+    #define _GTMCompileAssert(test, msg) _Static_assert((test), #msg)
+  #else
+    // Pre-Xcode 7 support.
+    //
+    // We got this technique from here:
+    // http://unixjunkie.blogspot.com/2007/10/better-compile-time-asserts_29.html
+    #define _GTMCompileAssertSymbolInner(line, msg) _GTMCOMPILEASSERT ## line ## __ ## msg
+    #define _GTMCompileAssertSymbol(line, msg) _GTMCompileAssertSymbolInner(line, msg)
+    #define _GTMCompileAssert(test, msg) \
+      typedef char _GTMCompileAssertSymbol(__LINE__, msg) [ ((test) ? 1 : -1) ]
+  #endif  // __has_feature(c_static_assert) || __has_extension(c_static_assert)
+#endif // _GTMCompileAssert
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// CPP symbols defined based on the project settings so the GTM code has
+// simple things to test against w/o scattering the knowledge of project
+// setting through all the code.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Provide a single constant CPP symbol that all of GTM uses for ifdefing
+// iPhone code.
+#if TARGET_OS_IPHONE // iPhone SDK
+  // For iPhone specific stuff
+  #define GTM_IPHONE_SDK 1
+  #if TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR
+    #define GTM_IPHONE_DEVICE 0
+    #define GTM_IPHONE_SIMULATOR 1
+  #else
+    #define GTM_IPHONE_DEVICE 1
+    #define GTM_IPHONE_SIMULATOR 0
+  #endif  // TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR
+  // By default, GTM has provided it's own unittesting support, define this
+  // to use the support provided by Xcode, especially for the Xcode4 support
+  // for unittesting.
+  #ifndef GTM_USING_XCTEST
+    #define GTM_USING_XCTEST 0
+  #endif
+  #define GTM_MACOS_SDK 0
+#else
+  // For MacOS specific stuff
+  #define GTM_MACOS_SDK 1
+  #define GTM_IPHONE_SDK 0
+  #define GTM_IPHONE_SIMULATOR 0
+  #define GTM_IPHONE_DEVICE 0
+  #ifndef GTM_USING_XCTEST
+    #define GTM_USING_XCTEST 0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Some of our own availability macros
+#if GTM_MACOS_SDK
+#define GTM_AVAILABLE_ONLY_ON_IPHONE UNAVAILABLE_ATTRIBUTE
+#define GTM_AVAILABLE_ONLY_ON_MACOS
+#else
+#define GTM_AVAILABLE_ONLY_ON_IPHONE
+#define GTM_AVAILABLE_ONLY_ON_MACOS UNAVAILABLE_ATTRIBUTE
+#endif
+
+// GC was dropped by Apple, define the old constant incase anyone still keys
+// off of it.
+#ifndef GTM_SUPPORT_GC
+  #define GTM_SUPPORT_GC 0
+#endif
+
+// Some support for advanced clang static analysis functionality
+#ifndef NS_RETURNS_RETAINED
+  #if __has_feature(attribute_ns_returns_retained)
+    #define NS_RETURNS_RETAINED __attribute__((ns_returns_retained))
+  #else
+    #define NS_RETURNS_RETAINED
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NS_RETURNS_NOT_RETAINED
+  #if __has_feature(attribute_ns_returns_not_retained)
+    #define NS_RETURNS_NOT_RETAINED __attribute__((ns_returns_not_retained))
+  #else
+    #define NS_RETURNS_NOT_RETAINED
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CF_RETURNS_RETAINED
+  #if __has_feature(attribute_cf_returns_retained)
+    #define CF_RETURNS_RETAINED __attribute__((cf_returns_retained))
+  #else
+    #define CF_RETURNS_RETAINED
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CF_RETURNS_NOT_RETAINED
+  #if __has_feature(attribute_cf_returns_not_retained)
+    #define CF_RETURNS_NOT_RETAINED __attribute__((cf_returns_not_retained))
+  #else
+    #define CF_RETURNS_NOT_RETAINED
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NS_CONSUMED
+  #if __has_feature(attribute_ns_consumed)
+    #define NS_CONSUMED __attribute__((ns_consumed))
+  #else
+    #define NS_CONSUMED
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CF_CONSUMED
+  #if __has_feature(attribute_cf_consumed)
+    #define CF_CONSUMED __attribute__((cf_consumed))
+  #else
+    #define CF_CONSUMED
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NS_CONSUMES_SELF
+  #if __has_feature(attribute_ns_consumes_self)
+    #define NS_CONSUMES_SELF __attribute__((ns_consumes_self))
+  #else
+    #define NS_CONSUMES_SELF
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GTM_NONNULL
+  #if defined(__has_attribute)
+    #if __has_attribute(nonnull)
+      #define GTM_NONNULL(x) __attribute__((nonnull x))
+    #else
+      #define GTM_NONNULL(x)
+    #endif
+  #else
+    #define GTM_NONNULL(x)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Invalidates the initializer from which it's called.
+#ifndef GTMInvalidateInitializer
+  #if __has_feature(objc_arc)
+    #define GTMInvalidateInitializer() \
+      do { \
+        [self class]; /* Avoid warning of dead store to |self|. */ \
+        _GTMDevAssert(NO, @"Invalid initializer."); \
+        return nil; \
+      } while (0)
+  #else
+    #define GTMInvalidateInitializer() \
+      do { \
+        [self release]; \
+        _GTMDevAssert(NO, @"Invalid initializer."); \
+        return nil; \
+      } while (0)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GTMCFAutorelease
+  // GTMCFAutorelease returns an id.  In contrast, Apple's CFAutorelease returns
+  // a CFTypeRef.
+  #if __has_feature(objc_arc)
+    #define GTMCFAutorelease(x) CFBridgingRelease(x)
+  #else
+    #define GTMCFAutorelease(x) ([(id)x autorelease])
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __OBJC__
+
+
+// Macro to allow you to create NSStrings out of other macros.
+// #define FOO foo
+// NSString *fooString = GTM_NSSTRINGIFY(FOO);
+#if !defined (GTM_NSSTRINGIFY)
+  #define GTM_NSSTRINGIFY_INNER(x) @#x
+  #define GTM_NSSTRINGIFY(x) GTM_NSSTRINGIFY_INNER(x)
+#endif
+
+// Macro to allow fast enumeration when building for 10.5 or later, and
+// reliance on NSEnumerator for 10.4.  Remember, NSDictionary w/ FastEnumeration
+// does keys, so pick the right thing, nothing is done on the FastEnumeration
+// side to be sure you're getting what you wanted.
+#ifndef GTM_FOREACH_OBJECT
+  #if TARGET_OS_IPHONE || !(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5)
+    #define GTM_FOREACH_ENUMEREE(element, enumeration) \
+      for (element in enumeration)
+    #define GTM_FOREACH_OBJECT(element, collection) \
+      for (element in collection)
+    #define GTM_FOREACH_KEY(element, collection) \
+      for (element in collection)
+  #else
+    #define GTM_FOREACH_ENUMEREE(element, enumeration) \
+      for (NSEnumerator *_ ## element ## _enum = enumeration; \
+           (element = [_ ## element ## _enum nextObject]) != nil; )
+    #define GTM_FOREACH_OBJECT(element, collection) \
+      GTM_FOREACH_ENUMEREE(element, [collection objectEnumerator])
+    #define GTM_FOREACH_KEY(element, collection) \
+      GTM_FOREACH_ENUMEREE(element, [collection keyEnumerator])
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// ============================================================================
+
+// GTM_SEL_STRING is for specifying selector (usually property) names to KVC
+// or KVO methods.
+// In debug it will generate warnings for undeclared selectors if
+// -Wunknown-selector is turned on.
+// In release it will have no runtime overhead.
+#ifndef GTM_SEL_STRING
+  #ifdef DEBUG
+    #define GTM_SEL_STRING(selName) NSStringFromSelector(@selector(selName))
+  #else
+    #define GTM_SEL_STRING(selName) @#selName
+  #endif  // DEBUG
+#endif  // GTM_SEL_STRING
+
+#ifndef GTM_WEAK
+#if __has_feature(objc_arc_weak)
+    // With ARC enabled, __weak means a reference that isn't implicitly
+    // retained.  __weak objects are accessed through runtime functions, so
+    // they are zeroed out, but this requires OS X 10.7+.
+    // At clang r251041+, ARC-style zeroing weak references even work in
+    // non-ARC mode.
+    #define GTM_WEAK __weak
+  #elif __has_feature(objc_arc)
+    // ARC, but targeting 10.6 or older, where zeroing weak references don't
+    // exist.
+    #define GTM_WEAK __unsafe_unretained
+  #else
+    // With manual reference counting, __weak used to be silently ignored.
+    // clang r251041 gives it the ARC semantics instead.  This means they
+    // now require a deployment target of 10.7, while some clients of GTM
+    // still target 10.6.  In these cases, expand to __unsafe_unretained instead
+    #define GTM_WEAK
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#endif  // __OBJC__

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMLocalizedString.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+//
+//  GTMLocalizedString.h
+//
+//  Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+#import "GTMDefines.h"
+
+// The NSLocalizedString macros do not have NS_FORMAT_ARGUMENT modifiers put
+// on them which means you get warnings on Snow Leopard with when
+// GCC_WARN_TYPECHECK_CALLS_TO_PRINTF = YES and you do things like:
+// NSString *foo
+//   = [NSString stringWithFormat:NSLocalizedString(@"blah %@", nil), @"bar"];
+// The GTMLocalizedString functions fix that for you so you can do:
+// NSString *foo
+//   = [NSString stringWithFormat:GTMLocalizedString(@"blah %@", nil), @"bar"];
+// and you will compile cleanly.
+// If you use genstrings you can call it with
+// genstrings -s GTMLocalizedString ...
+// and it should work as expected.
+// You can override how GTM gets its localized strings (if you are using
+// something other than NSLocalizedString) by redefining
+// GTMLocalizedStringWithDefaultValueInternal.
+
+#ifndef GTMLocalizedStringWithDefaultValueInternal
+  #define GTMLocalizedStringWithDefaultValueInternal \
+      NSLocalizedStringWithDefaultValue
+#endif
+
+GTM_INLINE NS_FORMAT_ARGUMENT(1) NSString *GTMLocalizedString(
+    NSString *key,  NSString *comment) {
+  return GTMLocalizedStringWithDefaultValueInternal(key,
+                                                    nil,
+                                                    [NSBundle mainBundle],
+                                                    @"",
+                                                    comment);
+}
+
+GTM_INLINE NS_FORMAT_ARGUMENT(1) NSString *GTMLocalizedStringFromTable(
+    NSString *key, NSString *tableName, NSString *comment) {
+  return GTMLocalizedStringWithDefaultValueInternal(key,
+                                                    tableName,
+                                                    [NSBundle mainBundle],
+                                                    @"",
+                                                    comment);
+}
+
+GTM_INLINE NS_FORMAT_ARGUMENT(1) NSString *GTMLocalizedStringFromTableInBundle(
+    NSString *key,  NSString *tableName, NSBundle *bundle, NSString *comment) {
+  return GTMLocalizedStringWithDefaultValueInternal(key,
+                                                    tableName,
+                                                    bundle,
+                                                    @"",
+                                                    comment);
+}
+
+GTM_INLINE NS_FORMAT_ARGUMENT(1) NSString *GTMLocalizedStringWithDefaultValue(
+    NSString *key, NSString *tableName, NSBundle *bundle, NSString *value,
+    NSString *comment) {
+  return GTMLocalizedStringWithDefaultValueInternal(key,
+                                                    tableName,
+                                                    bundle,
+                                                    value,
+                                                    comment);
+}
+

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMLogger.h

@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+//
+//  GTMLogger.h
+//
+//  Copyright 2007-2008 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+// Key Abstractions
+// ----------------
+//
+// This file declares multiple classes and protocols that are used by the
+// GTMLogger logging system. The 4 main abstractions used in this file are the
+// following:
+//
+//   * logger (GTMLogger) - The main logging class that users interact with. It
+//   has methods for logging at different levels and uses a log writer, a log
+//   formatter, and a log filter to get the job done.
+//
+//   * log writer (GTMLogWriter) - Writes a given string to some log file, where
+//   a "log file" can be a physical file on disk, a POST over HTTP to some URL,
+//   or even some in-memory structure (e.g., a ring buffer).
+//
+//   * log formatter (GTMLogFormatter) - Given a format string and arguments as
+//   a va_list, returns a single formatted NSString. A "formatted string" could
+//   be a string with the date prepended, a string with values in a CSV format,
+//   or even a string of XML.
+//
+//   * log filter (GTMLogFilter) - Given a formatted log message as an NSString
+//   and the level at which the message is to be logged, this class will decide
+//   whether the given message should be logged or not. This is a flexible way
+//   to filter out messages logged at a certain level, messages that contain
+//   certain text, or filter nothing out at all. This gives the caller the
+//   flexibility to dynamically enable debug logging in Release builds.
+//
+// This file also declares some classes to handle the common log writer, log
+// formatter, and log filter cases. Callers can also create their own writers,
+// formatters, and filters and they can even build them on top of the ones
+// declared here. Keep in mind that your custom writer/formatter/filter may be
+// called from multiple threads, so it must be thread-safe.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+#import "GTMDefines.h"
+
+// Predeclaration of used protocols that are declared later in this file.
+@protocol GTMLogWriter, GTMLogFormatter, GTMLogFilter;
+
+// GTMLogger
+//
+// GTMLogger is the primary user-facing class for an object-oriented logging
+// system. It is built on the concept of log formatters (GTMLogFormatter), log
+// writers (GTMLogWriter), and log filters (GTMLogFilter). When a message is
+// sent to a GTMLogger to log a message, the message is formatted using the log
+// formatter, then the log filter is consulted to see if the message should be
+// logged, and if so, the message is sent to the log writer to be written out.
+//
+// GTMLogger is intended to be a flexible and thread-safe logging solution. Its
+// flexibility comes from the fact that GTMLogger instances can be customized
+// with user defined formatters, filters, and writers. And these writers,
+// filters, and formatters can be combined, stacked, and customized in arbitrary
+// ways to suit the needs at hand. For example, multiple writers can be used at
+// the same time, and a GTMLogger instance can even be used as another
+// GTMLogger's writer. This allows for arbitrarily deep logging trees.
+//
+// A standard GTMLogger uses a writer that sends messages to standard out, a
+// formatter that smacks a timestamp and a few other bits of interesting
+// information on the message, and a filter that filters out debug messages from
+// release builds. Using the standard log settings, a log message will look like
+// the following:
+//
+//   2007-12-30 10:29:24.177 myapp[4588/0xa07d0f60] [lvl=1] foo=<Foo: 0x123>
+//
+// The output contains the date and time of the log message, the name of the
+// process followed by its process ID/thread ID, the log level at which the
+// message was logged (in the previous example the level was 1:
+// kGTMLoggerLevelDebug), and finally, the user-specified log message itself (in
+// this case, the log message was @"foo=%@", foo).
+//
+// Multiple instances of GTMLogger can be created, each configured their own
+// way.  Though GTMLogger is not a singleton (in the GoF sense), it does provide
+// access to a shared (i.e., globally accessible) GTMLogger instance. This makes
+// it convenient for all code in a process to use the same GTMLogger instance.
+// The shared GTMLogger instance can also be configured in an arbitrary, and
+// these configuration changes will affect all code that logs through the shared
+// instance.
+
+//
+// Log Levels
+// ----------
+// GTMLogger has 3 different log levels: Debug, Info, and Error. GTMLogger
+// doesn't take any special action based on the log level; it simply forwards
+// this information on to formatters, filters, and writers, each of which may
+// optionally take action based on the level. Since log level filtering is
+// performed at runtime, log messages are typically not filtered out at compile
+// time.  The exception to this rule is that calls to the GTMLoggerDebug() macro
+// *ARE* filtered out of non-DEBUG builds. This is to be backwards compatible
+// with behavior that many developers are currently used to. Note that this
+// means that GTMLoggerDebug(@"hi") will be compiled out of Release builds, but
+// [[GTMLogger sharedLogger] logDebug:@"hi"] will NOT be compiled out.
+//
+// Standard loggers are created with the GTMLogLevelFilter log filter, which
+// filters out certain log messages based on log level, and some other settings.
+//
+// In addition to the -logDebug:, -logInfo:, and -logError: methods defined on
+// GTMLogger itself, there are also C macros that make usage of the shared
+// GTMLogger instance very convenient. These macros are:
+//
+//   GTMLoggerDebug(...)
+//   GTMLoggerInfo(...)
+//   GTMLoggerError(...)
+//
+// Again, a notable feature of these macros is that GTMLogDebug() calls *will be
+// compiled out of non-DEBUG builds*.
+//
+// Standard Loggers
+// ----------------
+// GTMLogger has the concept of "standard loggers". A standard logger is simply
+// a logger that is pre-configured with some standard/common writer, formatter,
+// and filter combination. Standard loggers are created using the creation
+// methods beginning with "standard". The alternative to a standard logger is a
+// regular logger, which will send messages to stdout, with no special
+// formatting, and no filtering.
+//
+// How do I use GTMLogger?
+// ----------------------
+// The typical way you will want to use GTMLogger is to simply use the
+// GTMLogger*() macros for logging from code. That way we can easily make
+// changes to the GTMLogger class and simply update the macros accordingly. Only
+// your application startup code (perhaps, somewhere in main()) should use the
+// GTMLogger class directly in order to configure the shared logger, which all
+// of the code using the macros will be using. Again, this is just the typical
+// situation.
+//
+// To be complete, there are cases where you may want to use GTMLogger directly,
+// or even create separate GTMLogger instances for some reason. That's fine,
+// too.
+//
+// Examples
+// --------
+// The following show some common GTMLogger use cases.
+//
+// 1. You want to log something as simply as possible. Also, this call will only
+//    appear in debug builds. In non-DEBUG builds it will be completely removed.
+//
+//      GTMLoggerDebug(@"foo = %@", foo);
+//
+// 2. The previous example is similar to the following. The major difference is
+//    that the previous call (example 1) will be compiled out of Release builds
+//    but this statement will not be compiled out.
+//
+//      [[GTMLogger sharedLogger] logDebug:@"foo = %@", foo];
+//
+// 3. Send all logging output from the shared logger to a file. We do this by
+//    creating an NSFileHandle for writing associated with a file, and setting
+//    that file handle as the logger's writer.
+//
+//      NSFileHandle *f = [NSFileHandle fileHandleForWritingAtPath:@"/tmp/f.log"
+//                                                          create:YES];
+//      [[GTMLogger sharedLogger] setWriter:f];
+//      GTMLoggerError(@"hi");  // This will be sent to /tmp/f.log
+//
+// 4. Create a new GTMLogger that will log to a file. This example differs from
+//    the previous one because here we create a new GTMLogger that is different
+//    from the shared logger.
+//
+//      GTMLogger *logger = [GTMLogger standardLoggerWithPath:@"/tmp/temp.log"];
+//      [logger logInfo:@"hi temp log file"];
+//
+// 5. Create a logger that writes to stdout and does NOT do any formatting to
+//    the log message. This might be useful, for example, when writing a help
+//    screen for a command-line tool to standard output.
+//
+//      GTMLogger *logger = [GTMLogger logger];
+//      [logger logInfo:@"%@ version 0.1 usage", progName];
+//
+// 6. Send log output to stdout AND to a log file. The trick here is that
+//    NSArrays function as composite log writers, which means when an array is
+//    set as the log writer, it forwards all logging messages to all of its
+//    contained GTMLogWriters.
+//
+//      // Create array of GTMLogWriters
+//      NSArray *writers = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:
+//          [NSFileHandle fileHandleForWritingAtPath:@"/tmp/f.log" create:YES],
+//          [NSFileHandle fileHandleWithStandardOutput], nil];
+//
+//      GTMLogger *logger = [GTMLogger standardLogger];
+//      [logger setWriter:writers];
+//      [logger logInfo:@"hi"];  // Output goes to stdout and /tmp/f.log
+//
+// For futher details on log writers, formatters, and filters, see the
+// documentation below.
+//
+// NOTE: GTMLogger is application level logging.  By default it does nothing
+// with _GTMDevLog/_GTMDevAssert (see GTMDefines.h).  An application can choose
+// to bridge _GTMDevLog/_GTMDevAssert to GTMLogger by providing macro
+// definitions in its prefix header (see GTMDefines.h for how one would do
+// that).
+//
+@interface GTMLogger : NSObject {
+ @private
+  id<GTMLogWriter> writer_;
+  id<GTMLogFormatter> formatter_;
+  id<GTMLogFilter> filter_;
+}
+
+//
+// Accessors for the shared logger instance
+//
+
+// Returns a shared/global standard GTMLogger instance. Callers should typically
+// use this method to get a GTMLogger instance, unless they explicitly want
+// their own instance to configure for their own needs. This is the only method
+// that returns a shared instance; all the rest return new GTMLogger instances.
++ (id)sharedLogger;
+
+// Sets the shared logger instance to |logger|. Future calls to +sharedLogger
+// will return |logger| instead.
++ (void)setSharedLogger:(GTMLogger *)logger;
+
+//
+// Creation methods
+//
+
+// Returns a new autoreleased GTMLogger instance that will log to stdout, using
+// the GTMLogStandardFormatter, and the GTMLogLevelFilter filter.
++ (id)standardLogger;
+
+// Same as +standardLogger, but logs to stderr.
++ (id)standardLoggerWithStderr;
+
+// Same as +standardLogger but levels >= kGTMLoggerLevelError are routed to
+// stderr, everything else goes to stdout.
++ (id)standardLoggerWithStdoutAndStderr;
+
+// Returns a new standard GTMLogger instance with a log writer that will
+// write to the file at |path|, and will use the GTMLogStandardFormatter and
+// GTMLogLevelFilter classes. If |path| does not exist, it will be created.
++ (id)standardLoggerWithPath:(NSString *)path;
+
+// Returns an autoreleased GTMLogger instance that will use the specified
+// |writer|, |formatter|, and |filter|.
++ (id)loggerWithWriter:(id<GTMLogWriter>)writer
+             formatter:(id<GTMLogFormatter>)formatter
+                filter:(id<GTMLogFilter>)filter;
+
+// Returns an autoreleased GTMLogger instance that logs to stdout, with the
+// basic formatter, and no filter. The returned logger differs from the logger
+// returned by +standardLogger because this one does not do any filtering and
+// does not do any special log formatting; this is the difference between a
+// "regular" logger and a "standard" logger.
++ (id)logger;
+
+// Designated initializer. This method returns a GTMLogger initialized with the
+// specified |writer|, |formatter|, and |filter|. See the setter methods below
+// for what values will be used if nil is passed for a parameter.
+- (id)initWithWriter:(id<GTMLogWriter>)writer
+           formatter:(id<GTMLogFormatter>)formatter
+              filter:(id<GTMLogFilter>)filter;
+
+//
+// Logging  methods
+//
+
+// Logs a message at the debug level (kGTMLoggerLevelDebug).
+- (void)logDebug:(NSString *)fmt, ... NS_FORMAT_FUNCTION(1, 2);
+// Logs a message at the info level (kGTMLoggerLevelInfo).
+- (void)logInfo:(NSString *)fmt, ... NS_FORMAT_FUNCTION(1, 2);
+// Logs a message at the error level (kGTMLoggerLevelError).
+- (void)logError:(NSString *)fmt, ... NS_FORMAT_FUNCTION(1, 2);
+// Logs a message at the assert level (kGTMLoggerLevelAssert).
+- (void)logAssert:(NSString *)fmt, ... NS_FORMAT_FUNCTION(1, 2);
+
+
+//
+// Accessors
+//
+
+// Accessor methods for the log writer. If the log writer is set to nil,
+// [NSFileHandle fileHandleWithStandardOutput] is used.
+- (id<GTMLogWriter>)writer;
+- (void)setWriter:(id<GTMLogWriter>)writer;
+
+// Accessor methods for the log formatter. If the log formatter is set to nil,
+// GTMLogBasicFormatter is used. This formatter will format log messages in a
+// plain printf style.
+- (id<GTMLogFormatter>)formatter;
+- (void)setFormatter:(id<GTMLogFormatter>)formatter;
+
+// Accessor methods for the log filter. If the log filter is set to nil,
+// GTMLogNoFilter is used, which allows all log messages through.
+- (id<GTMLogFilter>)filter;
+- (void)setFilter:(id<GTMLogFilter>)filter;
+
+@end  // GTMLogger
+
+
+// Helper functions that are used by the convenience GTMLogger*() macros that
+// enable the logging of function names.
+@interface GTMLogger (GTMLoggerMacroHelpers)
+- (void)logFuncDebug:(const char *)func msg:(NSString *)fmt, ...
+  NS_FORMAT_FUNCTION(2, 3);
+- (void)logFuncInfo:(const char *)func msg:(NSString *)fmt, ...
+  NS_FORMAT_FUNCTION(2, 3);
+- (void)logFuncError:(const char *)func msg:(NSString *)fmt, ...
+  NS_FORMAT_FUNCTION(2, 3);
+- (void)logFuncAssert:(const char *)func msg:(NSString *)fmt, ...
+  NS_FORMAT_FUNCTION(2, 3);
+@end  // GTMLoggerMacroHelpers
+
+
+// The convenience macros are only defined if they haven't already been defined.
+#ifndef GTMLoggerInfo
+
+// Convenience macros that log to the shared GTMLogger instance. These macros
+// are how users should typically log to GTMLogger. Notice that GTMLoggerDebug()
+// calls will be compiled out of non-Debug builds.
+#define GTMLoggerDebug(...)  \
+  [[GTMLogger sharedLogger] logFuncDebug:__func__ msg:__VA_ARGS__]
+#define GTMLoggerInfo(...)   \
+  [[GTMLogger sharedLogger] logFuncInfo:__func__ msg:__VA_ARGS__]
+#define GTMLoggerError(...)  \
+  [[GTMLogger sharedLogger] logFuncError:__func__ msg:__VA_ARGS__]
+#define GTMLoggerAssert(...) \
+  [[GTMLogger sharedLogger] logFuncAssert:__func__ msg:__VA_ARGS__]
+
+// If we're not in a debug build, remove the GTMLoggerDebug statements. This
+// makes calls to GTMLoggerDebug "compile out" of Release builds
+#ifndef DEBUG
+#undef GTMLoggerDebug
+#define GTMLoggerDebug(...) do {} while(0)
+#endif
+
+#endif  // !defined(GTMLoggerInfo)
+
+// Log levels.
+typedef enum {
+  kGTMLoggerLevelUnknown,
+  kGTMLoggerLevelDebug,
+  kGTMLoggerLevelInfo,
+  kGTMLoggerLevelError,
+  kGTMLoggerLevelAssert,
+} GTMLoggerLevel;
+
+
+//
+//   Log Writers
+//
+
+// Protocol to be implemented by a GTMLogWriter instance.
+@protocol GTMLogWriter <NSObject>
+// Writes the given log message to where the log writer is configured to write.
+- (void)logMessage:(NSString *)msg level:(GTMLoggerLevel)level;
+@end  // GTMLogWriter
+
+
+// Simple category on NSFileHandle that makes NSFileHandles valid log writers.
+// This is convenient because something like, say, +fileHandleWithStandardError
+// now becomes a valid log writer. Log messages are written to the file handle
+// with a newline appended.
+@interface NSFileHandle (GTMFileHandleLogWriter) <GTMLogWriter>
+// Opens the file at |path| in append mode, and creates the file with |mode|
+// if it didn't previously exist.
++ (id)fileHandleForLoggingAtPath:(NSString *)path mode:(mode_t)mode;
+@end  // NSFileHandle
+
+
+// This category makes NSArray a GTMLogWriter that can be composed of other
+// GTMLogWriters. This is the classic Composite GoF design pattern. When the
+// GTMLogWriter -logMessage:level: message is sent to the array, the array
+// forwards the message to all of its elements that implement the GTMLogWriter
+// protocol.
+//
+// This is useful in situations where you would like to send log output to
+// multiple log writers at the same time. Simply create an NSArray of the log
+// writers you wish to use, then set the array as the "writer" for your
+// GTMLogger instance.
+@interface NSArray (GTMArrayCompositeLogWriter) <GTMLogWriter>
+@end  // GTMArrayCompositeLogWriter
+
+
+// This category adapts the GTMLogger interface so that it can be used as a log
+// writer; it's an "adapter" in the GoF Adapter pattern sense.
+//
+// This is useful when you want to configure a logger to log to a specific
+// writer with a specific formatter and/or filter. But you want to also compose
+// that with a different log writer that may have its own formatter and/or
+// filter.
+@interface GTMLogger (GTMLoggerLogWriter) <GTMLogWriter>
+@end  // GTMLoggerLogWriter
+
+
+//
+//   Log Formatters
+//
+
+// Protocol to be implemented by a GTMLogFormatter instance.
+@protocol GTMLogFormatter <NSObject>
+// Returns a formatted string using the format specified in |fmt| and the va
+// args specified in |args|.
+- (NSString *)stringForFunc:(NSString *)func
+                 withFormat:(NSString *)fmt
+                     valist:(va_list)args
+                      level:(GTMLoggerLevel)level NS_FORMAT_FUNCTION(2, 0);
+@end  // GTMLogFormatter
+
+
+// A basic log formatter that formats a string the same way that NSLog (or
+// printf) would. It does not do anything fancy, nor does it add any data of its
+// own.
+@interface GTMLogBasicFormatter : NSObject <GTMLogFormatter>
+
+// Helper method for prettying C99 __func__ and GCC __PRETTY_FUNCTION__
+- (NSString *)prettyNameForFunc:(NSString *)func;
+
+@end  // GTMLogBasicFormatter
+
+
+// A log formatter that formats the log string like the basic formatter, but
+// also prepends a timestamp and some basic process info to the message, as
+// shown in the following sample output.
+//   2007-12-30 10:29:24.177 myapp[4588/0xa07d0f60] [lvl=1] log mesage here
+@interface GTMLogStandardFormatter : GTMLogBasicFormatter {
+ @private
+  NSDateFormatter *dateFormatter_;  // yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.SSS
+  NSString *pname_;
+  pid_t pid_;
+}
+@end  // GTMLogStandardFormatter
+
+
+//
+//   Log Filters
+//
+
+// Protocol to be implemented by a GTMLogFilter instance.
+@protocol GTMLogFilter <NSObject>
+// Returns YES if |msg| at |level| should be logged; NO otherwise.
+- (BOOL)filterAllowsMessage:(NSString *)msg level:(GTMLoggerLevel)level;
+@end  // GTMLogFilter
+
+
+// A log filter that filters messages at the kGTMLoggerLevelDebug level out of
+// non-debug builds. Messages at the kGTMLoggerLevelInfo level are also filtered
+// out of non-debug builds unless GTMVerboseLogging is set in the environment or
+// the processes's defaults. Messages at the kGTMLoggerLevelError level are
+// never filtered.
+@interface GTMLogLevelFilter : NSObject <GTMLogFilter> {
+ @private
+  BOOL verboseLoggingEnabled_;
+  NSUserDefaults *userDefaults_;
+}
+@end  // GTMLogLevelFilter
+
+// A simple log filter that does NOT filter anything out;
+// -filterAllowsMessage:level will always return YES. This can be a convenient
+// way to enable debug-level logging in release builds (if you so desire).
+@interface GTMLogNoFilter : NSObject <GTMLogFilter>
+@end  // GTMLogNoFilter
+
+
+// Base class for custom level filters. Not for direct use, use the minimum
+// or maximum level subclasses below.
+@interface GTMLogAllowedLevelFilter : NSObject <GTMLogFilter> {
+ @private
+  NSIndexSet *allowedLevels_;
+}
+@end
+
+// A log filter that allows you to set a minimum log level. Messages below this
+// level will be filtered.
+@interface GTMLogMininumLevelFilter : GTMLogAllowedLevelFilter
+
+// Designated initializer, logs at levels < |level| will be filtered.
+- (id)initWithMinimumLevel:(GTMLoggerLevel)level;
+
+@end
+
+// A log filter that allows you to set a maximum log level. Messages whose level
+// exceeds this level will be filtered. This is really only useful if you have
+// a composite GTMLogger that is sending the other messages elsewhere.
+@interface GTMLogMaximumLevelFilter : GTMLogAllowedLevelFilter
+
+// Designated initializer, logs at levels > |level| will be filtered.
+- (id)initWithMaximumLevel:(GTMLoggerLevel)level;
+
+@end
+
+
+// For subclasses only
+@interface GTMLogger (PrivateMethods)
+
+- (void)logInternalFunc:(const char *)func
+                 format:(NSString *)fmt
+                 valist:(va_list)args
+                  level:(GTMLoggerLevel)level NS_FORMAT_FUNCTION(2, 0);
+
+@end
+

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMMethodCheck.h

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+//
+//  GTMMethodCheck.h
+//
+//  Copyright 2006-2016 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+#import <stdio.h>
+#import <sysexits.h>
+
+/// A macro for enforcing debug time checks to make sure all required methods are linked in
+//
+// When using categories, it can be very easy to forget to include the
+// implementation of a category.
+// Let's say you had a class foo that depended on method bar of class baz, and
+// method bar was implemented as a member of a category.
+// You could add the following code:
+//
+// GTM_METHOD_CHECK(baz, bar)
+//
+// and the code would check to make sure baz was implemented just before main
+// was called. This works for both dynamic libraries, and executables.
+//
+//
+// This is not compiled into release builds.
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+// This is the "magic".
+// A) we need a multi layer define here so that the preprocessor expands
+//    __LINE__ the way we want it. We need __LINE__ so that each of our
+//    GTM_METHOD_CHECKs generates a unique function name.
+#define GTM_METHOD_CHECK(class, method) GTM_METHOD_CHECK_INNER(class, method, __LINE__)
+#define GTM_METHOD_CHECK_INNER(class, method, line) \
+    GTM_METHOD_CHECK_INNER_INNER(class, method, line)
+
+// B) define a function that is called at startup to check that |class| has an
+//    implementation for |method| (either a class method or an instance method).
+#define GTM_METHOD_CHECK_INNER_INNER(class, method, line) \
+__attribute__ ((constructor, visibility("hidden"))) \
+    static void xxGTMMethodCheckMethod ## class ## line () { \
+  @autoreleasepool { \
+    if (![class instancesRespondToSelector:@selector(method)] \
+        && ![class respondsToSelector:@selector(method)]) { \
+      fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: error: We need method '%s' to be linked in for class '%s'\n", \
+              __FILE__, line, #method, #class); \
+      exit(EX_SOFTWARE); \
+    } \
+  } \
+}
+
+#else  // DEBUG
+
+// Do nothing in release.
+#define GTM_METHOD_CHECK(class, method)
+
+#endif  // DEBUG

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMNSData+zlib.h

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+//
+//  GTMNSData+zlib.h
+//
+//  Copyright 2007-2008 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+#import "GTMDefines.h"
+
+/// Helpers for dealing w/ zlib inflate/deflate calls.
+@interface NSData (GTMZLibAdditions)
+
+// NOTE: For 64bit, none of these apis handle input sizes >32bits, they will
+// return nil when given such data.  To handle data of that size you really
+// should be streaming it rather then doing it all in memory.
+
+#pragma mark Gzip Compression
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of gzipping the bytes.
+//
+//  Uses the default compression level.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByGzippingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                             length:(NSUInteger)length;
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByGzippingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                             length:(NSUInteger)length
+                              error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of gzipping the payload of |data|.
+//
+//  Uses the default compression level.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByGzippingData:(NSData *)data __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByGzippingData:(NSData *)data
+                             error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of gzipping the bytes using |level| compression level.
+//
+// |level| can be 1-9, any other values will be clipped to that range.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByGzippingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                             length:(NSUInteger)length
+                   compressionLevel:(int)level __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByGzippingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                             length:(NSUInteger)length
+                   compressionLevel:(int)level
+                              error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of gzipping the payload of |data| using |level| compression level.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByGzippingData:(NSData *)data
+                  compressionLevel:(int)level __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByGzippingData:(NSData *)data
+                  compressionLevel:(int)level
+                             error:(NSError **)error;
+
+#pragma mark Zlib "Stream" Compression
+
+// NOTE: deflate is *NOT* gzip.  deflate is a "zlib" stream.  pick which one
+// you really want to create.  (the inflate api will handle either)
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of deflating the bytes.
+//
+//  Uses the default compression level.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByDeflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                              length:(NSUInteger)length __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByDeflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                              length:(NSUInteger)length
+                               error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of deflating the payload of |data|.
+//
+//  Uses the default compression level.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByDeflatingData:(NSData *)data __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByDeflatingData:(NSData *)data
+                              error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of deflating the bytes using |level| compression level.
+//
+// |level| can be 1-9, any other values will be clipped to that range.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByDeflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                              length:(NSUInteger)length
+                    compressionLevel:(int)level __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByDeflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                              length:(NSUInteger)length
+                    compressionLevel:(int)level
+                               error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of deflating the payload of |data| using |level| compression level.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByDeflatingData:(NSData *)data
+                   compressionLevel:(int)level __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByDeflatingData:(NSData *)data
+                   compressionLevel:(int)level
+                              error:(NSError **)error;
+
+#pragma mark Uncompress of Gzip or Zlib
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of decompressing the bytes.
+//
+// The bytes to decompress can be zlib or gzip payloads.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByInflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                              length:(NSUInteger)length __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByInflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                              length:(NSUInteger)length
+                               error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of decompressing the payload of |data|.
+//
+// The data to decompress can be zlib or gzip payloads.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByInflatingData:(NSData *)data __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByInflatingData:(NSData *)data
+                              error:(NSError **)error;
+
+#pragma mark "Raw" Compression Support
+
+// NOTE: raw deflate is *NOT* gzip or deflate.  it does not include a header
+// of any form and should only be used within streams here an external crc/etc.
+// is done to validate the data.  The RawInflate apis can be used on data
+// processed like this.
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of *raw* deflating the bytes.
+//
+//  Uses the default compression level.
+//  *No* header is added to the resulting data.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawDeflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                                 length:(NSUInteger)length __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawDeflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                                 length:(NSUInteger)length
+                                  error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of *raw* deflating the payload of |data|.
+//
+//  Uses the default compression level.
+//  *No* header is added to the resulting data.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawDeflatingData:(NSData *)data __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawDeflatingData:(NSData *)data
+                                 error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of *raw* deflating the bytes using |level| compression level.
+//
+// |level| can be 1-9, any other values will be clipped to that range.
+//  *No* header is added to the resulting data.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawDeflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                                 length:(NSUInteger)length
+                       compressionLevel:(int)level __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawDeflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                                 length:(NSUInteger)length
+                       compressionLevel:(int)level
+                                  error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of *raw* deflating the payload of |data| using |level| compression level.
+//  *No* header is added to the resulting data.
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawDeflatingData:(NSData *)data
+                      compressionLevel:(int)level __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawDeflatingData:(NSData *)data
+                      compressionLevel:(int)level
+                                 error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of *raw* decompressing the bytes.
+//
+// The data to decompress, it should *not* have any header (zlib nor gzip).
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawInflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                                 length:(NSUInteger)length __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawInflatingBytes:(const void *)bytes
+                                 length:(NSUInteger)length
+                                  error:(NSError **)error;
+
+/// Return an autoreleased NSData w/ the result of *raw* decompressing the payload of |data|.
+//
+// The data to decompress, it should *not* have any header (zlib nor gzip).
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawInflatingData:(NSData *)data __attribute__((deprecated("Use error variant")));
++ (NSData *)gtm_dataByRawInflatingData:(NSData *)data
+                                 error:(NSError **)error;
+
+@end
+
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const GTMNSDataZlibErrorDomain;
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const GTMNSDataZlibErrorKey;  // NSNumber
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const GTMNSDataZlibRemainingBytesKey;  // NSNumber
+
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, GTMNSDataZlibError) {
+  GTMNSDataZlibErrorGreaterThan32BitsToCompress = 1024,
+  // An internal zlib error.
+  // GTMNSDataZlibErrorKey will contain the error value.
+  // NSLocalizedDescriptionKey may contain an error string from zlib.
+  // Look in zlib.h for list of errors.
+  GTMNSDataZlibErrorInternal,
+  // There was left over data in the buffer that was not used.
+  // GTMNSDataZlibRemainingBytesKey will contain number of remaining bytes.
+  GTMNSDataZlibErrorDataRemaining
+};

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMNSDictionary+URLArguments.h

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+//
+//  GTMNSDictionary+URLArguments.h
+//
+//  Copyright 2006-2008 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+/// Utility for building a URL or POST argument string.
+@interface NSDictionary (GTMNSDictionaryURLArgumentsAdditions)
+
+/// Returns a dictionary of the decoded key-value pairs in a http arguments
+/// string of the form key1=value1&key2=value2&...&keyN=valueN.
+/// Keys and values will be unescaped automatically.
+/// Only the first value for a repeated key is returned.
+///
+/// NOTE: Apps targeting iOS 8 or OS X 10.10 and later should use
+///       NSURLComponents and NSURLQueryItem to create URLs with
+///       query arguments instead of using these category methods.
++ (NSDictionary *)gtm_dictionaryWithHttpArgumentsString:(NSString *)argString;
+
+/// Gets a string representation of the dictionary in the form
+/// key1=value1&key2=value2&...&keyN=valueN, suitable for use as either
+/// URL arguments (after a '?') or POST body. Keys and values will be escaped
+/// automatically, so should be unescaped in the dictionary.
+- (NSString *)gtm_httpArgumentsString;
+
+@end

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMNSString+URLArguments.h

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+//
+//  GTMNSString+URLArguments.h
+//
+//  Copyright 2006-2008 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+/// Utilities for encoding and decoding URL arguments.
+@interface NSString (GTMNSStringURLArgumentsAdditions)
+
+/// Returns a string that is escaped properly to be a URL argument.
+///
+/// This differs from stringByAddingPercentEscapesUsingEncoding: in that it
+/// will escape all the reserved characters (per RFC 3986
+/// <http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3986.txt>) which
+/// stringByAddingPercentEscapesUsingEncoding would leave.
+///
+/// This will also escape '%', so this should not be used on a string that has
+/// already been escaped unless double-escaping is the desired result.
+///
+/// NOTE: Apps targeting iOS 8 or OS X 10.10 and later should use
+///       NSURLComponents and NSURLQueryItem to create properly-escaped
+///       URLs instead of using these category methods.
+- (NSString*)gtm_stringByEscapingForURLArgument;
+
+/// Returns the unescaped version of a URL argument
+///
+/// This has the same behavior as stringByReplacingPercentEscapesUsingEncoding:,
+/// except that it will also convert '+' to space.
+- (NSString*)gtm_stringByUnescapingFromURLArgument;
+
+@end

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMStringEncoding.h

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+//
+//  GTMStringEncoding.h
+//
+//  Copyright 2010 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+#import "GTMDefines.h"
+
+// A generic class for arbitrary base-2 to 128 string encoding and decoding.
+@interface GTMStringEncoding : NSObject {
+ @private
+  NSData *charMapData_;
+  char *charMap_;
+  int reverseCharMap_[128];
+  int shift_;
+  int mask_;
+  BOOL doPad_;
+  char paddingChar_;
+  int padLen_;
+}
+
+// Create a new, autoreleased GTMStringEncoding object with a standard encoding.
++ (id)binaryStringEncoding;
++ (id)hexStringEncoding;
++ (id)rfc4648Base32StringEncoding;
++ (id)rfc4648Base32HexStringEncoding;
++ (id)crockfordBase32StringEncoding;
++ (id)rfc4648Base64StringEncoding;
++ (id)rfc4648Base64WebsafeStringEncoding;
+
+// Create a new, autoreleased GTMStringEncoding object with the given string,
+// as described below.
++ (id)stringEncodingWithString:(NSString *)string;
+
+// Initialize a new GTMStringEncoding object with the string.
+//
+// The length of the string must be a power of 2, at least 2 and at most 128.
+// Only 7-bit ASCII characters are permitted in the string.
+//
+// These characters are the canonical set emitted during encoding.
+// If the characters have alternatives (e.g. case, easily transposed) then use
+// addDecodeSynonyms: to configure them.
+- (id)initWithString:(NSString *)string;
+
+// Add decoding synonyms as specified in the synonyms argument.
+//
+// It should be a sequence of one previously reverse mapped character,
+// followed by one or more non-reverse mapped character synonyms.
+// Only 7-bit ASCII characters are permitted in the string.
+//
+// e.g. If a GTMStringEncoder object has already been initialised with a set
+// of characters excluding I, L and O (to avoid confusion with digits) and you
+// want to accept them as digits you can call addDecodeSynonyms:@"0oO1iIlL".
+- (void)addDecodeSynonyms:(NSString *)synonyms;
+
+// A sequence of characters to ignore if they occur during encoding.
+// Only 7-bit ASCII characters are permitted in the string.
+- (void)ignoreCharacters:(NSString *)chars;
+
+// Indicates whether padding is performed during encoding.
+- (BOOL)doPad;
+- (void)setDoPad:(BOOL)doPad;
+
+// Sets the padding character to use during encoding.
+- (void)setPaddingChar:(char)c;
+
+// Encode a raw binary buffer to a 7-bit ASCII string.
+- (NSString *)encode:(NSData *)data __attribute__((deprecated("Use encode:error:")));
+- (NSString *)encodeString:(NSString *)string __attribute__((deprecated("Use encodeString:error:")));
+
+- (NSString *)encode:(NSData *)data error:(NSError **)error;
+- (NSString *)encodeString:(NSString *)string error:(NSError **)error;
+
+// Decode a 7-bit ASCII string to a raw binary buffer.
+- (NSData *)decode:(NSString *)string __attribute__((deprecated("Use decode:error:")));
+- (NSString *)stringByDecoding:(NSString *)string __attribute__((deprecated("Use stringByDecoding:error:")));
+
+- (NSData *)decode:(NSString *)string error:(NSError **)error;
+- (NSString *)stringByDecoding:(NSString *)string error:(NSError **)error;
+
+@end
+
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const GTMStringEncodingErrorDomain;
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const GTMStringEncodingBadCharacterIndexKey;  // NSNumber
+
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, GTMStringEncodingError) {
+  // Unable to convert a buffer to NSASCIIStringEncoding.
+  GTMStringEncodingErrorUnableToConverToAscii = 1024,
+  // Unable to convert a buffer to NSUTF8StringEncoding.
+  GTMStringEncodingErrorUnableToConverToUTF8,
+  // Encountered a bad character.
+  // GTMStringEncodingBadCharacterIndexKey will have the index of the character.
+  GTMStringEncodingErrorUnknownCharacter,
+  // The data had a padding character in the middle of the data. Padding characters
+  // can only be at the end.
+  GTMStringEncodingErrorExpectedPadding,
+  // There is unexpected data at the end of the data that could not be decoded.
+  GTMStringEncodingErrorIncompleteTrailingData,
+};

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMTypeCasting.h

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+//
+//  GTMTypeCasting.h
+//
+//  Copyright 2010 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+//  the License.
+//
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+#import "GTMDefines.h"
+
+// These are some basic macros for making down-casting safer in Objective C.
+// They are loosely based on the same cast types with similar names in C++.
+// A typical usage would look like this:
+//
+// Bar* b = [[Bar alloc] init];
+// Foo* a = GTM_STATIC_CAST(Foo, b);
+//
+// Note that it's GTM_STATIC_CAST(Foo, b) and not GTM_STATIC_CAST(Foo*, b).
+//
+// GTM_STATIC_CAST runs only in debug mode, and will assert if and only if:
+//   - object is non nil
+//   - [object isKindOfClass:[cls class]] returns nil
+//
+// otherwise it returns object.
+//
+// GTM_DYNAMIC_CAST runs in both debug and release and will return nil if
+//   - object is nil
+//   - [object isKindOfClass:[cls class]] returns nil
+//
+// otherwise it returns object.
+//
+
+// Support functions for dealing with casting.
+GTM_INLINE id GTMDynamicCastSupport(Class cls, id object) {
+  _GTMDevAssert(cls, @"Nil Class");
+  return [object isKindOfClass:cls] ? object : nil;
+}
+
+GTM_INLINE id GTMStaticCastSupport(Class cls, id object) {
+  id value = nil;
+  if (object) {
+    value = GTMDynamicCastSupport(cls, object);
+    _GTMDevAssert(value, @"Could not cast %@ to class %@", object, cls);
+  }
+  return value;
+}
+
+#ifndef GTM_STATIC_CAST
+  #ifdef DEBUG
+    #define GTM_STATIC_CAST(type, object) \
+      ((type *) GTMStaticCastSupport([type class], object))
+  #else
+    #define GTM_STATIC_CAST(type, object) ((type *) (object))
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GTM_DYNAMIC_CAST
+  #define GTM_DYNAMIC_CAST(type, object) \
+    ((type *) GTMDynamicCastSupport([type class], object))
+#endif

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Headers/GTMURLBuilder.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+//
+//  GTMURLBuilder.h
+//
+//  Copyright 2012 Google Inc.
+//
+//  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+//  use this file except in compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy
+//  of the License at
+//
+//  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+//  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+//  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+//  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See the
+//  License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations
+//  under the License.
+//
+
+//
+// Class for creating URLs. It handles URL encoding of parameters.
+//
+// Usage example:
+//
+// GTMURLBuilder *URLBuilder =
+//     [GTMURLBuilder builderWithString:@"http://www.google.com"];
+// [URLBuilder setValue:@"abc" forParameter:@"q"];
+// NSURL *URL = [URLBuilder URL];
+//
+// NOTE: Apps targeting iOS 8 or OS X 10.10 and later should use
+//       NSURLComponents and NSURLQueryItem to create URLs with
+//       query arguments instead of using this class.
+
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+#import "GTMDefines.h"
+
+#if (!TARGET_OS_IPHONE && defined(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_10) && MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_10) \
+|| (TARGET_OS_IPHONE && defined(__IPHONE_8_0) && __IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= __IPHONE_8_0)
+__deprecated_msg("GTMURLBuilder is obsolete; update your app to use NSURLComponents queryItems property instead.")
+#endif
+@interface GTMURLBuilder : NSObject {
+ @private
+  NSMutableDictionary *params_;
+}
+
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSString *baseURLString;
+
+// |URLString| is expected to be a valid URL with already escaped parameter
+// values.
++ (GTMURLBuilder *)builderWithString:(NSString *)URLString;
++ (GTMURLBuilder *)builderWithURL:(NSURL *)URL;
+
+// |URLString| The base URL to which parameters will be appended.
+// If the URL already contains parameters, they should already be encoded.
+- (id)initWithString:(NSString *)URLString;
+- (void)setValue:(NSString *)value forParameter:(NSString *)parameter;
+- (void)setIntegerValue:(NSInteger)value forParameter:(NSString *)parameter;
+- (NSString *)valueForParameter:(NSString *)parameter;
+// Returns 0 if there is no value for |parameter| or if the value cannot
+// be parsed into an NSInteger. Use valueForParameter if you want to make
+// sure that the value is set before attempting the parsing.
+- (NSInteger)integerValueForParameter:(NSString *)parameter;
+- (void)removeParameter:(NSString *)parameter;
+- (void)setParameters:(NSDictionary *)parameters;
+- (NSDictionary *)parameters;
+- (NSURL *)URL;
+- (NSString *)URLString;
+
+// Case-sensitive comparison of the URL. Also protocol and host are compared
+// as case-sensitive strings. The order of URL parameters is ignored.
+- (BOOL)isEqual:(GTMURLBuilder *)URLBuilder;
+
+@end

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/GoogleToolboxForMac.framework/Modules/module.modulemap

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+framework module GoogleToolboxForMac {
+  umbrella header "GoogleToolboxForMac.h"
+  export *
+  module * { export *}
+  link "z"
+}

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/nanopb.framework/Headers/pb.h

@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+/* Common parts of the nanopb library. Most of these are quite low-level
+ * stuff. For the high-level interface, see pb_encode.h and pb_decode.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PB_H_INCLUDED
+#define PB_H_INCLUDED
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ * Nanopb compilation time options. You can change these here by *
+ * uncommenting the lines, or on the compiler command line.      *
+ *****************************************************************/
+
+/* Enable support for dynamically allocated fields */
+/* #define PB_ENABLE_MALLOC 1 */
+
+/* Define this if your CPU / compiler combination does not support
+ * unaligned memory access to packed structures. */
+/* #define PB_NO_PACKED_STRUCTS 1 */
+
+/* Increase the number of required fields that are tracked.
+ * A compiler warning will tell if you need this. */
+/* #define PB_MAX_REQUIRED_FIELDS 256 */
+
+/* Add support for tag numbers > 255 and fields larger than 255 bytes. */
+/* #define PB_FIELD_16BIT 1 */
+
+/* Add support for tag numbers > 65536 and fields larger than 65536 bytes. */
+/* #define PB_FIELD_32BIT 1 */
+
+/* Disable support for error messages in order to save some code space. */
+/* #define PB_NO_ERRMSG 1 */
+
+/* Disable support for custom streams (support only memory buffers). */
+/* #define PB_BUFFER_ONLY 1 */
+
+/* Switch back to the old-style callback function signature.
+ * This was the default until nanopb-0.2.1. */
+/* #define PB_OLD_CALLBACK_STYLE */
+
+
+/******************************************************************
+ * You usually don't need to change anything below this line.     *
+ * Feel free to look around and use the defined macros, though.   *
+ ******************************************************************/
+
+
+/* Version of the nanopb library. Just in case you want to check it in
+ * your own program. */
+#define NANOPB_VERSION nanopb-0.3.8
+
+/* Include all the system headers needed by nanopb. You will need the
+ * definitions of the following:
+ * - strlen, memcpy, memset functions
+ * - [u]int_least8_t, uint_fast8_t, [u]int_least16_t, [u]int32_t, [u]int64_t
+ * - size_t
+ * - bool
+ *
+ * If you don't have the standard header files, you can instead provide
+ * a custom header that defines or includes all this. In that case,
+ * define PB_SYSTEM_HEADER to the path of this file.
+ */
+#ifdef PB_SYSTEM_HEADER
+#include PB_SYSTEM_HEADER
+#else
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef PB_ENABLE_MALLOC
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Macro for defining packed structures (compiler dependent).
+ * This just reduces memory requirements, but is not required.
+ */
+#if defined(PB_NO_PACKED_STRUCTS)
+    /* Disable struct packing */
+#   define PB_PACKED_STRUCT_START
+#   define PB_PACKED_STRUCT_END
+#   define pb_packed
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+    /* For GCC and clang */
+#   define PB_PACKED_STRUCT_START
+#   define PB_PACKED_STRUCT_END
+#   define pb_packed __attribute__((packed))
+#elif defined(__ICCARM__) || defined(__CC_ARM)
+    /* For IAR ARM and Keil MDK-ARM compilers */
+#   define PB_PACKED_STRUCT_START _Pragma("pack(push, 1)")
+#   define PB_PACKED_STRUCT_END _Pragma("pack(pop)")
+#   define pb_packed
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1500)
+    /* For Microsoft Visual C++ */
+#   define PB_PACKED_STRUCT_START __pragma(pack(push, 1))
+#   define PB_PACKED_STRUCT_END __pragma(pack(pop))
+#   define pb_packed
+#else
+    /* Unknown compiler */
+#   define PB_PACKED_STRUCT_START
+#   define PB_PACKED_STRUCT_END
+#   define pb_packed
+#endif
+
+/* Handly macro for suppressing unreferenced-parameter compiler warnings. */
+#ifndef PB_UNUSED
+#define PB_UNUSED(x) (void)(x)
+#endif
+
+/* Compile-time assertion, used for checking compatible compilation options.
+ * If this does not work properly on your compiler, use
+ * #define PB_NO_STATIC_ASSERT to disable it.
+ *
+ * But before doing that, check carefully the error message / place where it
+ * comes from to see if the error has a real cause. Unfortunately the error
+ * message is not always very clear to read, but you can see the reason better
+ * in the place where the PB_STATIC_ASSERT macro was called.
+ */
+#ifndef PB_NO_STATIC_ASSERT
+#ifndef PB_STATIC_ASSERT
+#define PB_STATIC_ASSERT(COND,MSG) typedef char PB_STATIC_ASSERT_MSG(MSG, __LINE__, __COUNTER__)[(COND)?1:-1];
+#define PB_STATIC_ASSERT_MSG(MSG, LINE, COUNTER) PB_STATIC_ASSERT_MSG_(MSG, LINE, COUNTER)
+#define PB_STATIC_ASSERT_MSG_(MSG, LINE, COUNTER) pb_static_assertion_##MSG##LINE##COUNTER
+#endif
+#else
+#define PB_STATIC_ASSERT(COND,MSG)
+#endif
+
+/* Number of required fields to keep track of. */
+#ifndef PB_MAX_REQUIRED_FIELDS
+#define PB_MAX_REQUIRED_FIELDS 64
+#endif
+
+#if PB_MAX_REQUIRED_FIELDS < 64
+#error You should not lower PB_MAX_REQUIRED_FIELDS from the default value (64).
+#endif
+
+/* List of possible field types. These are used in the autogenerated code.
+ * Least-significant 4 bits tell the scalar type
+ * Most-significant 4 bits specify repeated/required/packed etc.
+ */
+
+typedef uint_least8_t pb_type_t;
+
+/**** Field data types ****/
+
+/* Numeric types */
+#define PB_LTYPE_VARINT  0x00 /* int32, int64, enum, bool */
+#define PB_LTYPE_UVARINT 0x01 /* uint32, uint64 */
+#define PB_LTYPE_SVARINT 0x02 /* sint32, sint64 */
+#define PB_LTYPE_FIXED32 0x03 /* fixed32, sfixed32, float */
+#define PB_LTYPE_FIXED64 0x04 /* fixed64, sfixed64, double */
+
+/* Marker for last packable field type. */
+#define PB_LTYPE_LAST_PACKABLE 0x04
+
+/* Byte array with pre-allocated buffer.
+ * data_size is the length of the allocated PB_BYTES_ARRAY structure. */
+#define PB_LTYPE_BYTES 0x05
+
+/* String with pre-allocated buffer.
+ * data_size is the maximum length. */
+#define PB_LTYPE_STRING 0x06
+
+/* Submessage
+ * submsg_fields is pointer to field descriptions */
+#define PB_LTYPE_SUBMESSAGE 0x07
+
+/* Extension pseudo-field
+ * The field contains a pointer to pb_extension_t */
+#define PB_LTYPE_EXTENSION 0x08
+
+/* Byte array with inline, pre-allocated byffer.
+ * data_size is the length of the inline, allocated buffer.
+ * This differs from PB_LTYPE_BYTES by defining the element as
+ * pb_byte_t[data_size] rather than pb_bytes_array_t. */
+#define PB_LTYPE_FIXED_LENGTH_BYTES 0x09
+
+/* Number of declared LTYPES */
+#define PB_LTYPES_COUNT 0x0A
+#define PB_LTYPE_MASK 0x0F
+
+/**** Field repetition rules ****/
+
+#define PB_HTYPE_REQUIRED 0x00
+#define PB_HTYPE_OPTIONAL 0x10
+#define PB_HTYPE_REPEATED 0x20
+#define PB_HTYPE_ONEOF    0x30
+#define PB_HTYPE_MASK     0x30
+
+/**** Field allocation types ****/
+ 
+#define PB_ATYPE_STATIC   0x00
+#define PB_ATYPE_POINTER  0x80
+#define PB_ATYPE_CALLBACK 0x40
+#define PB_ATYPE_MASK     0xC0
+
+#define PB_ATYPE(x) ((x) & PB_ATYPE_MASK)
+#define PB_HTYPE(x) ((x) & PB_HTYPE_MASK)
+#define PB_LTYPE(x) ((x) & PB_LTYPE_MASK)
+
+/* Data type used for storing sizes of struct fields
+ * and array counts.
+ */
+#if defined(PB_FIELD_32BIT)
+    typedef uint32_t pb_size_t;
+    typedef int32_t pb_ssize_t;
+#elif defined(PB_FIELD_16BIT)
+    typedef uint_least16_t pb_size_t;
+    typedef int_least16_t pb_ssize_t;
+#else
+    typedef uint_least8_t pb_size_t;
+    typedef int_least8_t pb_ssize_t;
+#endif
+#define PB_SIZE_MAX ((pb_size_t)-1)
+
+/* Data type for storing encoded data and other byte streams.
+ * This typedef exists to support platforms where uint8_t does not exist.
+ * You can regard it as equivalent on uint8_t on other platforms.
+ */
+typedef uint_least8_t pb_byte_t;
+
+/* This structure is used in auto-generated constants
+ * to specify struct fields.
+ * You can change field sizes if you need structures
+ * larger than 256 bytes or field tags larger than 256.
+ * The compiler should complain if your .proto has such
+ * structures. Fix that by defining PB_FIELD_16BIT or
+ * PB_FIELD_32BIT.
+ */
+PB_PACKED_STRUCT_START
+typedef struct pb_field_s pb_field_t;
+struct pb_field_s {
+    pb_size_t tag;
+    pb_type_t type;
+    pb_size_t data_offset; /* Offset of field data, relative to previous field. */
+    pb_ssize_t size_offset; /* Offset of array size or has-boolean, relative to data */
+    pb_size_t data_size; /* Data size in bytes for a single item */
+    pb_size_t array_size; /* Maximum number of entries in array */
+    
+    /* Field definitions for submessage
+     * OR default value for all other non-array, non-callback types
+     * If null, then field will zeroed. */
+    const void *ptr;
+} pb_packed;
+PB_PACKED_STRUCT_END
+
+/* Make sure that the standard integer types are of the expected sizes.
+ * Otherwise fixed32/fixed64 fields can break.
+ *
+ * If you get errors here, it probably means that your stdint.h is not
+ * correct for your platform.
+ */
+PB_STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(int64_t) == 2 * sizeof(int32_t), INT64_T_WRONG_SIZE)
+PB_STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(uint64_t) == 2 * sizeof(uint32_t), UINT64_T_WRONG_SIZE)
+
+/* This structure is used for 'bytes' arrays.
+ * It has the number of bytes in the beginning, and after that an array.
+ * Note that actual structs used will have a different length of bytes array.
+ */
+#define PB_BYTES_ARRAY_T(n) struct { pb_size_t size; pb_byte_t bytes[n]; }
+#define PB_BYTES_ARRAY_T_ALLOCSIZE(n) ((size_t)n + offsetof(pb_bytes_array_t, bytes))
+
+struct pb_bytes_array_s {
+    pb_size_t size;
+    pb_byte_t bytes[1];
+};
+typedef struct pb_bytes_array_s pb_bytes_array_t;
+
+/* This structure is used for giving the callback function.
+ * It is stored in the message structure and filled in by the method that
+ * calls pb_decode.
+ *
+ * The decoding callback will be given a limited-length stream
+ * If the wire type was string, the length is the length of the string.
+ * If the wire type was a varint/fixed32/fixed64, the length is the length
+ * of the actual value.
+ * The function may be called multiple times (especially for repeated types,
+ * but also otherwise if the message happens to contain the field multiple
+ * times.)
+ *
+ * The encoding callback will receive the actual output stream.
+ * It should write all the data in one call, including the field tag and
+ * wire type. It can write multiple fields.
+ *
+ * The callback can be null if you want to skip a field.
+ */
+typedef struct pb_istream_s pb_istream_t;
+typedef struct pb_ostream_s pb_ostream_t;
+typedef struct pb_callback_s pb_callback_t;
+struct pb_callback_s {
+#ifdef PB_OLD_CALLBACK_STYLE
+    /* Deprecated since nanopb-0.2.1 */
+    union {
+        bool (*decode)(pb_istream_t *stream, const pb_field_t *field, void *arg);
+        bool (*encode)(pb_ostream_t *stream, const pb_field_t *field, const void *arg);
+    } funcs;
+#else
+    /* New function signature, which allows modifying arg contents in callback. */
+    union {
+        bool (*decode)(pb_istream_t *stream, const pb_field_t *field, void **arg);
+        bool (*encode)(pb_ostream_t *stream, const pb_field_t *field, void * const *arg);
+    } funcs;
+#endif    
+    
+    /* Free arg for use by callback */
+    void *arg;
+};
+
+/* Wire types. Library user needs these only in encoder callbacks. */
+typedef enum {
+    PB_WT_VARINT = 0,
+    PB_WT_64BIT  = 1,
+    PB_WT_STRING = 2,
+    PB_WT_32BIT  = 5
+} pb_wire_type_t;
+
+/* Structure for defining the handling of unknown/extension fields.
+ * Usually the pb_extension_type_t structure is automatically generated,
+ * while the pb_extension_t structure is created by the user. However,
+ * if you want to catch all unknown fields, you can also create a custom
+ * pb_extension_type_t with your own callback.
+ */
+typedef struct pb_extension_type_s pb_extension_type_t;
+typedef struct pb_extension_s pb_extension_t;
+struct pb_extension_type_s {
+    /* Called for each unknown field in the message.
+     * If you handle the field, read off all of its data and return true.
+     * If you do not handle the field, do not read anything and return true.
+     * If you run into an error, return false.
+     * Set to NULL for default handler.
+     */
+    bool (*decode)(pb_istream_t *stream, pb_extension_t *extension,
+                   uint32_t tag, pb_wire_type_t wire_type);
+    
+    /* Called once after all regular fields have been encoded.
+     * If you have something to write, do so and return true.
+     * If you do not have anything to write, just return true.
+     * If you run into an error, return false.
+     * Set to NULL for default handler.
+     */
+    bool (*encode)(pb_ostream_t *stream, const pb_extension_t *extension);
+    
+    /* Free field for use by the callback. */
+    const void *arg;
+};
+
+struct pb_extension_s {
+    /* Type describing the extension field. Usually you'll initialize
+     * this to a pointer to the automatically generated structure. */
+    const pb_extension_type_t *type;
+    
+    /* Destination for the decoded data. This must match the datatype
+     * of the extension field. */
+    void *dest;
+    
+    /* Pointer to the next extension handler, or NULL.
+     * If this extension does not match a field, the next handler is
+     * automatically called. */
+    pb_extension_t *next;
+
+    /* The decoder sets this to true if the extension was found.
+     * Ignored for encoding. */
+    bool found;
+};
+
+/* Memory allocation functions to use. You can define pb_realloc and
+ * pb_free to custom functions if you want. */
+#ifdef PB_ENABLE_MALLOC
+#   ifndef pb_realloc
+#       define pb_realloc(ptr, size) realloc(ptr, size)
+#   endif
+#   ifndef pb_free
+#       define pb_free(ptr) free(ptr)
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/* This is used to inform about need to regenerate .pb.h/.pb.c files. */
+#define PB_PROTO_HEADER_VERSION 30
+
+/* These macros are used to declare pb_field_t's in the constant array. */
+/* Size of a structure member, in bytes. */
+#define pb_membersize(st, m) (sizeof ((st*)0)->m)
+/* Number of entries in an array. */
+#define pb_arraysize(st, m) (pb_membersize(st, m) / pb_membersize(st, m[0]))
+/* Delta from start of one member to the start of another member. */
+#define pb_delta(st, m1, m2) ((int)offsetof(st, m1) - (int)offsetof(st, m2))
+/* Marks the end of the field list */
+#define PB_LAST_FIELD {0,(pb_type_t) 0,0,0,0,0,0}
+
+/* Macros for filling in the data_offset field */
+/* data_offset for first field in a message */
+#define PB_DATAOFFSET_FIRST(st, m1, m2) (offsetof(st, m1))
+/* data_offset for subsequent fields */
+#define PB_DATAOFFSET_OTHER(st, m1, m2) (offsetof(st, m1) - offsetof(st, m2) - pb_membersize(st, m2))
+/* data offset for subsequent fields inside an union (oneof) */
+#define PB_DATAOFFSET_UNION(st, m1, m2) (PB_SIZE_MAX)
+/* Choose first/other based on m1 == m2 (deprecated, remains for backwards compatibility) */
+#define PB_DATAOFFSET_CHOOSE(st, m1, m2) (int)(offsetof(st, m1) == offsetof(st, m2) \
+                                  ? PB_DATAOFFSET_FIRST(st, m1, m2) \
+                                  : PB_DATAOFFSET_OTHER(st, m1, m2))
+
+/* Required fields are the simplest. They just have delta (padding) from
+ * previous field end, and the size of the field. Pointer is used for
+ * submessages and default values.
+ */
+#define PB_REQUIRED_STATIC(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_STATIC | PB_HTYPE_REQUIRED | ltype, \
+    fd, 0, pb_membersize(st, m), 0, ptr}
+
+/* Optional fields add the delta to the has_ variable. */
+#define PB_OPTIONAL_STATIC(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_STATIC | PB_HTYPE_OPTIONAL | ltype, \
+    fd, \
+    pb_delta(st, has_ ## m, m), \
+    pb_membersize(st, m), 0, ptr}
+
+#define PB_SINGULAR_STATIC(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_STATIC | PB_HTYPE_OPTIONAL | ltype, \
+    fd, 0, pb_membersize(st, m), 0, ptr}
+
+/* Repeated fields have a _count field and also the maximum number of entries. */
+#define PB_REPEATED_STATIC(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_STATIC | PB_HTYPE_REPEATED | ltype, \
+    fd, \
+    pb_delta(st, m ## _count, m), \
+    pb_membersize(st, m[0]), \
+    pb_arraysize(st, m), ptr}
+
+/* Allocated fields carry the size of the actual data, not the pointer */
+#define PB_REQUIRED_POINTER(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_POINTER | PB_HTYPE_REQUIRED | ltype, \
+    fd, 0, pb_membersize(st, m[0]), 0, ptr}
+
+/* Optional fields don't need a has_ variable, as information would be redundant */
+#define PB_OPTIONAL_POINTER(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_POINTER | PB_HTYPE_OPTIONAL | ltype, \
+    fd, 0, pb_membersize(st, m[0]), 0, ptr}
+
+/* Same as optional fields*/
+#define PB_SINGULAR_POINTER(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_POINTER | PB_HTYPE_OPTIONAL | ltype, \
+    fd, 0, pb_membersize(st, m[0]), 0, ptr}
+
+/* Repeated fields have a _count field and a pointer to array of pointers */
+#define PB_REPEATED_POINTER(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_POINTER | PB_HTYPE_REPEATED | ltype, \
+    fd, pb_delta(st, m ## _count, m), \
+    pb_membersize(st, m[0]), 0, ptr}
+
+/* Callbacks are much like required fields except with special datatype. */
+#define PB_REQUIRED_CALLBACK(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_CALLBACK | PB_HTYPE_REQUIRED | ltype, \
+    fd, 0, pb_membersize(st, m), 0, ptr}
+
+#define PB_OPTIONAL_CALLBACK(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_CALLBACK | PB_HTYPE_OPTIONAL | ltype, \
+    fd, 0, pb_membersize(st, m), 0, ptr}
+
+#define PB_SINGULAR_CALLBACK(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_CALLBACK | PB_HTYPE_OPTIONAL | ltype, \
+    fd, 0, pb_membersize(st, m), 0, ptr}
+    
+#define PB_REPEATED_CALLBACK(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_CALLBACK | PB_HTYPE_REPEATED | ltype, \
+    fd, 0, pb_membersize(st, m), 0, ptr}
+
+/* Optional extensions don't have the has_ field, as that would be redundant.
+ * Furthermore, the combination of OPTIONAL without has_ field is used
+ * for indicating proto3 style fields. Extensions exist in proto2 mode only,
+ * so they should be encoded according to proto2 rules. To avoid the conflict,
+ * extensions are marked as REQUIRED instead.
+ */
+#define PB_OPTEXT_STATIC(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_STATIC | PB_HTYPE_REQUIRED | ltype, \
+    0, \
+    0, \
+    pb_membersize(st, m), 0, ptr}
+
+#define PB_OPTEXT_POINTER(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    PB_OPTIONAL_POINTER(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr)
+
+#define PB_OPTEXT_CALLBACK(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    PB_OPTIONAL_CALLBACK(tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr)
+
+/* The mapping from protobuf types to LTYPEs is done using these macros. */
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_BOOL               PB_LTYPE_VARINT
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_BYTES              PB_LTYPE_BYTES
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_DOUBLE             PB_LTYPE_FIXED64
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_ENUM               PB_LTYPE_VARINT
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_UENUM              PB_LTYPE_UVARINT
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_FIXED32            PB_LTYPE_FIXED32
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_FIXED64            PB_LTYPE_FIXED64
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_FLOAT              PB_LTYPE_FIXED32
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_INT32              PB_LTYPE_VARINT
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_INT64              PB_LTYPE_VARINT
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_MESSAGE            PB_LTYPE_SUBMESSAGE
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_SFIXED32           PB_LTYPE_FIXED32
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_SFIXED64           PB_LTYPE_FIXED64
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_SINT32             PB_LTYPE_SVARINT
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_SINT64             PB_LTYPE_SVARINT
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_STRING             PB_LTYPE_STRING
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_UINT32             PB_LTYPE_UVARINT
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_UINT64             PB_LTYPE_UVARINT
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_EXTENSION          PB_LTYPE_EXTENSION
+#define PB_LTYPE_MAP_FIXED_LENGTH_BYTES PB_LTYPE_FIXED_LENGTH_BYTES
+
+/* This is the actual macro used in field descriptions.
+ * It takes these arguments:
+ * - Field tag number
+ * - Field type:   BOOL, BYTES, DOUBLE, ENUM, UENUM, FIXED32, FIXED64,
+ *                 FLOAT, INT32, INT64, MESSAGE, SFIXED32, SFIXED64
+ *                 SINT32, SINT64, STRING, UINT32, UINT64 or EXTENSION
+ * - Field rules:  REQUIRED, OPTIONAL or REPEATED
+ * - Allocation:   STATIC, CALLBACK or POINTER
+ * - Placement: FIRST or OTHER, depending on if this is the first field in structure.
+ * - Message name
+ * - Field name
+ * - Previous field name (or field name again for first field)
+ * - Pointer to default value or submsg fields.
+ */
+
+#define PB_FIELD(tag, type, rules, allocation, placement, message, field, prevfield, ptr) \
+        PB_ ## rules ## _ ## allocation(tag, message, field, \
+        PB_DATAOFFSET_ ## placement(message, field, prevfield), \
+        PB_LTYPE_MAP_ ## type, ptr)
+
+/* Field description for oneof fields. This requires taking into account the
+ * union name also, that's why a separate set of macros is needed.
+ */
+#define PB_ONEOF_STATIC(u, tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_STATIC | PB_HTYPE_ONEOF | ltype, \
+    fd, pb_delta(st, which_ ## u, u.m), \
+    pb_membersize(st, u.m), 0, ptr}
+
+#define PB_ONEOF_POINTER(u, tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_POINTER | PB_HTYPE_ONEOF | ltype, \
+    fd, pb_delta(st, which_ ## u, u.m), \
+    pb_membersize(st, u.m[0]), 0, ptr}
+
+#define PB_ONEOF_FIELD(union_name, tag, type, rules, allocation, placement, message, field, prevfield, ptr) \
+        PB_ONEOF_ ## allocation(union_name, tag, message, field, \
+        PB_DATAOFFSET_ ## placement(message, union_name.field, prevfield), \
+        PB_LTYPE_MAP_ ## type, ptr)
+
+#define PB_ANONYMOUS_ONEOF_STATIC(u, tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_STATIC | PB_HTYPE_ONEOF | ltype, \
+    fd, pb_delta(st, which_ ## u, m), \
+    pb_membersize(st, m), 0, ptr}
+
+#define PB_ANONYMOUS_ONEOF_POINTER(u, tag, st, m, fd, ltype, ptr) \
+    {tag, PB_ATYPE_POINTER | PB_HTYPE_ONEOF | ltype, \
+    fd, pb_delta(st, which_ ## u, m), \
+    pb_membersize(st, m[0]), 0, ptr}
+
+#define PB_ANONYMOUS_ONEOF_FIELD(union_name, tag, type, rules, allocation, placement, message, field, prevfield, ptr) \
+        PB_ANONYMOUS_ONEOF_ ## allocation(union_name, tag, message, field, \
+        PB_DATAOFFSET_ ## placement(message, field, prevfield), \
+        PB_LTYPE_MAP_ ## type, ptr)
+
+/* These macros are used for giving out error messages.
+ * They are mostly a debugging aid; the main error information
+ * is the true/false return value from functions.
+ * Some code space can be saved by disabling the error
+ * messages if not used.
+ *
+ * PB_SET_ERROR() sets the error message if none has been set yet.
+ *                msg must be a constant string literal.
+ * PB_GET_ERROR() always returns a pointer to a string.
+ * PB_RETURN_ERROR() sets the error and returns false from current
+ *                   function.
+ */
+#ifdef PB_NO_ERRMSG
+#define PB_SET_ERROR(stream, msg) PB_UNUSED(stream)
+#define PB_GET_ERROR(stream) "(errmsg disabled)"
+#else
+#define PB_SET_ERROR(stream, msg) (stream->errmsg = (stream)->errmsg ? (stream)->errmsg : (msg))
+#define PB_GET_ERROR(stream) ((stream)->errmsg ? (stream)->errmsg : "(none)")
+#endif
+
+#define PB_RETURN_ERROR(stream, msg) return PB_SET_ERROR(stream, msg), false
+
+#endif

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/nanopb.framework/Headers/pb_common.h

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* pb_common.h: Common support functions for pb_encode.c and pb_decode.c.
+ * These functions are rarely needed by applications directly.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PB_COMMON_H_INCLUDED
+#define PB_COMMON_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include "pb.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Iterator for pb_field_t list */
+struct pb_field_iter_s {
+    const pb_field_t *start;       /* Start of the pb_field_t array */
+    const pb_field_t *pos;         /* Current position of the iterator */
+    unsigned required_field_index; /* Zero-based index that counts only the required fields */
+    void *dest_struct;             /* Pointer to start of the structure */
+    void *pData;                   /* Pointer to current field value */
+    void *pSize;                   /* Pointer to count/has field */
+};
+typedef struct pb_field_iter_s pb_field_iter_t;
+
+/* Initialize the field iterator structure to beginning.
+ * Returns false if the message type is empty. */
+bool pb_field_iter_begin(pb_field_iter_t *iter, const pb_field_t *fields, void *dest_struct);
+
+/* Advance the iterator to the next field.
+ * Returns false when the iterator wraps back to the first field. */
+bool pb_field_iter_next(pb_field_iter_t *iter);
+
+/* Advance the iterator until it points at a field with the given tag.
+ * Returns false if no such field exists. */
+bool pb_field_iter_find(pb_field_iter_t *iter, uint32_t tag);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif
+

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/nanopb.framework/Headers/pb_decode.h

@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/* pb_decode.h: Functions to decode protocol buffers. Depends on pb_decode.c.
+ * The main function is pb_decode. You also need an input stream, and the
+ * field descriptions created by nanopb_generator.py.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PB_DECODE_H_INCLUDED
+#define PB_DECODE_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include "pb.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Structure for defining custom input streams. You will need to provide
+ * a callback function to read the bytes from your storage, which can be
+ * for example a file or a network socket.
+ * 
+ * The callback must conform to these rules:
+ *
+ * 1) Return false on IO errors. This will cause decoding to abort.
+ * 2) You can use state to store your own data (e.g. buffer pointer),
+ *    and rely on pb_read to verify that no-body reads past bytes_left.
+ * 3) Your callback may be used with substreams, in which case bytes_left
+ *    is different than from the main stream. Don't use bytes_left to compute
+ *    any pointers.
+ */
+struct pb_istream_s
+{
+#ifdef PB_BUFFER_ONLY
+    /* Callback pointer is not used in buffer-only configuration.
+     * Having an int pointer here allows binary compatibility but
+     * gives an error if someone tries to assign callback function.
+     */
+    int *callback;
+#else
+    bool (*callback)(pb_istream_t *stream, pb_byte_t *buf, size_t count);
+#endif
+
+    void *state; /* Free field for use by callback implementation */
+    size_t bytes_left;
+    
+#ifndef PB_NO_ERRMSG
+    const char *errmsg;
+#endif
+};
+
+/***************************
+ * Main decoding functions *
+ ***************************/
+ 
+/* Decode a single protocol buffers message from input stream into a C structure.
+ * Returns true on success, false on any failure.
+ * The actual struct pointed to by dest must match the description in fields.
+ * Callback fields of the destination structure must be initialized by caller.
+ * All other fields will be initialized by this function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *    MyMessage msg = {};
+ *    uint8_t buffer[64];
+ *    pb_istream_t stream;
+ *    
+ *    // ... read some data into buffer ...
+ *
+ *    stream = pb_istream_from_buffer(buffer, count);
+ *    pb_decode(&stream, MyMessage_fields, &msg);
+ */
+bool pb_decode(pb_istream_t *stream, const pb_field_t fields[], void *dest_struct);
+
+/* Same as pb_decode, except does not initialize the destination structure
+ * to default values. This is slightly faster if you need no default values
+ * and just do memset(struct, 0, sizeof(struct)) yourself.
+ *
+ * This can also be used for 'merging' two messages, i.e. update only the
+ * fields that exist in the new message.
+ *
+ * Note: If this function returns with an error, it will not release any
+ * dynamically allocated fields. You will need to call pb_release() yourself.
+ */
+bool pb_decode_noinit(pb_istream_t *stream, const pb_field_t fields[], void *dest_struct);
+
+/* Same as pb_decode, except expects the stream to start with the message size
+ * encoded as varint. Corresponds to parseDelimitedFrom() in Google's
+ * protobuf API.
+ */
+bool pb_decode_delimited(pb_istream_t *stream, const pb_field_t fields[], void *dest_struct);
+
+#ifdef PB_ENABLE_MALLOC
+/* Release any allocated pointer fields. If you use dynamic allocation, you should
+ * call this for any successfully decoded message when you are done with it. If
+ * pb_decode() returns with an error, the message is already released.
+ */
+void pb_release(const pb_field_t fields[], void *dest_struct);
+#endif
+
+
+/**************************************
+ * Functions for manipulating streams *
+ **************************************/
+
+/* Create an input stream for reading from a memory buffer.
+ *
+ * Alternatively, you can use a custom stream that reads directly from e.g.
+ * a file or a network socket.
+ */
+pb_istream_t pb_istream_from_buffer(const pb_byte_t *buf, size_t bufsize);
+
+/* Function to read from a pb_istream_t. You can use this if you need to
+ * read some custom header data, or to read data in field callbacks.
+ */
+bool pb_read(pb_istream_t *stream, pb_byte_t *buf, size_t count);
+
+
+/************************************************
+ * Helper functions for writing field callbacks *
+ ************************************************/
+
+/* Decode the tag for the next field in the stream. Gives the wire type and
+ * field tag. At end of the message, returns false and sets eof to true. */
+bool pb_decode_tag(pb_istream_t *stream, pb_wire_type_t *wire_type, uint32_t *tag, bool *eof);
+
+/* Skip the field payload data, given the wire type. */
+bool pb_skip_field(pb_istream_t *stream, pb_wire_type_t wire_type);
+
+/* Decode an integer in the varint format. This works for bool, enum, int32,
+ * int64, uint32 and uint64 field types. */
+bool pb_decode_varint(pb_istream_t *stream, uint64_t *dest);
+
+/* Decode an integer in the varint format. This works for bool, enum, int32,
+ * and uint32 field types. */
+bool pb_decode_varint32(pb_istream_t *stream, uint32_t *dest);
+
+/* Decode an integer in the zig-zagged svarint format. This works for sint32
+ * and sint64. */
+bool pb_decode_svarint(pb_istream_t *stream, int64_t *dest);
+
+/* Decode a fixed32, sfixed32 or float value. You need to pass a pointer to
+ * a 4-byte wide C variable. */
+bool pb_decode_fixed32(pb_istream_t *stream, void *dest);
+
+/* Decode a fixed64, sfixed64 or double value. You need to pass a pointer to
+ * a 8-byte wide C variable. */
+bool pb_decode_fixed64(pb_istream_t *stream, void *dest);
+
+/* Make a limited-length substream for reading a PB_WT_STRING field. */
+bool pb_make_string_substream(pb_istream_t *stream, pb_istream_t *substream);
+bool pb_close_string_substream(pb_istream_t *stream, pb_istream_t *substream);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/nanopb.framework/Headers/pb_encode.h

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/* pb_encode.h: Functions to encode protocol buffers. Depends on pb_encode.c.
+ * The main function is pb_encode. You also need an output stream, and the
+ * field descriptions created by nanopb_generator.py.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PB_ENCODE_H_INCLUDED
+#define PB_ENCODE_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include "pb.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Structure for defining custom output streams. You will need to provide
+ * a callback function to write the bytes to your storage, which can be
+ * for example a file or a network socket.
+ *
+ * The callback must conform to these rules:
+ *
+ * 1) Return false on IO errors. This will cause encoding to abort.
+ * 2) You can use state to store your own data (e.g. buffer pointer).
+ * 3) pb_write will update bytes_written after your callback runs.
+ * 4) Substreams will modify max_size and bytes_written. Don't use them
+ *    to calculate any pointers.
+ */
+struct pb_ostream_s
+{
+#ifdef PB_BUFFER_ONLY
+    /* Callback pointer is not used in buffer-only configuration.
+     * Having an int pointer here allows binary compatibility but
+     * gives an error if someone tries to assign callback function.
+     * Also, NULL pointer marks a 'sizing stream' that does not
+     * write anything.
+     */
+    int *callback;
+#else
+    bool (*callback)(pb_ostream_t *stream, const pb_byte_t *buf, size_t count);
+#endif
+    void *state;          /* Free field for use by callback implementation. */
+    size_t max_size;      /* Limit number of output bytes written (or use SIZE_MAX). */
+    size_t bytes_written; /* Number of bytes written so far. */
+    
+#ifndef PB_NO_ERRMSG
+    const char *errmsg;
+#endif
+};
+
+/***************************
+ * Main encoding functions *
+ ***************************/
+
+/* Encode a single protocol buffers message from C structure into a stream.
+ * Returns true on success, false on any failure.
+ * The actual struct pointed to by src_struct must match the description in fields.
+ * All required fields in the struct are assumed to have been filled in.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *    MyMessage msg = {};
+ *    uint8_t buffer[64];
+ *    pb_ostream_t stream;
+ *
+ *    msg.field1 = 42;
+ *    stream = pb_ostream_from_buffer(buffer, sizeof(buffer));
+ *    pb_encode(&stream, MyMessage_fields, &msg);
+ */
+bool pb_encode(pb_ostream_t *stream, const pb_field_t fields[], const void *src_struct);
+
+/* Same as pb_encode, but prepends the length of the message as a varint.
+ * Corresponds to writeDelimitedTo() in Google's protobuf API.
+ */
+bool pb_encode_delimited(pb_ostream_t *stream, const pb_field_t fields[], const void *src_struct);
+
+/* Encode the message to get the size of the encoded data, but do not store
+ * the data. */
+bool pb_get_encoded_size(size_t *size, const pb_field_t fields[], const void *src_struct);
+
+/**************************************
+ * Functions for manipulating streams *
+ **************************************/
+
+/* Create an output stream for writing into a memory buffer.
+ * The number of bytes written can be found in stream.bytes_written after
+ * encoding the message.
+ *
+ * Alternatively, you can use a custom stream that writes directly to e.g.
+ * a file or a network socket.
+ */
+pb_ostream_t pb_ostream_from_buffer(pb_byte_t *buf, size_t bufsize);
+
+/* Pseudo-stream for measuring the size of a message without actually storing
+ * the encoded data.
+ * 
+ * Example usage:
+ *    MyMessage msg = {};
+ *    pb_ostream_t stream = PB_OSTREAM_SIZING;
+ *    pb_encode(&stream, MyMessage_fields, &msg);
+ *    printf("Message size is %d\n", stream.bytes_written);
+ */
+#ifndef PB_NO_ERRMSG
+#define PB_OSTREAM_SIZING {0,0,0,0,0}
+#else
+#define PB_OSTREAM_SIZING {0,0,0,0}
+#endif
+
+/* Function to write into a pb_ostream_t stream. You can use this if you need
+ * to append or prepend some custom headers to the message.
+ */
+bool pb_write(pb_ostream_t *stream, const pb_byte_t *buf, size_t count);
+
+
+/************************************************
+ * Helper functions for writing field callbacks *
+ ************************************************/
+
+/* Encode field header based on type and field number defined in the field
+ * structure. Call this from the callback before writing out field contents. */
+bool pb_encode_tag_for_field(pb_ostream_t *stream, const pb_field_t *field);
+
+/* Encode field header by manually specifing wire type. You need to use this
+ * if you want to write out packed arrays from a callback field. */
+bool pb_encode_tag(pb_ostream_t *stream, pb_wire_type_t wiretype, uint32_t field_number);
+
+/* Encode an integer in the varint format.
+ * This works for bool, enum, int32, int64, uint32 and uint64 field types. */
+bool pb_encode_varint(pb_ostream_t *stream, uint64_t value);
+
+/* Encode an integer in the zig-zagged svarint format.
+ * This works for sint32 and sint64. */
+bool pb_encode_svarint(pb_ostream_t *stream, int64_t value);
+
+/* Encode a string or bytes type field. For strings, pass strlen(s) as size. */
+bool pb_encode_string(pb_ostream_t *stream, const pb_byte_t *buffer, size_t size);
+
+/* Encode a fixed32, sfixed32 or float value.
+ * You need to pass a pointer to a 4-byte wide C variable. */
+bool pb_encode_fixed32(pb_ostream_t *stream, const void *value);
+
+/* Encode a fixed64, sfixed64 or double value.
+ * You need to pass a pointer to a 8-byte wide C variable. */
+bool pb_encode_fixed64(pb_ostream_t *stream, const void *value);
+
+/* Encode a submessage field.
+ * You need to pass the pb_field_t array and pointer to struct, just like
+ * with pb_encode(). This internally encodes the submessage twice, first to
+ * calculate message size and then to actually write it out.
+ */
+bool pb_encode_submessage(pb_ostream_t *stream, const pb_field_t fields[], const void *src_struct);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif

Libraries external/Firebase/Analytics/nanopb.framework/Modules/module.modulemap

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+framework module nanopb {
+  umbrella header "nanopb.h"
+  export *
+  module * { export *}
+}

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/FirebaseMessaging.framework/Headers/FIRMessaging.h

@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2017 Google
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ *  @related FIRMessaging
+ *
+ *  The completion handler invoked when the registration token returns.
+ *  If the call fails we return the appropriate `error code`, described by
+ *  `FIRMessagingError`.
+ *
+ *  @param FCMToken  The valid registration token returned by FCM.
+ *  @param error     The error describing why a token request failed. The error code
+ *                   will match a value from the FIRMessagingError enumeration.
+ */
+typedef void(^FIRMessagingFCMTokenFetchCompletion)(NSString * _Nullable FCMToken,
+    NSError * _Nullable error)
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingFCMTokenFetchCompletion);
+
+
+/**
+ *  @related FIRMessaging
+ *
+ *  The completion handler invoked when the registration token deletion request is
+ *  completed. If the call fails we return the appropriate `error code`, described
+ *  by `FIRMessagingError`.
+ *
+ *  @param error The error describing why a token deletion failed. The error code
+ *               will match a value from the FIRMessagingError enumeration.
+ */
+typedef void(^FIRMessagingDeleteFCMTokenCompletion)(NSError * _Nullable error)
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingDeleteFCMTokenCompletion);
+
+/**
+ *  Callback to invoke once the HTTP call to FIRMessaging backend for updating
+ *  subscription finishes.
+ *
+ *  @param error  The error which occurred while updating the subscription topic
+ *                on the FIRMessaging server. This will be nil in case the operation
+ *                was successful, or if the operation was cancelled.
+ */
+typedef void (^FIRMessagingTopicOperationCompletion)(NSError *_Nullable error);
+
+/**
+ *  The completion handler invoked once the data connection with FIRMessaging is
+ *  established.  The data connection is used to send a continous stream of
+ *  data and all the FIRMessaging data notifications arrive through this connection.
+ *  Once the connection is established we invoke the callback with `nil` error.
+ *  Correspondingly if we get an error while trying to establish a connection
+ *  we invoke the handler with an appropriate error object and do an
+ *  exponential backoff to try and connect again unless successful.
+ *
+ *  @param error The error object if any describing why the data connection
+ *               to FIRMessaging failed.
+ */
+typedef void(^FIRMessagingConnectCompletion)(NSError * __nullable error)
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingConnectCompletion)
+    __deprecated_msg("Please listen for the FIRMessagingConnectionStateChangedNotification "
+                     "NSNotification instead.");
+
+#if defined(__IPHONE_10_0) && __IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= __IPHONE_10_0
+/**
+ *  Notification sent when the upstream message has been delivered
+ *  successfully to the server. The notification object will be the messageID
+ *  of the successfully delivered message.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT const NSNotificationName FIRMessagingSendSuccessNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingSendSuccess);
+
+/**
+ *  Notification sent when the upstream message was failed to be sent to the
+ *  server.  The notification object will be the messageID of the failed
+ *  message. The userInfo dictionary will contain the relevant error
+ *  information for the failure.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT const NSNotificationName FIRMessagingSendErrorNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingSendError);
+
+/**
+ *  Notification sent when the Firebase messaging server deletes pending
+ *  messages due to exceeded storage limits. This may occur, for example, when
+ *  the device cannot be reached for an extended period of time.
+ *
+ *  It is recommended to retrieve any missing messages directly from the
+ *  server.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT const NSNotificationName FIRMessagingMessagesDeletedNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingMessagesDeleted);
+
+/**
+ *  Notification sent when Firebase Messaging establishes or disconnects from
+ *  an FCM socket connection. You can query the connection state in this
+ *  notification by checking the `isDirectChannelEstablished` property of FIRMessaging.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT const NSNotificationName FIRMessagingConnectionStateChangedNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingConnectionStateChanged);
+
+/**
+ *  Notification sent when the FCM registration token has been refreshed. Please use the
+ *  FIRMessaging delegate method `messaging:didReceiveRegistrationToken:` to receive current and
+ *  updated tokens.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT const NSNotificationName
+    FIRMessagingRegistrationTokenRefreshedNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingRegistrationTokenRefreshed);
+#else
+/**
+ *  Notification sent when the upstream message has been delivered
+ *  successfully to the server. The notification object will be the messageID
+ *  of the successfully delivered message.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const FIRMessagingSendSuccessNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingSendSuccessNotification);
+
+/**
+ *  Notification sent when the upstream message was failed to be sent to the
+ *  server.  The notification object will be the messageID of the failed
+ *  message. The userInfo dictionary will contain the relevant error
+ *  information for the failure.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const FIRMessagingSendErrorNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingSendErrorNotification);
+
+/**
+ *  Notification sent when the Firebase messaging server deletes pending
+ *  messages due to exceeded storage limits. This may occur, for example, when
+ *  the device cannot be reached for an extended period of time.
+ *
+ *  It is recommended to retrieve any missing messages directly from the
+ *  server.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const FIRMessagingMessagesDeletedNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingMessagesDeletedNotification);
+
+/**
+ *  Notification sent when Firebase Messaging establishes or disconnects from
+ *  an FCM socket connection. You can query the connection state in this
+ *  notification by checking the `isDirectChannelEstablished` property of FIRMessaging.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const FIRMessagingConnectionStateChangedNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingConnectionStateChangedNotification);
+
+/**
+ *  Notification sent when the FCM registration token has been refreshed. Please use the
+ *  FIRMessaging delegate method `messaging:didReceiveRegistrationToken:` to receive current and
+ *  updated tokens.
+ */
+FOUNDATION_EXPORT NSString *const FIRMessagingRegistrationTokenRefreshedNotification
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingRegistrationTokenRefreshedNotification);
+#endif  // defined(__IPHONE_10_0) && __IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= __IPHONE_10_0
+
+/**
+ *  @enum FIRMessagingError
+ */
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSUInteger, FIRMessagingError) {
+  /// Unknown error.
+  FIRMessagingErrorUnknown = 0,
+
+  /// FIRMessaging couldn't validate request from this client.
+  FIRMessagingErrorAuthentication = 1,
+
+  /// InstanceID service cannot be accessed.
+  FIRMessagingErrorNoAccess = 2,
+
+  /// Request to InstanceID backend timed out.
+  FIRMessagingErrorTimeout = 3,
+
+  /// No network available to reach the servers.
+  FIRMessagingErrorNetwork = 4,
+
+  /// Another similar operation in progress, bailing this one.
+  FIRMessagingErrorOperationInProgress = 5,
+
+  /// Some parameters of the request were invalid.
+  FIRMessagingErrorInvalidRequest = 7,
+} NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingError);
+
+/// Status for the downstream message received by the app.
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, FIRMessagingMessageStatus) {
+  /// Unknown status.
+  FIRMessagingMessageStatusUnknown,
+  /// New downstream message received by the app.
+  FIRMessagingMessageStatusNew,
+} NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingMessageStatus);
+
+/**
+ *  The APNS token type for the app. If the token type is set to `UNKNOWN`
+ *  Firebase Messaging will implicitly try to figure out what the actual token type
+ *  is from the provisioning profile.
+ *  Unless you really need to specify the type, you should use the `APNSToken`
+ *  property instead.
+ */
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, FIRMessagingAPNSTokenType) {
+  /// Unknown token type.
+  FIRMessagingAPNSTokenTypeUnknown,
+  /// Sandbox token type.
+  FIRMessagingAPNSTokenTypeSandbox,
+  /// Production token type.
+  FIRMessagingAPNSTokenTypeProd,
+} NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingAPNSTokenType);
+
+/// Information about a downstream message received by the app.
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingMessageInfo)
+@interface FIRMessagingMessageInfo : NSObject
+
+/// The status of the downstream message
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, assign) FIRMessagingMessageStatus status;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * A remote data message received by the app via FCM (not just the APNs interface).
+ *
+ * This is only for devices running iOS 10 or above. To support devices running iOS 9 or below, use
+ * the local and remote notifications handlers defined in UIApplicationDelegate protocol.
+ */
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingRemoteMessage)
+@interface FIRMessagingRemoteMessage : NSObject
+
+/// The downstream message received by the application.
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, strong) NSDictionary *appData;
+@end
+
+@class FIRMessaging;
+/**
+ * A protocol to handle token update or data message delivery from FCM.
+ *
+ */
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(MessagingDelegate)
+@protocol FIRMessagingDelegate <NSObject>
+
+@optional
+/// This method will be called once a token is available, or has been refreshed. Typically it
+/// will be called once per app start, but may be called more often, if token is invalidated or
+/// updated. In this method, you should perform operations such as:
+///
+/// * Uploading the FCM token to your application server, so targeted notifications can be sent.
+///
+/// * Subscribing to any topics.
+- (void)messaging:(FIRMessaging *)messaging
+    didReceiveRegistrationToken:(NSString *)fcmToken
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(messaging(_:didReceiveRegistrationToken:));
+
+/// This method is called on iOS 10 devices to handle data messages received via FCM through its
+/// direct channel (not via APNS). For iOS 9 and below, the FCM data message is delivered via the
+/// UIApplicationDelegate's -application:didReceiveRemoteNotification: method.
+- (void)messaging:(FIRMessaging *)messaging
+    didReceiveMessage:(FIRMessagingRemoteMessage *)remoteMessage
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(messaging(_:didReceive:))
+    __IOS_AVAILABLE(10.0);
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ *  Firebase Messaging lets you reliably deliver messages at no cost.
+ *
+ *  To send or receive messages, the app must get a
+ *  registration token from FIRInstanceID. This token authorizes an
+ *  app server to send messages to an app instance.
+ *
+ *  In order to receive FIRMessaging messages, declare `application:didReceiveRemoteNotification:`.
+ */
+NS_SWIFT_NAME(Messaging)
+@interface FIRMessaging : NSObject
+
+/**
+ * Delegate to handle FCM token refreshes, and remote data messages received via FCM for devices
+ * running iOS 10 or above.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, weak, nullable) id<FIRMessagingDelegate> delegate;
+
+/**
+ *  When set to `YES`, Firebase Messaging will automatically establish a socket-based, direct
+ *  channel to the FCM server. Enable this only if you are sending upstream messages or
+ *  receiving non-APNS, data-only messages in foregrounded apps.
+ *  Default is `NO`.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic) BOOL shouldEstablishDirectChannel;
+
+/**
+ *  Returns `YES` if the direct channel to the FCM server is active, and `NO` otherwise.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) BOOL isDirectChannelEstablished;
+
+/**
+ *  FIRMessaging
+ *
+ *  @return An instance of FIRMessaging.
+ */
++ (instancetype)messaging NS_SWIFT_NAME(messaging());
+
+/**
+ *  Unavailable. Use +messaging instead.
+ */
+- (instancetype)init __attribute__((unavailable("Use +messaging instead.")));
+
+#pragma mark - APNS
+
+/**
+ *  This property is used to set the APNS Token received by the application delegate.
+ *
+ *  FIRMessaging uses method swizzling to ensure that the APNS token is set
+ *  automatically. However, if you have disabled swizzling by setting
+ *  `FirebaseAppDelegateProxyEnabled` to `NO` in your app's
+ *  Info.plist, you should manually set the APNS token in your application
+ *  delegate's `-application:didRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithDeviceToken:`
+ *  method.
+ *
+ *  If you would like to set the type of the APNS token, rather than relying on
+ *  automatic detection, see: `-setAPNSToken:type:`.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, copy, nullable) NSData *APNSToken NS_SWIFT_NAME(apnsToken);
+
+/**
+ *  Set APNS token for the application. This APNS token will be used to register
+ *  with Firebase Messaging using `FCMToken` or
+ *  `tokenWithAuthorizedEntity:scope:options:handler`.
+ *
+ *  @param apnsToken The APNS token for the application.
+ *  @param type  The type of APNS token. Debug builds should use
+ *  FIRMessagingAPNSTokenTypeSandbox. Alternatively, you can supply
+ *  FIRMessagingAPNSTokenTypeUnknown to have the type automatically
+ *  detected based on your provisioning profile.
+ */
+- (void)setAPNSToken:(NSData *)apnsToken type:(FIRMessagingAPNSTokenType)type;
+
+#pragma mark - FCM Tokens
+
+/**
+ * Is Firebase Messaging token auto generation enabled?  If this flag is disabled,
+ * Firebase Messaging will not generate token automatically for message delivery.
+ *
+ * If this flag is disabled, Firebase Messaging does not generate new tokens automatically for
+ * message delivery. If this flag is enabled, FCM generates a registration token on application
+ * start when there is no existing valid token. FCM also generates a new token when an existing
+ * token is deleted.
+ *
+ * This setting is persisted, and is applied on future
+ * invocations of your application.  Once explicitly set, it overrides any
+ * settings in your Info.plist.
+ *
+ * By default, FCM automatic initialization is enabled.  If you need to change the
+ * default (for example, because you want to prompt the user before getting token)
+ * set FirebaseMessagingAutoInitEnabled to false in your application's Info.plist.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, assign, getter=isAutoInitEnabled) BOOL autoInitEnabled;
+
+/**
+ *  The FCM token is used to identify this device so that FCM can send notifications to it.
+ *  It is associated with your APNS token when the APNS token is supplied, so that sending
+ *  messages to the FCM token will be delivered over APNS.
+ *
+ *  The FCM token is sometimes refreshed automatically. In your FIRMessaging delegate, the
+ *  delegate method `messaging:didReceiveRegistrationToken:` will be called once a token is
+ *  available, or has been refreshed. Typically it should be called once per app start, but
+ *  may be called more often, if token is invalidated or updated.
+ *
+ *  Once you have an FCM token, you should send it to your application server, so it can use
+ *  the FCM token to send notifications to your device.
+ */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, nullable) NSString *FCMToken NS_SWIFT_NAME(fcmToken);
+
+
+/**
+ *  Retrieves an FCM registration token for a particular Sender ID. This can be used to allow
+ *  multiple senders to send notifications to the same device. By providing a different Sender
+ *  ID than your default when fetching a token, you can create a new FCM token which you can
+ *  give to a different sender. Both tokens will deliver notifications to your device, and you
+ *  can revoke a token when you need to.
+ *
+ *  This registration token is not cached by FIRMessaging. FIRMessaging should have an APNS
+ *  token set before calling this to ensure that notifications can be delivered via APNS using
+ *  this FCM token. You may re-retrieve the FCM token once you have the APNS token set, to
+ *  associate it with the FCM token. The default FCM token is automatically associated with
+ *  the APNS token, if the APNS token data is available.
+ *
+ *  @param senderID The Sender ID for a particular Firebase project.
+ *  @param completion The completion handler to handle the token request.
+ */
+- (void)retrieveFCMTokenForSenderID:(NSString *)senderID
+                         completion:(FIRMessagingFCMTokenFetchCompletion)completion
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(retrieveFCMToken(forSenderID:completion:));
+
+
+/**
+ *  Invalidates an FCM token for a particular Sender ID. That Sender ID cannot no longer send
+ *  notifications to that FCM token.
+ *
+ *  @param senderID The senderID for a particular Firebase project.
+ *  @param completion The completion handler to handle the token deletion.
+ */
+- (void)deleteFCMTokenForSenderID:(NSString *)senderID
+                       completion:(FIRMessagingDeleteFCMTokenCompletion)completion
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(deleteFCMToken(forSenderID:completion:));
+
+
+#pragma mark - Connect
+
+/**
+ *  Create a FIRMessaging data connection which will be used to send the data notifications
+ *  sent by your server. It will also be used to send ACKS and other messages based
+ *  on the FIRMessaging ACKS and other messages based  on the FIRMessaging protocol.
+ *
+ *
+ *  @param handler  The handler to be invoked once the connection is established.
+ *                  If the connection fails we invoke the handler with an
+ *                  appropriate error code letting you know why it failed. At
+ *                  the same time, FIRMessaging performs exponential backoff to retry
+ *                  establishing a connection and invoke the handler when successful.
+ */
+- (void)connectWithCompletion:(FIRMessagingConnectCompletion)handler
+    NS_SWIFT_NAME(connect(handler:))
+    __deprecated_msg("Please use the shouldEstablishDirectChannel property instead.");
+
+/**
+ *  Disconnect the current FIRMessaging data connection. This stops any attempts to
+ *  connect to FIRMessaging. Calling this on an already disconnected client is a no-op.
+ *
+ *  Call this before `teardown` when your app is going to the background.
+ *  Since the FIRMessaging connection won't be allowed to live when in the background, it is
+ *  prudent to close the connection.
+ */
+- (void)disconnect
+      __deprecated_msg("Please use the shouldEstablishDirectChannel property instead.");
+
+#pragma mark - Topics
+
+/**
+ *  Asynchronously subscribes to a topic.
+ *
+ *  @param topic The name of the topic, for example, @"sports".
+ */
+- (void)subscribeToTopic:(NSString *)topic NS_SWIFT_NAME(subscribe(toTopic:));
+
+/**
+ *  Asynchronously subscribe to the provided topic, retrying on failure.
+ *
+ *  @param topic       The topic name to subscribe to, for example, @"sports".
+ *  @param completion  The completion that is invoked once the subscribe call ends.
+ *                     In case of success, nil error is returned. Otherwise, an
+ *                     appropriate error object is returned.
+ */
+- (void)subscribeToTopic:(nonnull NSString *)topic
+              completion:(nullable FIRMessagingTopicOperationCompletion)completion;
+
+/**
+ *  Asynchronously unsubscribe from a topic.
+ *
+ *  @param topic The name of the topic, for example @"sports".
+ */
+- (void)unsubscribeFromTopic:(NSString *)topic NS_SWIFT_NAME(unsubscribe(fromTopic:));
+
+/**
+ *  Asynchronously unsubscribe from the provided topic, retrying on failure.
+ *
+ *  @param topic       The topic name to unsubscribe from, for example @"sports".
+ *  @param completion  The completion that is invoked once the unsubscribe call ends.
+ *                     In case of success, nil error is returned. Otherwise, an
+ *                     appropriate error object is returned.
+ */
+- (void)unsubscribeFromTopic:(nonnull NSString *)topic
+                  completion:(nullable FIRMessagingTopicOperationCompletion)completion;
+
+#pragma mark - Upstream
+
+/**
+ *  Sends an upstream ("device to cloud") message.
+ *
+ *  The message is queued if we don't have an active connection.
+ *  You can only use the upstream feature if your FCM implementation
+ *  uses the XMPP server protocol.
+ *
+ *  @param message      Key/Value pairs to be sent. Values must be String, any
+ *                      other type will be ignored.
+ *  @param receiver     A string identifying the receiver of the message. For FCM
+ *                      project IDs the value is `SENDER_ID@gcm.googleapis.com`.
+ *  @param messageID    The ID of the message. This is generated by the application. It
+ *                      must be unique for each message generated by this application.
+ *                      It allows error callbacks and debugging, to uniquely identify
+ *                      each message.
+ *  @param ttl          The time to live for the message. In case we aren't able to
+ *                      send the message before the TTL expires we will send you a
+ *                      callback. If 0, we'll attempt to send immediately and return
+ *                      an error if we're not connected.  Otherwise, the message will
+ *                      be queued.  As for server-side messages, we don't return an error
+ *                      if the message has been dropped because of TTL; this can happen
+ *                      on the server side, and it would require extra communication.
+ */
+- (void)sendMessage:(NSDictionary *)message
+                 to:(NSString *)receiver
+      withMessageID:(NSString *)messageID
+         timeToLive:(int64_t)ttl;
+
+#pragma mark - Analytics
+
+/**
+ *  Use this to track message delivery and analytics for messages, typically
+ *  when you receive a notification in `application:didReceiveRemoteNotification:`.
+ *  However, you only need to call this if you set the `FirebaseAppDelegateProxyEnabled`
+ *  flag to `NO` in your Info.plist. If `FirebaseAppDelegateProxyEnabled` is either missing
+ *  or set to `YES` in your Info.plist, the library will call this automatically.
+ *
+ *  @param message The downstream message received by the application.
+ *
+ *  @return Information about the downstream message.
+ */
+- (FIRMessagingMessageInfo *)appDidReceiveMessage:(NSDictionary *)message;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/FirebaseMessaging.framework/Headers/FirebaseMessaging.h

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2017 Google
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#import "FIRMessaging.h"

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/FirebaseMessaging.framework/Modules/module.modulemap

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+framework module FirebaseMessaging {
+  umbrella header "FirebaseMessaging.h"
+  export *
+  module * { export *}
+  link framework "SystemConfiguration"
+  link "sqlite3"
+}

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/Any.pbobjc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+// Generated by the protocol buffer compiler.  DO NOT EDIT!
+// source: google/protobuf/any.proto
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBDescriptor.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBMessage.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBRootObject.h>
+#else
+ #import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+ #import "GPBMessage.h"
+ #import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#if GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION < 30002
+#error This file was generated by a newer version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+#if 30002 < GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION
+#error This file was generated by an older version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(imports)
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - GPBAnyRoot
+
+/**
+ * Exposes the extension registry for this file.
+ *
+ * The base class provides:
+ * @code
+ *   + (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+ * @endcode
+ * which is a @c GPBExtensionRegistry that includes all the extensions defined by
+ * this file and all files that it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBAnyRoot : GPBRootObject
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBAny
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBAny_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBAny_FieldNumber_TypeURL = 1,
+  GPBAny_FieldNumber_Value = 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * `Any` contains an arbitrary serialized protocol buffer message along with a
+ * URL that describes the type of the serialized message.
+ *
+ * Protobuf library provides support to pack/unpack Any values in the form
+ * of utility functions or additional generated methods of the Any type.
+ *
+ * Example 1: Pack and unpack a message in C++.
+ *
+ *     Foo foo = ...;
+ *     Any any;
+ *     any.PackFrom(foo);
+ *     ...
+ *     if (any.UnpackTo(&foo)) {
+ *       ...
+ *     }
+ *
+ * Example 2: Pack and unpack a message in Java.
+ *
+ *     Foo foo = ...;
+ *     Any any = Any.pack(foo);
+ *     ...
+ *     if (any.is(Foo.class)) {
+ *       foo = any.unpack(Foo.class);
+ *     }
+ *
+ *  Example 3: Pack and unpack a message in Python.
+ *
+ *     foo = Foo(...)
+ *     any = Any()
+ *     any.Pack(foo)
+ *     ...
+ *     if any.Is(Foo.DESCRIPTOR):
+ *       any.Unpack(foo)
+ *       ...
+ *
+ *  Example 4: Pack and unpack a message in Go
+ *
+ *      foo := &pb.Foo{...}
+ *      any, err := ptypes.MarshalAny(foo)
+ *      ...
+ *      foo := &pb.Foo{}
+ *      if err := ptypes.UnmarshalAny(any, foo); err != nil {
+ *        ...
+ *      }
+ *
+ * The pack methods provided by protobuf library will by default use
+ * 'type.googleapis.com/full.type.name' as the type URL and the unpack
+ * methods only use the fully qualified type name after the last '/'
+ * in the type URL, for example "foo.bar.com/x/y.z" will yield type
+ * name "y.z".
+ *
+ *
+ * JSON
+ * ====
+ * The JSON representation of an `Any` value uses the regular
+ * representation of the deserialized, embedded message, with an
+ * additional field `\@type` which contains the type URL. Example:
+ *
+ *     package google.profile;
+ *     message Person {
+ *       string first_name = 1;
+ *       string last_name = 2;
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     {
+ *       "\@type": "type.googleapis.com/google.profile.Person",
+ *       "firstName": <string>,
+ *       "lastName": <string>
+ *     }
+ *
+ * If the embedded message type is well-known and has a custom JSON
+ * representation, that representation will be embedded adding a field
+ * `value` which holds the custom JSON in addition to the `\@type`
+ * field. Example (for message [google.protobuf.Duration][]):
+ *
+ *     {
+ *       "\@type": "type.googleapis.com/google.protobuf.Duration",
+ *       "value": "1.212s"
+ *     }
+ **/
+@interface GPBAny : GPBMessage
+
+/**
+ * A URL/resource name that uniquely identifies the type of the serialized
+ * protocol buffer message. The last segment of the URL's path must represent
+ * the fully qualified name of the type (as in
+ * `path/google.protobuf.Duration`). The name should be in a canonical form
+ * (e.g., leading "." is not accepted).
+ *
+ * In practice, teams usually precompile into the binary all types that they
+ * expect it to use in the context of Any. However, for URLs which use the
+ * scheme `http`, `https`, or no scheme, one can optionally set up a type
+ * server that maps type URLs to message definitions as follows:
+ *
+ * * If no scheme is provided, `https` is assumed.
+ * * An HTTP GET on the URL must yield a [google.protobuf.Type][]
+ *   value in binary format, or produce an error.
+ * * Applications are allowed to cache lookup results based on the
+ *   URL, or have them precompiled into a binary to avoid any
+ *   lookup. Therefore, binary compatibility needs to be preserved
+ *   on changes to types. (Use versioned type names to manage
+ *   breaking changes.)
+ *
+ * Note: this functionality is not currently available in the official
+ * protobuf release, and it is not used for type URLs beginning with
+ * type.googleapis.com.
+ *
+ * Schemes other than `http`, `https` (or the empty scheme) might be
+ * used with implementation specific semantics.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *typeURL;
+
+/** Must be a valid serialized protocol buffer of the above specified type. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSData *value;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(global_scope)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/Api.pbobjc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+// Generated by the protocol buffer compiler.  DO NOT EDIT!
+// source: google/protobuf/api.proto
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBDescriptor.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBMessage.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBRootObject.h>
+#else
+ #import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+ #import "GPBMessage.h"
+ #import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#if GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION < 30002
+#error This file was generated by a newer version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+#if 30002 < GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION
+#error This file was generated by an older version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(imports)
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+@class GPBMethod;
+@class GPBMixin;
+@class GPBOption;
+@class GPBSourceContext;
+GPB_ENUM_FWD_DECLARE(GPBSyntax);
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - GPBApiRoot
+
+/**
+ * Exposes the extension registry for this file.
+ *
+ * The base class provides:
+ * @code
+ *   + (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+ * @endcode
+ * which is a @c GPBExtensionRegistry that includes all the extensions defined by
+ * this file and all files that it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBApiRoot : GPBRootObject
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBApi
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBApi_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBApi_FieldNumber_Name = 1,
+  GPBApi_FieldNumber_MethodsArray = 2,
+  GPBApi_FieldNumber_OptionsArray = 3,
+  GPBApi_FieldNumber_Version = 4,
+  GPBApi_FieldNumber_SourceContext = 5,
+  GPBApi_FieldNumber_MixinsArray = 6,
+  GPBApi_FieldNumber_Syntax = 7,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Api is a light-weight descriptor for an API Interface.
+ *
+ * Interfaces are also described as "protocol buffer services" in some contexts,
+ * such as by the "service" keyword in a .proto file, but they are different
+ * from API Services, which represent a concrete implementation of an interface
+ * as opposed to simply a description of methods and bindings. They are also
+ * sometimes simply referred to as "APIs" in other contexts, such as the name of
+ * this message itself. See https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/glossary for
+ * detailed terminology.
+ **/
+@interface GPBApi : GPBMessage
+
+/**
+ * The fully qualified name of this interface, including package name
+ * followed by the interface's simple name.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *name;
+
+/** The methods of this interface, in unspecified order. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBMethod*> *methodsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c methodsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger methodsArray_Count;
+
+/** Any metadata attached to the interface. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBOption*> *optionsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c optionsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger optionsArray_Count;
+
+/**
+ * A version string for this interface. If specified, must have the form
+ * `major-version.minor-version`, as in `1.10`. If the minor version is
+ * omitted, it defaults to zero. If the entire version field is empty, the
+ * major version is derived from the package name, as outlined below. If the
+ * field is not empty, the version in the package name will be verified to be
+ * consistent with what is provided here.
+ *
+ * The versioning schema uses [semantic
+ * versioning](http://semver.org) where the major version number
+ * indicates a breaking change and the minor version an additive,
+ * non-breaking change. Both version numbers are signals to users
+ * what to expect from different versions, and should be carefully
+ * chosen based on the product plan.
+ *
+ * The major version is also reflected in the package name of the
+ * interface, which must end in `v<major-version>`, as in
+ * `google.feature.v1`. For major versions 0 and 1, the suffix can
+ * be omitted. Zero major versions must only be used for
+ * experimental, non-GA interfaces.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *version;
+
+/**
+ * Source context for the protocol buffer service represented by this
+ * message.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) GPBSourceContext *sourceContext;
+/** Test to see if @c sourceContext has been set. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) BOOL hasSourceContext;
+
+/** Included interfaces. See [Mixin][]. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBMixin*> *mixinsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c mixinsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger mixinsArray_Count;
+
+/** The source syntax of the service. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) enum GPBSyntax syntax;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the raw value of a @c GPBApi's @c syntax property, even
+ * if the value was not defined by the enum at the time the code was generated.
+ **/
+int32_t GPBApi_Syntax_RawValue(GPBApi *message);
+/**
+ * Sets the raw value of an @c GPBApi's @c syntax property, allowing
+ * it to be set to a value that was not defined by the enum at the time the code
+ * was generated.
+ **/
+void SetGPBApi_Syntax_RawValue(GPBApi *message, int32_t value);
+
+#pragma mark - GPBMethod
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBMethod_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBMethod_FieldNumber_Name = 1,
+  GPBMethod_FieldNumber_RequestTypeURL = 2,
+  GPBMethod_FieldNumber_RequestStreaming = 3,
+  GPBMethod_FieldNumber_ResponseTypeURL = 4,
+  GPBMethod_FieldNumber_ResponseStreaming = 5,
+  GPBMethod_FieldNumber_OptionsArray = 6,
+  GPBMethod_FieldNumber_Syntax = 7,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Method represents a method of an API interface.
+ **/
+@interface GPBMethod : GPBMessage
+
+/** The simple name of this method. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *name;
+
+/** A URL of the input message type. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *requestTypeURL;
+
+/** If true, the request is streamed. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) BOOL requestStreaming;
+
+/** The URL of the output message type. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *responseTypeURL;
+
+/** If true, the response is streamed. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) BOOL responseStreaming;
+
+/** Any metadata attached to the method. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBOption*> *optionsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c optionsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger optionsArray_Count;
+
+/** The source syntax of this method. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) enum GPBSyntax syntax;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the raw value of a @c GPBMethod's @c syntax property, even
+ * if the value was not defined by the enum at the time the code was generated.
+ **/
+int32_t GPBMethod_Syntax_RawValue(GPBMethod *message);
+/**
+ * Sets the raw value of an @c GPBMethod's @c syntax property, allowing
+ * it to be set to a value that was not defined by the enum at the time the code
+ * was generated.
+ **/
+void SetGPBMethod_Syntax_RawValue(GPBMethod *message, int32_t value);
+
+#pragma mark - GPBMixin
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBMixin_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBMixin_FieldNumber_Name = 1,
+  GPBMixin_FieldNumber_Root = 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Declares an API Interface to be included in this interface. The including
+ * interface must redeclare all the methods from the included interface, but
+ * documentation and options are inherited as follows:
+ *
+ * - If after comment and whitespace stripping, the documentation
+ *   string of the redeclared method is empty, it will be inherited
+ *   from the original method.
+ *
+ * - Each annotation belonging to the service config (http,
+ *   visibility) which is not set in the redeclared method will be
+ *   inherited.
+ *
+ * - If an http annotation is inherited, the path pattern will be
+ *   modified as follows. Any version prefix will be replaced by the
+ *   version of the including interface plus the [root][] path if
+ *   specified.
+ *
+ * Example of a simple mixin:
+ *
+ *     package google.acl.v1;
+ *     service AccessControl {
+ *       // Get the underlying ACL object.
+ *       rpc GetAcl(GetAclRequest) returns (Acl) {
+ *         option (google.api.http).get = "/v1/{resource=**}:getAcl";
+ *       }
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     package google.storage.v2;
+ *     service Storage {
+ *       rpc GetAcl(GetAclRequest) returns (Acl);
+ *
+ *       // Get a data record.
+ *       rpc GetData(GetDataRequest) returns (Data) {
+ *         option (google.api.http).get = "/v2/{resource=**}";
+ *       }
+ *     }
+ *
+ * Example of a mixin configuration:
+ *
+ *     apis:
+ *     - name: google.storage.v2.Storage
+ *       mixins:
+ *       - name: google.acl.v1.AccessControl
+ *
+ * The mixin construct implies that all methods in `AccessControl` are
+ * also declared with same name and request/response types in
+ * `Storage`. A documentation generator or annotation processor will
+ * see the effective `Storage.GetAcl` method after inherting
+ * documentation and annotations as follows:
+ *
+ *     service Storage {
+ *       // Get the underlying ACL object.
+ *       rpc GetAcl(GetAclRequest) returns (Acl) {
+ *         option (google.api.http).get = "/v2/{resource=**}:getAcl";
+ *       }
+ *       ...
+ *     }
+ *
+ * Note how the version in the path pattern changed from `v1` to `v2`.
+ *
+ * If the `root` field in the mixin is specified, it should be a
+ * relative path under which inherited HTTP paths are placed. Example:
+ *
+ *     apis:
+ *     - name: google.storage.v2.Storage
+ *       mixins:
+ *       - name: google.acl.v1.AccessControl
+ *         root: acls
+ *
+ * This implies the following inherited HTTP annotation:
+ *
+ *     service Storage {
+ *       // Get the underlying ACL object.
+ *       rpc GetAcl(GetAclRequest) returns (Acl) {
+ *         option (google.api.http).get = "/v2/acls/{resource=**}:getAcl";
+ *       }
+ *       ...
+ *     }
+ **/
+@interface GPBMixin : GPBMessage
+
+/** The fully qualified name of the interface which is included. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *name;
+
+/**
+ * If non-empty specifies a path under which inherited HTTP paths
+ * are rooted.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *root;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(global_scope)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/Duration.pbobjc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+// Generated by the protocol buffer compiler.  DO NOT EDIT!
+// source: google/protobuf/duration.proto
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBDescriptor.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBMessage.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBRootObject.h>
+#else
+ #import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+ #import "GPBMessage.h"
+ #import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#if GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION < 30002
+#error This file was generated by a newer version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+#if 30002 < GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION
+#error This file was generated by an older version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(imports)
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - GPBDurationRoot
+
+/**
+ * Exposes the extension registry for this file.
+ *
+ * The base class provides:
+ * @code
+ *   + (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+ * @endcode
+ * which is a @c GPBExtensionRegistry that includes all the extensions defined by
+ * this file and all files that it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBDurationRoot : GPBRootObject
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBDuration
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBDuration_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBDuration_FieldNumber_Seconds = 1,
+  GPBDuration_FieldNumber_Nanos = 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * A Duration represents a signed, fixed-length span of time represented
+ * as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond
+ * resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day"
+ * or "month". It is related to Timestamp in that the difference between
+ * two Timestamp values is a Duration and it can be added or subtracted
+ * from a Timestamp. Range is approximately +-10,000 years.
+ *
+ * # Examples
+ *
+ * Example 1: Compute Duration from two Timestamps in pseudo code.
+ *
+ *     Timestamp start = ...;
+ *     Timestamp end = ...;
+ *     Duration duration = ...;
+ *
+ *     duration.seconds = end.seconds - start.seconds;
+ *     duration.nanos = end.nanos - start.nanos;
+ *
+ *     if (duration.seconds < 0 && duration.nanos > 0) {
+ *       duration.seconds += 1;
+ *       duration.nanos -= 1000000000;
+ *     } else if (durations.seconds > 0 && duration.nanos < 0) {
+ *       duration.seconds -= 1;
+ *       duration.nanos += 1000000000;
+ *     }
+ *
+ * Example 2: Compute Timestamp from Timestamp + Duration in pseudo code.
+ *
+ *     Timestamp start = ...;
+ *     Duration duration = ...;
+ *     Timestamp end = ...;
+ *
+ *     end.seconds = start.seconds + duration.seconds;
+ *     end.nanos = start.nanos + duration.nanos;
+ *
+ *     if (end.nanos < 0) {
+ *       end.seconds -= 1;
+ *       end.nanos += 1000000000;
+ *     } else if (end.nanos >= 1000000000) {
+ *       end.seconds += 1;
+ *       end.nanos -= 1000000000;
+ *     }
+ *
+ * Example 3: Compute Duration from datetime.timedelta in Python.
+ *
+ *     td = datetime.timedelta(days=3, minutes=10)
+ *     duration = Duration()
+ *     duration.FromTimedelta(td)
+ *
+ * # JSON Mapping
+ *
+ * In JSON format, the Duration type is encoded as a string rather than an
+ * object, where the string ends in the suffix "s" (indicating seconds) and
+ * is preceded by the number of seconds, with nanoseconds expressed as
+ * fractional seconds. For example, 3 seconds with 0 nanoseconds should be
+ * encoded in JSON format as "3s", while 3 seconds and 1 nanosecond should
+ * be expressed in JSON format as "3.000000001s", and 3 seconds and 1
+ * microsecond should be expressed in JSON format as "3.000001s".
+ **/
+@interface GPBDuration : GPBMessage
+
+/**
+ * Signed seconds of the span of time. Must be from -315,576,000,000
+ * to +315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from:
+ * 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) int64_t seconds;
+
+/**
+ * Signed fractions of a second at nanosecond resolution of the span
+ * of time. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0
+ * `seconds` field and a positive or negative `nanos` field. For durations
+ * of one second or more, a non-zero value for the `nanos` field must be
+ * of the same sign as the `seconds` field. Must be from -999,999,999
+ * to +999,999,999 inclusive.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) int32_t nanos;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(global_scope)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/Empty.pbobjc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+// Generated by the protocol buffer compiler.  DO NOT EDIT!
+// source: google/protobuf/empty.proto
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBDescriptor.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBMessage.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBRootObject.h>
+#else
+ #import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+ #import "GPBMessage.h"
+ #import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#if GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION < 30002
+#error This file was generated by a newer version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+#if 30002 < GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION
+#error This file was generated by an older version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(imports)
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - GPBEmptyRoot
+
+/**
+ * Exposes the extension registry for this file.
+ *
+ * The base class provides:
+ * @code
+ *   + (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+ * @endcode
+ * which is a @c GPBExtensionRegistry that includes all the extensions defined by
+ * this file and all files that it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBEmptyRoot : GPBRootObject
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBEmpty
+
+/**
+ * A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated
+ * empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request
+ * or the response type of an API method. For instance:
+ *
+ *     service Foo {
+ *       rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty);
+ *     }
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+ **/
+@interface GPBEmpty : GPBMessage
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(global_scope)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/FieldMask.pbobjc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+// Generated by the protocol buffer compiler.  DO NOT EDIT!
+// source: google/protobuf/field_mask.proto
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBDescriptor.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBMessage.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBRootObject.h>
+#else
+ #import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+ #import "GPBMessage.h"
+ #import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#if GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION < 30002
+#error This file was generated by a newer version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+#if 30002 < GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION
+#error This file was generated by an older version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(imports)
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - GPBFieldMaskRoot
+
+/**
+ * Exposes the extension registry for this file.
+ *
+ * The base class provides:
+ * @code
+ *   + (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+ * @endcode
+ * which is a @c GPBExtensionRegistry that includes all the extensions defined by
+ * this file and all files that it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBFieldMaskRoot : GPBRootObject
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBFieldMask
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBFieldMask_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBFieldMask_FieldNumber_PathsArray = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * `FieldMask` represents a set of symbolic field paths, for example:
+ *
+ *     paths: "f.a"
+ *     paths: "f.b.d"
+ *
+ * Here `f` represents a field in some root message, `a` and `b`
+ * fields in the message found in `f`, and `d` a field found in the
+ * message in `f.b`.
+ *
+ * Field masks are used to specify a subset of fields that should be
+ * returned by a get operation or modified by an update operation.
+ * Field masks also have a custom JSON encoding (see below).
+ *
+ * # Field Masks in Projections
+ *
+ * When used in the context of a projection, a response message or
+ * sub-message is filtered by the API to only contain those fields as
+ * specified in the mask. For example, if the mask in the previous
+ * example is applied to a response message as follows:
+ *
+ *     f {
+ *       a : 22
+ *       b {
+ *         d : 1
+ *         x : 2
+ *       }
+ *       y : 13
+ *     }
+ *     z: 8
+ *
+ * The result will not contain specific values for fields x,y and z
+ * (their value will be set to the default, and omitted in proto text
+ * output):
+ *
+ *
+ *     f {
+ *       a : 22
+ *       b {
+ *         d : 1
+ *       }
+ *     }
+ *
+ * A repeated field is not allowed except at the last position of a
+ * paths string.
+ *
+ * If a FieldMask object is not present in a get operation, the
+ * operation applies to all fields (as if a FieldMask of all fields
+ * had been specified).
+ *
+ * Note that a field mask does not necessarily apply to the
+ * top-level response message. In case of a REST get operation, the
+ * field mask applies directly to the response, but in case of a REST
+ * list operation, the mask instead applies to each individual message
+ * in the returned resource list. In case of a REST custom method,
+ * other definitions may be used. Where the mask applies will be
+ * clearly documented together with its declaration in the API.  In
+ * any case, the effect on the returned resource/resources is required
+ * behavior for APIs.
+ *
+ * # Field Masks in Update Operations
+ *
+ * A field mask in update operations specifies which fields of the
+ * targeted resource are going to be updated. The API is required
+ * to only change the values of the fields as specified in the mask
+ * and leave the others untouched. If a resource is passed in to
+ * describe the updated values, the API ignores the values of all
+ * fields not covered by the mask.
+ *
+ * If a repeated field is specified for an update operation, the existing
+ * repeated values in the target resource will be overwritten by the new values.
+ * Note that a repeated field is only allowed in the last position of a `paths`
+ * string.
+ *
+ * If a sub-message is specified in the last position of the field mask for an
+ * update operation, then the existing sub-message in the target resource is
+ * overwritten. Given the target message:
+ *
+ *     f {
+ *       b {
+ *         d : 1
+ *         x : 2
+ *       }
+ *       c : 1
+ *     }
+ *
+ * And an update message:
+ *
+ *     f {
+ *       b {
+ *         d : 10
+ *       }
+ *     }
+ *
+ * then if the field mask is:
+ *
+ *  paths: "f.b"
+ *
+ * then the result will be:
+ *
+ *     f {
+ *       b {
+ *         d : 10
+ *       }
+ *       c : 1
+ *     }
+ *
+ * However, if the update mask was:
+ *
+ *  paths: "f.b.d"
+ *
+ * then the result would be:
+ *
+ *     f {
+ *       b {
+ *         d : 10
+ *         x : 2
+ *       }
+ *       c : 1
+ *     }
+ *
+ * In order to reset a field's value to the default, the field must
+ * be in the mask and set to the default value in the provided resource.
+ * Hence, in order to reset all fields of a resource, provide a default
+ * instance of the resource and set all fields in the mask, or do
+ * not provide a mask as described below.
+ *
+ * If a field mask is not present on update, the operation applies to
+ * all fields (as if a field mask of all fields has been specified).
+ * Note that in the presence of schema evolution, this may mean that
+ * fields the client does not know and has therefore not filled into
+ * the request will be reset to their default. If this is unwanted
+ * behavior, a specific service may require a client to always specify
+ * a field mask, producing an error if not.
+ *
+ * As with get operations, the location of the resource which
+ * describes the updated values in the request message depends on the
+ * operation kind. In any case, the effect of the field mask is
+ * required to be honored by the API.
+ *
+ * ## Considerations for HTTP REST
+ *
+ * The HTTP kind of an update operation which uses a field mask must
+ * be set to PATCH instead of PUT in order to satisfy HTTP semantics
+ * (PUT must only be used for full updates).
+ *
+ * # JSON Encoding of Field Masks
+ *
+ * In JSON, a field mask is encoded as a single string where paths are
+ * separated by a comma. Fields name in each path are converted
+ * to/from lower-camel naming conventions.
+ *
+ * As an example, consider the following message declarations:
+ *
+ *     message Profile {
+ *       User user = 1;
+ *       Photo photo = 2;
+ *     }
+ *     message User {
+ *       string display_name = 1;
+ *       string address = 2;
+ *     }
+ *
+ * In proto a field mask for `Profile` may look as such:
+ *
+ *     mask {
+ *       paths: "user.display_name"
+ *       paths: "photo"
+ *     }
+ *
+ * In JSON, the same mask is represented as below:
+ *
+ *     {
+ *       mask: "user.displayName,photo"
+ *     }
+ *
+ * # Field Masks and Oneof Fields
+ *
+ * Field masks treat fields in oneofs just as regular fields. Consider the
+ * following message:
+ *
+ *     message SampleMessage {
+ *       oneof test_oneof {
+ *         string name = 4;
+ *         SubMessage sub_message = 9;
+ *       }
+ *     }
+ *
+ * The field mask can be:
+ *
+ *     mask {
+ *       paths: "name"
+ *     }
+ *
+ * Or:
+ *
+ *     mask {
+ *       paths: "sub_message"
+ *     }
+ *
+ * Note that oneof type names ("test_oneof" in this case) cannot be used in
+ * paths.
+ *
+ * ## Field Mask Verification
+ *
+ * The implementation of any API method which has a FieldMask type field in the
+ * request should verify the included field paths, and return an
+ * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error if any path is duplicated or unmappable.
+ **/
+@interface GPBFieldMask : GPBMessage
+
+/** The set of field mask paths. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<NSString*> *pathsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c pathsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger pathsArray_Count;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(global_scope)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBArray.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1967 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2015 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBRuntimeTypes.h"
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND DECLARE_ARRAYS()
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+#pragma mark - Int32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for repeated fields of int32_t values. This performs better than
+ * boxing into NSNumbers in NSArrays.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32Array : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** The number of elements contained in the array. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly instanced and empty GPBInt32Array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBInt32Array with the single element given.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to be placed in the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBInt32Array with value in it.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValue:(int32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBInt32Array with the contents of the given
+ * array.
+ *
+ * @param array Array with the contents to be put into the new array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBInt32Array with the contents of array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValueArray:(GPBInt32Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBInt32Array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBInt32Array with a capacity of count.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly initialized and empty GPBInt32Array.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)init NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param values An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to copy into the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBInt32Array with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param array An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBInt32Array with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValueArray:(GPBInt32Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBInt32Array with a capacity of count.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to get.
+ *
+ * @return The value at the given index.
+ **/
+- (int32_t)valueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(int32_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+                        usingBlock:(void (^)(int32_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds a value to this array.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValue:(int32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Adds values to this array.
+ *
+ * @param values The values to add to this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the values from the given array to this array.
+ *
+ * @param array The array containing the elements to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValuesFromArray:(GPBInt32Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Inserts a value into the given position.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+ **/
+- (void)insertValue:(int32_t)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the value at the given index with the given value.
+ *
+ * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+ * @param value The value to replace with.
+ **/
+- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withValue:(int32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to remove.
+ **/
+- (void)removeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all the values from this array.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+/**
+ * Exchanges the values between the given indexes.
+ *
+ * @param idx1 The index of the first element to exchange.
+ * @param idx2 The index of the second element to exchange.
+ **/
+- (void)exchangeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx1
+            withValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx2;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for repeated fields of uint32_t values. This performs better than
+ * boxing into NSNumbers in NSArrays.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32Array : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** The number of elements contained in the array. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly instanced and empty GPBUInt32Array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBUInt32Array with the single element given.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to be placed in the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBUInt32Array with value in it.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValue:(uint32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBUInt32Array with the contents of the given
+ * array.
+ *
+ * @param array Array with the contents to be put into the new array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBUInt32Array with the contents of array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValueArray:(GPBUInt32Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBUInt32Array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBUInt32Array with a capacity of count.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly initialized and empty GPBUInt32Array.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)init NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param values An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to copy into the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBUInt32Array with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValues:(const uint32_t [__nullable])values
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param array An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBUInt32Array with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValueArray:(GPBUInt32Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBUInt32Array with a capacity of count.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to get.
+ *
+ * @return The value at the given index.
+ **/
+- (uint32_t)valueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(uint32_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+                        usingBlock:(void (^)(uint32_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds a value to this array.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValue:(uint32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Adds values to this array.
+ *
+ * @param values The values to add to this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addValues:(const uint32_t [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the values from the given array to this array.
+ *
+ * @param array The array containing the elements to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValuesFromArray:(GPBUInt32Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Inserts a value into the given position.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+ **/
+- (void)insertValue:(uint32_t)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the value at the given index with the given value.
+ *
+ * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+ * @param value The value to replace with.
+ **/
+- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withValue:(uint32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to remove.
+ **/
+- (void)removeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all the values from this array.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+/**
+ * Exchanges the values between the given indexes.
+ *
+ * @param idx1 The index of the first element to exchange.
+ * @param idx2 The index of the second element to exchange.
+ **/
+- (void)exchangeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx1
+            withValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx2;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for repeated fields of int64_t values. This performs better than
+ * boxing into NSNumbers in NSArrays.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64Array : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** The number of elements contained in the array. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly instanced and empty GPBInt64Array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBInt64Array with the single element given.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to be placed in the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBInt64Array with value in it.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValue:(int64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBInt64Array with the contents of the given
+ * array.
+ *
+ * @param array Array with the contents to be put into the new array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBInt64Array with the contents of array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValueArray:(GPBInt64Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBInt64Array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBInt64Array with a capacity of count.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly initialized and empty GPBInt64Array.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)init NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param values An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to copy into the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBInt64Array with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValues:(const int64_t [__nullable])values
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param array An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBInt64Array with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValueArray:(GPBInt64Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBInt64Array with a capacity of count.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to get.
+ *
+ * @return The value at the given index.
+ **/
+- (int64_t)valueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(int64_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+                        usingBlock:(void (^)(int64_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds a value to this array.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValue:(int64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Adds values to this array.
+ *
+ * @param values The values to add to this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addValues:(const int64_t [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the values from the given array to this array.
+ *
+ * @param array The array containing the elements to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValuesFromArray:(GPBInt64Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Inserts a value into the given position.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+ **/
+- (void)insertValue:(int64_t)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the value at the given index with the given value.
+ *
+ * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+ * @param value The value to replace with.
+ **/
+- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withValue:(int64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to remove.
+ **/
+- (void)removeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all the values from this array.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+/**
+ * Exchanges the values between the given indexes.
+ *
+ * @param idx1 The index of the first element to exchange.
+ * @param idx2 The index of the second element to exchange.
+ **/
+- (void)exchangeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx1
+            withValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx2;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for repeated fields of uint64_t values. This performs better than
+ * boxing into NSNumbers in NSArrays.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64Array : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** The number of elements contained in the array. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly instanced and empty GPBUInt64Array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBUInt64Array with the single element given.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to be placed in the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBUInt64Array with value in it.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValue:(uint64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBUInt64Array with the contents of the given
+ * array.
+ *
+ * @param array Array with the contents to be put into the new array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBUInt64Array with the contents of array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValueArray:(GPBUInt64Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBUInt64Array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBUInt64Array with a capacity of count.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly initialized and empty GPBUInt64Array.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)init NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param values An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to copy into the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBUInt64Array with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValues:(const uint64_t [__nullable])values
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param array An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBUInt64Array with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValueArray:(GPBUInt64Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBUInt64Array with a capacity of count.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to get.
+ *
+ * @return The value at the given index.
+ **/
+- (uint64_t)valueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(uint64_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+                        usingBlock:(void (^)(uint64_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds a value to this array.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValue:(uint64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Adds values to this array.
+ *
+ * @param values The values to add to this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addValues:(const uint64_t [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the values from the given array to this array.
+ *
+ * @param array The array containing the elements to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValuesFromArray:(GPBUInt64Array *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Inserts a value into the given position.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+ **/
+- (void)insertValue:(uint64_t)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the value at the given index with the given value.
+ *
+ * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+ * @param value The value to replace with.
+ **/
+- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withValue:(uint64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to remove.
+ **/
+- (void)removeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all the values from this array.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+/**
+ * Exchanges the values between the given indexes.
+ *
+ * @param idx1 The index of the first element to exchange.
+ * @param idx2 The index of the second element to exchange.
+ **/
+- (void)exchangeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx1
+            withValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx2;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Float
+
+/**
+ * Class used for repeated fields of float values. This performs better than
+ * boxing into NSNumbers in NSArrays.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBFloatArray : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** The number of elements contained in the array. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly instanced and empty GPBFloatArray.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBFloatArray with the single element given.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to be placed in the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBFloatArray with value in it.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValue:(float)value;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBFloatArray with the contents of the given
+ * array.
+ *
+ * @param array Array with the contents to be put into the new array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBFloatArray with the contents of array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValueArray:(GPBFloatArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBFloatArray with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBFloatArray with a capacity of count.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly initialized and empty GPBFloatArray.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)init NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param values An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to copy into the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBFloatArray with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValues:(const float [__nullable])values
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param array An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBFloatArray with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValueArray:(GPBFloatArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBFloatArray with a capacity of count.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to get.
+ *
+ * @return The value at the given index.
+ **/
+- (float)valueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(float value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+                        usingBlock:(void (^)(float value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds a value to this array.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValue:(float)value;
+
+/**
+ * Adds values to this array.
+ *
+ * @param values The values to add to this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addValues:(const float [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the values from the given array to this array.
+ *
+ * @param array The array containing the elements to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValuesFromArray:(GPBFloatArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Inserts a value into the given position.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+ **/
+- (void)insertValue:(float)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the value at the given index with the given value.
+ *
+ * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+ * @param value The value to replace with.
+ **/
+- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withValue:(float)value;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to remove.
+ **/
+- (void)removeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all the values from this array.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+/**
+ * Exchanges the values between the given indexes.
+ *
+ * @param idx1 The index of the first element to exchange.
+ * @param idx2 The index of the second element to exchange.
+ **/
+- (void)exchangeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx1
+            withValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx2;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Double
+
+/**
+ * Class used for repeated fields of double values. This performs better than
+ * boxing into NSNumbers in NSArrays.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBDoubleArray : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** The number of elements contained in the array. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly instanced and empty GPBDoubleArray.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBDoubleArray with the single element given.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to be placed in the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBDoubleArray with value in it.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValue:(double)value;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBDoubleArray with the contents of the given
+ * array.
+ *
+ * @param array Array with the contents to be put into the new array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBDoubleArray with the contents of array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValueArray:(GPBDoubleArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBDoubleArray with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBDoubleArray with a capacity of count.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly initialized and empty GPBDoubleArray.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)init NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param values An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to copy into the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBDoubleArray with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValues:(const double [__nullable])values
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param array An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBDoubleArray with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValueArray:(GPBDoubleArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBDoubleArray with a capacity of count.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to get.
+ *
+ * @return The value at the given index.
+ **/
+- (double)valueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(double value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+                        usingBlock:(void (^)(double value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds a value to this array.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValue:(double)value;
+
+/**
+ * Adds values to this array.
+ *
+ * @param values The values to add to this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addValues:(const double [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the values from the given array to this array.
+ *
+ * @param array The array containing the elements to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValuesFromArray:(GPBDoubleArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Inserts a value into the given position.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+ **/
+- (void)insertValue:(double)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the value at the given index with the given value.
+ *
+ * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+ * @param value The value to replace with.
+ **/
+- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withValue:(double)value;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to remove.
+ **/
+- (void)removeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all the values from this array.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+/**
+ * Exchanges the values between the given indexes.
+ *
+ * @param idx1 The index of the first element to exchange.
+ * @param idx2 The index of the second element to exchange.
+ **/
+- (void)exchangeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx1
+            withValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx2;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool
+
+/**
+ * Class used for repeated fields of BOOL values. This performs better than
+ * boxing into NSNumbers in NSArrays.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolArray : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** The number of elements contained in the array. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly instanced and empty GPBBoolArray.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBBoolArray with the single element given.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to be placed in the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBBoolArray with value in it.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValue:(BOOL)value;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBBoolArray with the contents of the given
+ * array.
+ *
+ * @param array Array with the contents to be put into the new array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBBoolArray with the contents of array.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValueArray:(GPBBoolArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBBoolArray with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBBoolArray with a capacity of count.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly initialized and empty GPBBoolArray.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)init NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param values An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to copy into the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBBoolArray with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValues:(const BOOL [__nullable])values
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param array An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBBoolArray with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValueArray:(GPBBoolArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBBoolArray with a capacity of count.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to get.
+ *
+ * @return The value at the given index.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)valueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(BOOL value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+                        usingBlock:(void (^)(BOOL value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds a value to this array.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValue:(BOOL)value;
+
+/**
+ * Adds values to this array.
+ *
+ * @param values The values to add to this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addValues:(const BOOL [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the values from the given array to this array.
+ *
+ * @param array The array containing the elements to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValuesFromArray:(GPBBoolArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Inserts a value into the given position.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+ **/
+- (void)insertValue:(BOOL)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the value at the given index with the given value.
+ *
+ * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+ * @param value The value to replace with.
+ **/
+- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withValue:(BOOL)value;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to remove.
+ **/
+- (void)removeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all the values from this array.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+/**
+ * Exchanges the values between the given indexes.
+ *
+ * @param idx1 The index of the first element to exchange.
+ * @param idx2 The index of the second element to exchange.
+ **/
+- (void)exchangeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx1
+            withValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx2;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Enum
+
+/**
+ * This class is used for repeated fields of int32_t values. This performs
+ * better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSArrays.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBEnumArray : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** The number of elements contained in the array. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+/** The validation function to check if the enums are valid. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBEnumValidationFunc validationFunc;
+
+/**
+ * @return A newly instanced and empty GPBEnumArray.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBEnumArray with the enum validation function
+ * given.
+ *
+ * @param func The enum validation function for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBEnumArray.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBEnumArray with the enum validation function
+ * given and the single raw value given.
+ *
+ * @param func  The enum validation function for the array.
+ * @param value The raw value to add to this array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBEnumArray.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                   rawValue:(int32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBEnumArray that adds the elements from the
+ * given array.
+ *
+ * @param array Array containing the values to add to the new array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBEnumArray.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValueArray:(GPBEnumArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Creates and initializes a GPBEnumArray with the given enum validation
+ * function and with the givencapacity.
+ *
+ * @param func  The enum validation function for the array.
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBEnumArray with a capacity of count.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)arrayWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                   capacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array with the given enum validation function.
+ *
+ * @param func The enum validation function for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBEnumArray with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+    NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param func   The enum validation function for the array.
+ * @param values An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to copy into the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBEnumArray with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                 rawValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                                     count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+ *
+ * @param array An array with the values to put inside this array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBEnumArray with a copy of the values.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValueArray:(GPBEnumArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the array with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param func  The enum validation function for the array.
+ * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBEnumArray with a capacity of count.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                  capacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+// These will return kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue if the value at index is not a
+// valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc. If the actual value is
+// desired, use "raw" version of the method.
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to get.
+ *
+ * @return The value at the given index.
+ **/
+- (int32_t)valueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(int32_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+                        usingBlock:(void (^)(int32_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+// These methods bypass the validationFunc to provide access to values that were not
+// known at the time the binary was compiled.
+
+/**
+ * Gets the raw enum value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the raw enum value to get.
+ *
+ * @return The raw enum value at the given index.
+ **/
+- (int32_t)rawValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateRawValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(int32_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+ *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+ *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateRawValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+                           usingBlock:(void (^)(int32_t value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+// If value is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc, these
+// methods will assert in debug, and will log in release and assign the value
+// to the default value. Use the rawValue methods below to assign non enumerator
+// values.
+
+/**
+ * Adds a value to this array.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addValue:(int32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Adds values to this array.
+ *
+ * @param values The values to add to this array.
+ * @param count  The number of elements to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+
+/**
+ * Inserts a value into the given position.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add to this array.
+ * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+ **/
+- (void)insertValue:(int32_t)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the value at the given index with the given value.
+ *
+ * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+ * @param value The value to replace with.
+ **/
+- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withValue:(int32_t)value;
+
+// These methods bypass the validationFunc to provide setting of values that were not
+// known at the time the binary was compiled.
+
+/**
+ * Adds a raw enum value to this array.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param value The raw enum value to add to the array.
+ **/
+- (void)addRawValue:(int32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Adds raw enum values to this array.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param array Array containing the raw enum values to add to this array.
+ **/
+- (void)addRawValuesFromArray:(GPBEnumArray *)array;
+
+/**
+ * Adds raw enum values to this array.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param values Array containing the raw enum values to add to this array.
+ * @param count  The number of raw values to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addRawValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+
+/**
+ * Inserts a raw enum value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param value Raw enum value to add.
+ * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+ **/
+- (void)insertRawValue:(int32_t)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the raw enum value at the given index with the given value.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+ * @param value The raw enum value to replace with.
+ **/
+- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withRawValue:(int32_t)value;
+
+// No validation applies to these methods.
+
+/**
+ * Removes the value at the given index.
+ *
+ * @param index The index of the value to remove.
+ **/
+- (void)removeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all the values from this array.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+/**
+ * Exchanges the values between the given indexes.
+ *
+ * @param idx1 The index of the first element to exchange.
+ * @param idx2 The index of the second element to exchange.
+ **/
+- (void)exchangeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx1
+            withValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx2;
+
+@end
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND-END DECLARE_ARRAYS()
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DECLARE_ARRAYS()
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_SIMPLE(Int32, int32_t)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_SIMPLE(UInt32, uint32_t)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_SIMPLE(Int64, int64_t)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_SIMPLE(UInt64, uint64_t)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_SIMPLE(Float, float)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_SIMPLE(Double, double)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_SIMPLE(Bool, BOOL)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_ENUM(Enum, int32_t)
+
+//
+// The common case (everything but Enum)
+//
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_INTERFACE_SIMPLE(NAME, TYPE)
+//%#pragma mark - NAME
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Class used for repeated fields of ##TYPE## values. This performs better than
+//% * boxing into NSNumbers in NSArrays.
+//% *
+//% * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+//% **/
+//%@interface GPB##NAME##Array : NSObject <NSCopying>
+//%
+//%/** The number of elements contained in the array. */
+//%@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * @return A newly instanced and empty GPB##NAME##Array.
+//% **/
+//%+ (instancetype)array;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Creates and initializes a GPB##NAME##Array with the single element given.
+//% *
+//% * @param value The value to be placed in the array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly instanced GPB##NAME##Array with value in it.
+//% **/
+//%+ (instancetype)arrayWithValue:(TYPE)value;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Creates and initializes a GPB##NAME##Array with the contents of the given
+//% * array.
+//% *
+//% * @param array Array with the contents to be put into the new array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly instanced GPB##NAME##Array with the contents of array.
+//% **/
+//%+ (instancetype)arrayWithValueArray:(GPB##NAME##Array *)array;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Creates and initializes a GPB##NAME##Array with the given capacity.
+//% *
+//% * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly instanced GPB##NAME##Array with a capacity of count.
+//% **/
+//%+ (instancetype)arrayWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * @return A newly initialized and empty GPB##NAME##Array.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)init NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+//% *
+//% * @param values An array with the values to put inside this array.
+//% * @param count  The number of elements to copy into the array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized GPB##NAME##Array with a copy of the values.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithValues:(const TYPE [__nullable])values
+//%                         count:(NSUInteger)count;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+//% *
+//% * @param array An array with the values to put inside this array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized GPB##NAME##Array with a copy of the values.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithValueArray:(GPB##NAME##Array *)array;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes the array with the given capacity.
+//% *
+//% * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized GPB##NAME##Array with a capacity of count.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+//%
+//%ARRAY_IMMUTABLE_INTERFACE(NAME, TYPE, Basic)
+//%
+//%ARRAY_MUTABLE_INTERFACE(NAME, TYPE, Basic)
+//%
+//%@end
+//%
+
+//
+// Macros specific to Enums (to tweak their interface).
+//
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_INTERFACE_ENUM(NAME, TYPE)
+//%#pragma mark - NAME
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * This class is used for repeated fields of ##TYPE## values. This performs
+//% * better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSArrays.
+//% *
+//% * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+//% **/
+//%@interface GPB##NAME##Array : NSObject <NSCopying>
+//%
+//%/** The number of elements contained in the array. */
+//%@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+//%/** The validation function to check if the enums are valid. */
+//%@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBEnumValidationFunc validationFunc;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * @return A newly instanced and empty GPB##NAME##Array.
+//% **/
+//%+ (instancetype)array;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Creates and initializes a GPB##NAME##Array with the enum validation function
+//% * given.
+//% *
+//% * @param func The enum validation function for the array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly instanced GPB##NAME##Array.
+//% **/
+//%+ (instancetype)arrayWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Creates and initializes a GPB##NAME##Array with the enum validation function
+//% * given and the single raw value given.
+//% *
+//% * @param func  The enum validation function for the array.
+//% * @param value The raw value to add to this array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly instanced GPB##NAME##Array.
+//% **/
+//%+ (instancetype)arrayWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+//%                                   rawValue:(TYPE)value;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Creates and initializes a GPB##NAME##Array that adds the elements from the
+//% * given array.
+//% *
+//% * @param array Array containing the values to add to the new array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly instanced GPB##NAME##Array.
+//% **/
+//%+ (instancetype)arrayWithValueArray:(GPB##NAME##Array *)array;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Creates and initializes a GPB##NAME##Array with the given enum validation
+//% * function and with the givencapacity.
+//% *
+//% * @param func  The enum validation function for the array.
+//% * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly instanced GPB##NAME##Array with a capacity of count.
+//% **/
+//%+ (instancetype)arrayWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+//%                                   capacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes the array with the given enum validation function.
+//% *
+//% * @param func The enum validation function for the array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized GPB##NAME##Array with a copy of the values.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+//%    NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+//% *
+//% * @param func   The enum validation function for the array.
+//% * @param values An array with the values to put inside this array.
+//% * @param count  The number of elements to copy into the array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized GPB##NAME##Array with a copy of the values.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+//%                                 rawValues:(const TYPE [__nullable])values
+//%                                     count:(NSUInteger)count;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes the array, copying the given values.
+//% *
+//% * @param array An array with the values to put inside this array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized GPB##NAME##Array with a copy of the values.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithValueArray:(GPB##NAME##Array *)array;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes the array with the given capacity.
+//% *
+//% * @param func  The enum validation function for the array.
+//% * @param count The capacity needed for the array.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized GPB##NAME##Array with a capacity of count.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+//%                                  capacity:(NSUInteger)count;
+//%
+//%// These will return kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue if the value at index is not a
+//%// valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc. If the actual value is
+//%// desired, use "raw" version of the method.
+//%
+//%ARRAY_IMMUTABLE_INTERFACE(NAME, TYPE, NAME)
+//%
+//%// These methods bypass the validationFunc to provide access to values that were not
+//%// known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Gets the raw enum value at the given index.
+//% *
+//% * @param index The index of the raw enum value to get.
+//% *
+//% * @return The raw enum value at the given index.
+//% **/
+//%- (TYPE)rawValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+//% *
+//% * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+//% *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+//% *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+//% *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)enumerateRawValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(TYPE value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+//% *
+//% * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+//% * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+//% *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+//% *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+//% *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)enumerateRawValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+//%                           usingBlock:(void (^)(TYPE value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+//%
+//%// If value is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc, these
+//%// methods will assert in debug, and will log in release and assign the value
+//%// to the default value. Use the rawValue methods below to assign non enumerator
+//%// values.
+//%
+//%ARRAY_MUTABLE_INTERFACE(NAME, TYPE, NAME)
+//%
+//%@end
+//%
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_IMMUTABLE_INTERFACE(NAME, TYPE, HELPER_NAME)
+//%/**
+//% * Gets the value at the given index.
+//% *
+//% * @param index The index of the value to get.
+//% *
+//% * @return The value at the given index.
+//% **/
+//%- (TYPE)valueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+//% *
+//% * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+//% *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+//% *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+//% *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)enumerateValuesWithBlock:(void (^)(TYPE value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Enumerates the values on this array with the given block.
+//% *
+//% * @param opts  Options to control the enumeration.
+//% * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+//% *   **value**: The current value being enumerated.
+//% *   **idx**:   The index of the current value.
+//% *   **stop**:  A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)enumerateValuesWithOptions:(NSEnumerationOptions)opts
+//%                        usingBlock:(void (^)(TYPE value, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_MUTABLE_INTERFACE(NAME, TYPE, HELPER_NAME)
+//%/**
+//% * Adds a value to this array.
+//% *
+//% * @param value The value to add to this array.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)addValue:(TYPE)value;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Adds values to this array.
+//% *
+//% * @param values The values to add to this array.
+//% * @param count  The number of elements to add.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)addValues:(const TYPE [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+//%
+//%ARRAY_EXTRA_MUTABLE_METHODS1_##HELPER_NAME(NAME, TYPE)
+//%/**
+//% * Inserts a value into the given position.
+//% *
+//% * @param value The value to add to this array.
+//% * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)insertValue:(TYPE)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Replaces the value at the given index with the given value.
+//% *
+//% * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+//% * @param value The value to replace with.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withValue:(TYPE)value;
+//%ARRAY_EXTRA_MUTABLE_METHODS2_##HELPER_NAME(NAME, TYPE)
+//%/**
+//% * Removes the value at the given index.
+//% *
+//% * @param index The index of the value to remove.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)removeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Removes all the values from this array.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)removeAll;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Exchanges the values between the given indexes.
+//% *
+//% * @param idx1 The index of the first element to exchange.
+//% * @param idx2 The index of the second element to exchange.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)exchangeValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx1
+//%            withValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)idx2;
+
+//
+// These are hooks invoked by the above to do insert as needed.
+//
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_EXTRA_MUTABLE_METHODS1_Basic(NAME, TYPE)
+//%/**
+//% * Adds the values from the given array to this array.
+//% *
+//% * @param array The array containing the elements to add to this array.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)addValuesFromArray:(GPB##NAME##Array *)array;
+//%
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_EXTRA_MUTABLE_METHODS2_Basic(NAME, TYPE)
+// Empty
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_EXTRA_MUTABLE_METHODS1_Enum(NAME, TYPE)
+// Empty
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_EXTRA_MUTABLE_METHODS2_Enum(NAME, TYPE)
+//%
+//%// These methods bypass the validationFunc to provide setting of values that were not
+//%// known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Adds a raw enum value to this array.
+//% *
+//% * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+//% *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//% *
+//% * @param value The raw enum value to add to the array.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)addRawValue:(TYPE)value;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Adds raw enum values to this array.
+//% *
+//% * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+//% *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//% *
+//% * @param array Array containing the raw enum values to add to this array.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)addRawValuesFromArray:(GPB##NAME##Array *)array;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Adds raw enum values to this array.
+//% *
+//% * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+//% *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//% *
+//% * @param values Array containing the raw enum values to add to this array.
+//% * @param count  The number of raw values to add.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)addRawValues:(const TYPE [__nullable])values count:(NSUInteger)count;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Inserts a raw enum value at the given index.
+//% *
+//% * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+//% *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//% *
+//% * @param value Raw enum value to add.
+//% * @param index The index into which to insert the value.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)insertRawValue:(TYPE)value atIndex:(NSUInteger)index;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Replaces the raw enum value at the given index with the given value.
+//% *
+//% * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+//% *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//% *
+//% * @param index The index for which to replace the value.
+//% * @param value The raw enum value to replace with.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)replaceValueAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withRawValue:(TYPE)value;
+//%
+//%// No validation applies to these methods.
+//%

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBArray_PackagePrivate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2015 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import "GPBArray.h"
+
+@class GPBMessage;
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DECLARE_ARRAY_EXTRAS()
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_EXTRAS(Int32, int32_t)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_EXTRAS(UInt32, uint32_t)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_EXTRAS(Int64, int64_t)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_EXTRAS(UInt64, uint64_t)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_EXTRAS(Float, float)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_EXTRAS(Double, double)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_EXTRAS(Bool, BOOL)
+//%ARRAY_INTERFACE_EXTRAS(Enum, int32_t)
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_INTERFACE_EXTRAS(NAME, TYPE)
+//%#pragma mark - NAME
+//%
+//%@interface GPB##NAME##Array () {
+//% @package
+//%  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+//%}
+//%@end
+//%
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND DECLARE_ARRAY_EXTRAS()
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+#pragma mark - Int32
+
+@interface GPBInt32Array () {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32
+
+@interface GPBUInt32Array () {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64
+
+@interface GPBInt64Array () {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64
+
+@interface GPBUInt64Array () {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Float
+
+@interface GPBFloatArray () {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Double
+
+@interface GPBDoubleArray () {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool
+
+@interface GPBBoolArray () {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Enum
+
+@interface GPBEnumArray () {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND-END DECLARE_ARRAY_EXTRAS()
+
+#pragma mark - NSArray Subclass
+
+@interface GPBAutocreatedArray : NSMutableArray {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBBootstrap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+/**
+ * The Objective C runtime has complete enough info that most protos don’t end
+ * up using this, so leaving it on is no cost or very little cost.  If you
+ * happen to see it causing bloat, this is the way to disable it. If you do
+ * need to disable it, try only disabling it for Release builds as having
+ * full TextFormat can be useful for debugging.
+ **/
+#ifndef GPBOBJC_SKIP_MESSAGE_TEXTFORMAT_EXTRAS
+#define GPBOBJC_SKIP_MESSAGE_TEXTFORMAT_EXTRAS 0
+#endif
+
+// Used in the generated code to give sizes to enums. int32_t was chosen based
+// on the fact that Protocol Buffers enums are limited to this range.
+#if !__has_feature(objc_fixed_enum)
+ #error All supported Xcode versions should support objc_fixed_enum.
+#endif
+
+// If the headers are imported into Objective-C++, we can run into an issue
+// where the defintion of NS_ENUM (really CF_ENUM) changes based on the C++
+// standard that is in effect.  If it isn't C++11 or higher, the definition
+// doesn't allow us to forward declare. We work around this one case by
+// providing a local definition. The default case has to use NS_ENUM for the
+// magic that is Swift bridging of enums.
+#if (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus && __cplusplus < 201103L)
+ #define GPB_ENUM(X) enum X : int32_t X; enum X : int32_t
+#else
+ #define GPB_ENUM(X) NS_ENUM(int32_t, X)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * GPB_ENUM_FWD_DECLARE is used for forward declaring enums, for example:
+ *
+ * ```
+ * GPB_ENUM_FWD_DECLARE(Foo_Enum)
+ *
+ * @interface BarClass : NSObject
+ * @property (nonatomic) enum Foo_Enum value;
+ * - (void)bazMethod:(enum Foo_Enum):value;
+ * @end
+ * ```
+ **/
+#define GPB_ENUM_FWD_DECLARE(X) enum X : int32_t
+
+/**
+ * Based upon CF_INLINE. Forces inlining in non DEBUG builds.
+ **/
+#if !defined(DEBUG)
+#define GPB_INLINE static __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline))
+#else
+#define GPB_INLINE static __inline__
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * For use in public headers that might need to deal with ARC.
+ **/
+#ifndef GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED
+#if __has_feature(objc_arc)
+#define GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED __unsafe_unretained
+#else
+#define GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// If property name starts with init we need to annotate it to get past ARC.
+// http://stackoverflow.com/questions/18723226/how-do-i-annotate-an-objective-c-property-with-an-objc-method-family/18723227#18723227
+//
+// Meant to be used internally by generated code.
+#define GPB_METHOD_FAMILY_NONE __attribute__((objc_method_family(none)))
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// These version numbers are all internal to the ObjC Protobuf runtime; they
+// are used to ensure compatibility between the generated sources and the
+// headers being compiled against and/or the version of sources being run
+// against.
+//
+// They are all #defines so the values are captured into every .o file they
+// are used in and to allow comparisons in the preprocessor.
+
+// Current library runtime version.
+// - Gets bumped when the runtime makes changes to the interfaces between the
+//   generated code and runtime (things added/removed, etc).
+#define GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION 30002
+
+// Minimum runtime version supported for compiling/running against.
+// - Gets changed when support for the older generated code is dropped.
+#define GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION 30001
+
+
+// This is a legacy constant now frozen in time for old generated code. If
+// GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION ever gets moved above 30001 then
+// this should also change to break code compiled with an old runtime that
+// can't be supported any more.
+#define GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_GEN_VERSION 30001

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBCodedInputStream.h

@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+@class GPBMessage;
+@class GPBExtensionRegistry;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * @c GPBCodedInputStream exception name. Exceptions raised from
+ * @c GPBCodedInputStream contain an underlying error in the userInfo dictionary
+ * under the GPBCodedInputStreamUnderlyingErrorKey key.
+ **/
+extern NSString *const GPBCodedInputStreamException;
+
+/** The key under which the underlying NSError from the exception is stored. */
+extern NSString *const GPBCodedInputStreamUnderlyingErrorKey;
+
+/** NSError domain used for @c GPBCodedInputStream errors. */
+extern NSString *const GPBCodedInputStreamErrorDomain;
+
+/**
+ * Error code for NSError with @c GPBCodedInputStreamErrorDomain.
+ **/
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, GPBCodedInputStreamErrorCode) {
+  /** The size does not fit in the remaining bytes to be read. */
+  GPBCodedInputStreamErrorInvalidSize = -100,
+  /** Attempted to read beyond the subsection limit. */
+  GPBCodedInputStreamErrorSubsectionLimitReached = -101,
+  /** The requested subsection limit is invalid. */
+  GPBCodedInputStreamErrorInvalidSubsectionLimit = -102,
+  /** Invalid tag read. */
+  GPBCodedInputStreamErrorInvalidTag = -103,
+  /** Invalid UTF-8 character in a string. */
+  GPBCodedInputStreamErrorInvalidUTF8 = -104,
+  /** Invalid VarInt read. */
+  GPBCodedInputStreamErrorInvalidVarInt = -105,
+  /** The maximum recursion depth of messages was exceeded. */
+  GPBCodedInputStreamErrorRecursionDepthExceeded = -106,
+};
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+/**
+ * Reads and decodes protocol message fields.
+ *
+ * The common uses of protocol buffers shouldn't need to use this class.
+ * @c GPBMessage's provide a @c +parseFromData:error: and
+ * @c +parseFromData:extensionRegistry:error: method that will decode a
+ * message for you.
+ *
+ * @note Subclassing of @c GPBCodedInputStream is NOT supported.
+ **/
+@interface GPBCodedInputStream : NSObject
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new stream wrapping some data.
+ *
+ * @param data The data to wrap inside the stream.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBCodedInputStream.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)streamWithData:(NSData *)data;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a stream wrapping some data.
+ *
+ * @param data The data to wrap inside the stream.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBCodedInputStream.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithData:(NSData *)data;
+
+/**
+ * Attempts to read a field tag, returning zero if we have reached EOF.
+ * Protocol message parsers use this to read tags, since a protocol message
+ * may legally end wherever a tag occurs, and zero is not a valid tag number.
+ *
+ * @return The field tag, or zero if EOF was reached.
+ **/
+- (int32_t)readTag;
+
+/**
+ * @return A double read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (double)readDouble;
+/**
+ * @return A float read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (float)readFloat;
+/**
+ * @return A uint64 read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (uint64_t)readUInt64;
+/**
+ * @return A uint32 read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (uint32_t)readUInt32;
+/**
+ * @return An int64 read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (int64_t)readInt64;
+/**
+ * @return An int32 read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (int32_t)readInt32;
+/**
+ * @return A fixed64 read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (uint64_t)readFixed64;
+/**
+ * @return A fixed32 read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (uint32_t)readFixed32;
+/**
+ * @return An enum read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (int32_t)readEnum;
+/**
+ * @return A sfixed32 read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (int32_t)readSFixed32;
+/**
+ * @return A fixed64 read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (int64_t)readSFixed64;
+/**
+ * @return A sint32 read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (int32_t)readSInt32;
+/**
+ * @return A sint64 read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (int64_t)readSInt64;
+/**
+ * @return A boolean read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)readBool;
+/**
+ * @return A string read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (NSString *)readString;
+/**
+ * @return Data read from the stream.
+ **/
+- (NSData *)readBytes;
+
+/**
+ * Read an embedded message field value from the stream.
+ *
+ * @param message           The message to set fields on as they are read.
+ * @param extensionRegistry An optional extension registry to use to lookup
+ *                          extensions for message.
+ **/
+- (void)readMessage:(GPBMessage *)message
+  extensionRegistry:(nullable GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+
+/**
+ * Reads and discards a single field, given its tag value.
+ *
+ * @param tag The tag number of the field to skip.
+ *
+ * @return NO if the tag is an endgroup tag (in which case nothing is skipped),
+ *         YES in all other cases.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)skipField:(int32_t)tag;
+
+/**
+ * Reads and discards an entire message. This will read either until EOF or
+ * until an endgroup tag, whichever comes first.
+ **/
+- (void)skipMessage;
+
+/**
+ * Check to see if the logical end of the stream has been reached.
+ *
+ * @note This can return NO when there is no more data, but the current parsing
+ *       expected more data.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the logical end of the stream has been reached, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)isAtEnd;
+
+/**
+ * @return The offset into the stream.
+ **/
+- (size_t)position;
+
+/**
+ * Moves the limit to the given byte offset starting at the current location.
+ *
+ * @exception GPBCodedInputStreamException If the requested bytes exceeed the
+ *            current limit.
+ *
+ * @param byteLimit The number of bytes to move the limit, offset to the current
+ *                  location.
+ *
+ * @return The limit offset before moving the new limit.
+ */
+- (size_t)pushLimit:(size_t)byteLimit;
+
+/**
+ * Moves the limit back to the offset as it was before calling pushLimit:.
+ *
+ * @param oldLimit The number of bytes to move the current limit. Usually this
+ *                 is the value returned by the pushLimit: method.
+ */
+- (void)popLimit:(size_t)oldLimit;
+
+/**
+ * Verifies that the last call to -readTag returned the given tag value. This
+ * is used to verify that a nested group ended with the correct end tag.
+ *
+ * @exception NSParseErrorException If the value does not match the last tag.
+ *
+ * @param expected The tag that was expected.
+ **/
+- (void)checkLastTagWas:(int32_t)expected;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBCodedInputStream_PackagePrivate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+// This header is private to the ProtobolBuffers library and must NOT be
+// included by any sources outside this library. The contents of this file are
+// subject to change at any time without notice.
+
+#import "GPBCodedInputStream.h"
+
+@class GPBUnknownFieldSet;
+@class GPBFieldDescriptor;
+
+typedef struct GPBCodedInputStreamState {
+  const uint8_t *bytes;
+  size_t bufferSize;
+  size_t bufferPos;
+
+  // For parsing subsections of an input stream you can put a hard limit on
+  // how much should be read. Normally the limit is the end of the stream,
+  // but you can adjust it to anywhere, and if you hit it you will be at the
+  // end of the stream, until you adjust the limit.
+  size_t currentLimit;
+  int32_t lastTag;
+  NSUInteger recursionDepth;
+} GPBCodedInputStreamState;
+
+@interface GPBCodedInputStream () {
+ @package
+  struct GPBCodedInputStreamState state_;
+  NSData *buffer_;
+}
+
+// Group support is deprecated, so we hide this interface from users, but
+// support for older data.
+- (void)readGroup:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+              message:(GPBMessage *)message
+    extensionRegistry:(GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+
+// Reads a group field value from the stream and merges it into the given
+// UnknownFieldSet.
+- (void)readUnknownGroup:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                 message:(GPBUnknownFieldSet *)message;
+
+// Reads a map entry.
+- (void)readMapEntry:(id)mapDictionary
+    extensionRegistry:(GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry
+                field:(GPBFieldDescriptor *)field
+        parentMessage:(GPBMessage *)parentMessage;
+@end
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+int32_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadTag(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+
+double GPBCodedInputStreamReadDouble(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+float GPBCodedInputStreamReadFloat(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+uint64_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadUInt64(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+uint32_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadUInt32(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+int64_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadInt64(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+int32_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadInt32(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+uint64_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadFixed64(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+uint32_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadFixed32(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+int32_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadEnum(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+int32_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadSFixed32(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+int64_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadSFixed64(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+int32_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadSInt32(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+int64_t GPBCodedInputStreamReadSInt64(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+BOOL GPBCodedInputStreamReadBool(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+NSString *GPBCodedInputStreamReadRetainedString(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state)
+    __attribute((ns_returns_retained));
+NSData *GPBCodedInputStreamReadRetainedBytes(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state)
+    __attribute((ns_returns_retained));
+NSData *GPBCodedInputStreamReadRetainedBytesNoCopy(
+    GPBCodedInputStreamState *state) __attribute((ns_returns_retained));
+
+size_t GPBCodedInputStreamPushLimit(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state,
+                                    size_t byteLimit);
+void GPBCodedInputStreamPopLimit(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state,
+                                 size_t oldLimit);
+size_t GPBCodedInputStreamBytesUntilLimit(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+BOOL GPBCodedInputStreamIsAtEnd(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state);
+void GPBCodedInputStreamCheckLastTagWas(GPBCodedInputStreamState *state,
+                                        int32_t value);
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBCodedOutputStream.h

@@ -0,0 +1,748 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBRuntimeTypes.h"
+#import "GPBWireFormat.h"
+
+@class GPBBoolArray;
+@class GPBDoubleArray;
+@class GPBEnumArray;
+@class GPBFloatArray;
+@class GPBMessage;
+@class GPBInt32Array;
+@class GPBInt64Array;
+@class GPBUInt32Array;
+@class GPBUInt64Array;
+@class GPBUnknownFieldSet;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * @c GPBCodedOutputStream exception names.
+ **/
+extern NSString *const GPBCodedOutputStreamException_OutOfSpace;
+extern NSString *const GPBCodedOutputStreamException_WriteFailed;
+
+/**
+ * Writes out protocol message fields.
+ *
+ * The common uses of protocol buffers shouldn't need to use this class.
+ * GPBMessage's provide a -data method that will serialize the message for you.
+ *
+ * @note Any -write* api can raise the GPBCodedOutputStreamException_*
+ *       exceptions.
+ *
+ * @note Subclassing of GPBCodedOutputStream is NOT supported.
+ **/
+@interface GPBCodedOutputStream : NSObject
+
+/**
+ * Creates a stream to fill in the given data. Data must be sized to fit or
+ * an error will be raised when out of space.
+ *
+ * @param data The data where the stream will be written to.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBCodedOutputStream.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)streamWithData:(NSMutableData *)data;
+
+/**
+ * Creates a stream to write into the given NSOutputStream.
+ *
+ * @param output The output stream where the stream will be written to.
+ *
+ * @return A newly instanced GPBCodedOutputStream.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)streamWithOutputStream:(NSOutputStream *)output;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a stream to fill in the given data. Data must be sized to fit
+ * or an error will be raised when out of space.
+ *
+ * @param data The data where the stream will be written to.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBCodedOutputStream.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithData:(NSMutableData *)data;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a stream to write into the given @c NSOutputStream.
+ *
+ * @param output The output stream where the stream will be written to.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBCodedOutputStream.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithOutputStream:(NSOutputStream *)output;
+
+/**
+ * Flush any buffered data out.
+ **/
+- (void)flush;
+
+/**
+ * Write the raw byte out.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeRawByte:(uint8_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write the tag for the given field number and wire format.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number.
+ * @param format      The wire format the data for the field will be in.
+ **/
+- (void)writeTag:(uint32_t)fieldNumber format:(GPBWireFormat)format;
+
+/**
+ * Write a 32bit value out in little endian format.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeRawLittleEndian32:(int32_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a 64bit value out in little endian format.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeRawLittleEndian64:(int64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a 32bit value out in varint format.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeRawVarint32:(int32_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a 64bit value out in varint format.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeRawVarint64:(int64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a size_t out as a 32bit varint value.
+ *
+ * @note This will truncate 64 bit values to 32.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeRawVarintSizeTAs32:(size_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Writes the contents of an NSData out.
+ *
+ * @param data The data to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeRawData:(NSData *)data;
+/**
+ * Writes out the given data.
+ *
+ * @param data   The data blob to write out.
+ * @param offset The offset into the blob to start writing out.
+ * @param length The number of bytes from the blob to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeRawPtr:(const void *)data
+             offset:(size_t)offset
+             length:(size_t)length;
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND _WRITE_DECLS()
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+/**
+ * Write a double for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeDouble:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(double)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of double for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeDoubleArray:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                  values:(GPBDoubleArray *)values
+                     tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a double without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeDoubleNoTag:(double)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a float for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeFloat:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(float)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of float for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeFloatArray:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                 values:(GPBFloatArray *)values
+                    tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a float without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeFloatNoTag:(float)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a uint64_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeUInt64:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(uint64_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of uint64_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeUInt64Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                  values:(GPBUInt64Array *)values
+                     tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a uint64_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeUInt64NoTag:(uint64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a int64_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeInt64:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(int64_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of int64_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeInt64Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                 values:(GPBInt64Array *)values
+                    tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a int64_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeInt64NoTag:(int64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a int32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeInt32:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(int32_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of int32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeInt32Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                 values:(GPBInt32Array *)values
+                    tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a int32_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeInt32NoTag:(int32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a uint32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeUInt32:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(uint32_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of uint32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeUInt32Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                  values:(GPBUInt32Array *)values
+                     tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a uint32_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeUInt32NoTag:(uint32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a uint64_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeFixed64:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(uint64_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of uint64_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeFixed64Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                   values:(GPBUInt64Array *)values
+                      tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a uint64_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeFixed64NoTag:(uint64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a uint32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeFixed32:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(uint32_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of uint32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeFixed32Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                   values:(GPBUInt32Array *)values
+                      tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a uint32_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeFixed32NoTag:(uint32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a int32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSInt32:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(int32_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of int32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSInt32Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                  values:(GPBInt32Array *)values
+                     tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a int32_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSInt32NoTag:(int32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a int64_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSInt64:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(int64_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of int64_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSInt64Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                  values:(GPBInt64Array *)values
+                     tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a int64_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSInt64NoTag:(int64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a int64_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSFixed64:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(int64_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of int64_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSFixed64Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                    values:(GPBInt64Array *)values
+                       tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a int64_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSFixed64NoTag:(int64_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a int32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSFixed32:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(int32_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of int32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSFixed32Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                    values:(GPBInt32Array *)values
+                       tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a int32_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeSFixed32NoTag:(int32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a BOOL for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeBool:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(BOOL)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of BOOL for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeBoolArray:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                values:(GPBBoolArray *)values
+                   tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a BOOL without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeBoolNoTag:(BOOL)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a int32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeEnum:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(int32_t)value;
+/**
+ * Write a packed array of int32_t for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+ **/
+- (void)writeEnumArray:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                values:(GPBEnumArray *)values
+                   tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+/**
+ * Write a int32_t without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeEnumNoTag:(int32_t)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a NSString for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeString:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(NSString *)value;
+/**
+ * Write an array of NSString for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeStringArray:(int32_t)fieldNumber values:(NSArray<NSString*> *)values;
+/**
+ * Write a NSString without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeStringNoTag:(NSString *)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a GPBMessage for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeMessage:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(GPBMessage *)value;
+/**
+ * Write an array of GPBMessage for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeMessageArray:(int32_t)fieldNumber values:(NSArray<GPBMessage*> *)values;
+/**
+ * Write a GPBMessage without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeMessageNoTag:(GPBMessage *)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a NSData for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeBytes:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(NSData *)value;
+/**
+ * Write an array of NSData for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeBytesArray:(int32_t)fieldNumber values:(NSArray<NSData*> *)values;
+/**
+ * Write a NSData without any tag.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeBytesNoTag:(NSData *)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a GPBMessage for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeGroup:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+             value:(GPBMessage *)value;
+/**
+ * Write an array of GPBMessage for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeGroupArray:(int32_t)fieldNumber values:(NSArray<GPBMessage*> *)values;
+/**
+ * Write a GPBMessage without any tag (but does write the endGroup tag).
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeGroupNoTag:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                  value:(GPBMessage *)value;
+
+/**
+ * Write a GPBUnknownFieldSet for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeUnknownGroup:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                    value:(GPBUnknownFieldSet *)value;
+/**
+ * Write an array of GPBUnknownFieldSet for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+ * @param values      The values to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeUnknownGroupArray:(int32_t)fieldNumber values:(NSArray<GPBUnknownFieldSet*> *)values;
+/**
+ * Write a GPBUnknownFieldSet without any tag (but does write the endGroup tag).
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+ * @param value       The value to write out.
+ **/
+- (void)writeUnknownGroupNoTag:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+                         value:(GPBUnknownFieldSet *)value;
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND-END _WRITE_DECLS()
+
+/**
+Write a MessageSet extension field to the stream. For historical reasons,
+the wire format differs from normal fields.
+
+@param fieldNumber The extension field number to write out.
+@param value       The message from where to get the extension.
+*/
+- (void)writeMessageSetExtension:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(GPBMessage *)value;
+
+/**
+Write an unparsed MessageSet extension field to the stream. For historical
+reasons, the wire format differs from normal fields.
+
+@param fieldNumber The extension field number to write out.
+@param value       The raw message from where to get the extension.
+*/
+- (void)writeRawMessageSetExtension:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(NSData *)value;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+// Write methods for types that can be in packed arrays.
+//%PDDM-DEFINE _WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(NAME, ARRAY_TYPE, TYPE)
+//%/**
+//% * Write a TYPE for the given field number.
+//% *
+//% * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+//% * @param value       The value to write out.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)write##NAME:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(TYPE)value;
+//%/**
+//% * Write a packed array of TYPE for the given field number.
+//% *
+//% * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+//% * @param values      The values to write out.
+//% * @param tag         The tag assigned to the values.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)write##NAME##Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+//%       NAME$S     values:(GPB##ARRAY_TYPE##Array *)values
+//%       NAME$S        tag:(uint32_t)tag;
+//%/**
+//% * Write a TYPE without any tag.
+//% *
+//% * @param value The value to write out.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)write##NAME##NoTag:(TYPE)value;
+//%
+// Write methods for types that aren't in packed arrays.
+//%PDDM-DEFINE _WRITE_UNPACKABLE_DECLS(NAME, TYPE)
+//%/**
+//% * Write a TYPE for the given field number.
+//% *
+//% * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+//% * @param value       The value to write out.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)write##NAME:(int32_t)fieldNumber value:(TYPE *)value;
+//%/**
+//% * Write an array of TYPE for the given field number.
+//% *
+//% * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+//% * @param values      The values to write out.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)write##NAME##Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber values:(NSArray<##TYPE##*> *)values;
+//%/**
+//% * Write a TYPE without any tag.
+//% *
+//% * @param value The value to write out.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)write##NAME##NoTag:(TYPE *)value;
+//%
+// Special write methods for Groups.
+//%PDDM-DEFINE _WRITE_GROUP_DECLS(NAME, TYPE)
+//%/**
+//% * Write a TYPE for the given field number.
+//% *
+//% * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+//% * @param value       The value to write out.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)write##NAME:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+//%       NAME$S value:(TYPE *)value;
+//%/**
+//% * Write an array of TYPE for the given field number.
+//% *
+//% * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the values.
+//% * @param values      The values to write out.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)write##NAME##Array:(int32_t)fieldNumber values:(NSArray<##TYPE##*> *)values;
+//%/**
+//% * Write a TYPE without any tag (but does write the endGroup tag).
+//% *
+//% * @param fieldNumber The field number assigned to the value.
+//% * @param value       The value to write out.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)write##NAME##NoTag:(int32_t)fieldNumber
+//%            NAME$S value:(TYPE *)value;
+//%
+
+// One macro to hide it all up above.
+//%PDDM-DEFINE _WRITE_DECLS()
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(Double, Double, double)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(Float, Float, float)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(UInt64, UInt64, uint64_t)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(Int64, Int64, int64_t)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(Int32, Int32, int32_t)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(UInt32, UInt32, uint32_t)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(Fixed64, UInt64, uint64_t)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(Fixed32, UInt32, uint32_t)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(SInt32, Int32, int32_t)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(SInt64, Int64, int64_t)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(SFixed64, Int64, int64_t)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(SFixed32, Int32, int32_t)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(Bool, Bool, BOOL)
+//%_WRITE_PACKABLE_DECLS(Enum, Enum, int32_t)
+//%_WRITE_UNPACKABLE_DECLS(String, NSString)
+//%_WRITE_UNPACKABLE_DECLS(Message, GPBMessage)
+//%_WRITE_UNPACKABLE_DECLS(Bytes, NSData)
+//%_WRITE_GROUP_DECLS(Group, GPBMessage)
+//%_WRITE_GROUP_DECLS(UnknownGroup, GPBUnknownFieldSet)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBCodedOutputStream_PackagePrivate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2016 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import "GPBCodedOutputStream.h"
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+size_t GPBComputeDoubleSize(int32_t fieldNumber, double value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeFloatSize(int32_t fieldNumber, float value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeUInt64Size(int32_t fieldNumber, uint64_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeInt64Size(int32_t fieldNumber, int64_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeInt32Size(int32_t fieldNumber, int32_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeFixed64Size(int32_t fieldNumber, uint64_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeFixed32Size(int32_t fieldNumber, uint32_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeBoolSize(int32_t fieldNumber, BOOL value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeStringSize(int32_t fieldNumber, NSString *value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeGroupSize(int32_t fieldNumber, GPBMessage *value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeUnknownGroupSize(int32_t fieldNumber,
+                                  GPBUnknownFieldSet *value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeMessageSize(int32_t fieldNumber, GPBMessage *value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeBytesSize(int32_t fieldNumber, NSData *value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeUInt32Size(int32_t fieldNumber, uint32_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeSFixed32Size(int32_t fieldNumber, int32_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeSFixed64Size(int32_t fieldNumber, int64_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeSInt32Size(int32_t fieldNumber, int32_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeSInt64Size(int32_t fieldNumber, int64_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeTagSize(int32_t fieldNumber) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeWireFormatTagSize(int field_number, GPBDataType dataType)
+    __attribute__((const));
+
+size_t GPBComputeDoubleSizeNoTag(double value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeFloatSizeNoTag(float value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeUInt64SizeNoTag(uint64_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeInt64SizeNoTag(int64_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeInt32SizeNoTag(int32_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeFixed64SizeNoTag(uint64_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeFixed32SizeNoTag(uint32_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeBoolSizeNoTag(BOOL value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeStringSizeNoTag(NSString *value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeGroupSizeNoTag(GPBMessage *value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeUnknownGroupSizeNoTag(GPBUnknownFieldSet *value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeMessageSizeNoTag(GPBMessage *value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeBytesSizeNoTag(NSData *value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeUInt32SizeNoTag(int32_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeEnumSizeNoTag(int32_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeSFixed32SizeNoTag(int32_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeSFixed64SizeNoTag(int64_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeSInt32SizeNoTag(int32_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeSInt64SizeNoTag(int64_t value) __attribute__((const));
+
+// Note that this will calculate the size of 64 bit values truncated to 32.
+size_t GPBComputeSizeTSizeAsInt32NoTag(size_t value) __attribute__((const));
+
+size_t GPBComputeRawVarint32Size(int32_t value) __attribute__((const));
+size_t GPBComputeRawVarint64Size(int64_t value) __attribute__((const));
+
+// Note that this will calculate the size of 64 bit values truncated to 32.
+size_t GPBComputeRawVarint32SizeForInteger(NSInteger value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+
+// Compute the number of bytes that would be needed to encode a
+// MessageSet extension to the stream.  For historical reasons,
+// the wire format differs from normal fields.
+size_t GPBComputeMessageSetExtensionSize(int32_t fieldNumber, GPBMessage *value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+
+// Compute the number of bytes that would be needed to encode an
+// unparsed MessageSet extension field to the stream.  For
+// historical reasons, the wire format differs from normal fields.
+size_t GPBComputeRawMessageSetExtensionSize(int32_t fieldNumber, NSData *value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+
+size_t GPBComputeEnumSize(int32_t fieldNumber, int32_t value)
+    __attribute__((const));
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBDescriptor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBRuntimeTypes.h"
+
+@class GPBEnumDescriptor;
+@class GPBFieldDescriptor;
+@class GPBFileDescriptor;
+@class GPBOneofDescriptor;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/** Syntax used in the proto file. */
+typedef NS_ENUM(uint8_t, GPBFileSyntax) {
+  /** Unknown syntax. */
+  GPBFileSyntaxUnknown = 0,
+  /** Proto2 syntax. */
+  GPBFileSyntaxProto2 = 2,
+  /** Proto3 syntax. */
+  GPBFileSyntaxProto3 = 3,
+};
+
+/** Type of proto field. */
+typedef NS_ENUM(uint8_t, GPBFieldType) {
+  /** Optional/required field. Only valid for proto2 fields. */
+  GPBFieldTypeSingle,
+  /** Repeated field. */
+  GPBFieldTypeRepeated,
+  /** Map field. */
+  GPBFieldTypeMap,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Describes a proto message.
+ **/
+@interface GPBDescriptor : NSObject<NSCopying>
+
+/** Name of the message. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, copy) NSString *name;
+/** Fields declared in the message. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, strong, nullable) NSArray<GPBFieldDescriptor*> *fields;
+/** Oneofs declared in the message. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, strong, nullable) NSArray<GPBOneofDescriptor*> *oneofs;
+/** Extension range declared for the message. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, nullable) const GPBExtensionRange *extensionRanges;
+/** Number of extension ranges declared for the message. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) uint32_t extensionRangesCount;
+/** Descriptor for the file where the message was defined. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, assign) GPBFileDescriptor *file;
+
+/** Whether the message is in wire format or not. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, getter=isWireFormat) BOOL wireFormat;
+/** The class of this message. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) Class messageClass;
+/** Containing message descriptor if this message is nested, or nil otherwise. */
+@property(readonly, nullable) GPBDescriptor *containingType;
+/**
+ * Fully qualified name for this message (package.message). Can be nil if the
+ * value is unable to be computed.
+ */
+@property(readonly, nullable) NSString *fullName;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the field for the given number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The number for the field to get.
+ *
+ * @return The field descriptor for the given number, or nil if not found.
+ **/
+- (nullable GPBFieldDescriptor *)fieldWithNumber:(uint32_t)fieldNumber;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the field for the given name.
+ *
+ * @param name The name for the field to get.
+ *
+ * @return The field descriptor for the given name, or nil if not found.
+ **/
+- (nullable GPBFieldDescriptor *)fieldWithName:(NSString *)name;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the oneof for the given name.
+ *
+ * @param name The name for the oneof to get.
+ *
+ * @return The oneof descriptor for the given name, or nil if not found.
+ **/
+- (nullable GPBOneofDescriptor *)oneofWithName:(NSString *)name;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Describes a proto file.
+ **/
+@interface GPBFileDescriptor : NSObject
+
+/** The package declared in the proto file. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, copy) NSString *package;
+/** The objc prefix declared in the proto file. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, copy, nullable) NSString *objcPrefix;
+/** The syntax of the proto file. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBFileSyntax syntax;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Describes a oneof field.
+ **/
+@interface GPBOneofDescriptor : NSObject
+/** Name of the oneof field. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSString *name;
+/** Fields declared in the oneof. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSArray<GPBFieldDescriptor*> *fields;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the field for the given number.
+ *
+ * @param fieldNumber The number for the field to get.
+ *
+ * @return The field descriptor for the given number, or nil if not found.
+ **/
+- (nullable GPBFieldDescriptor *)fieldWithNumber:(uint32_t)fieldNumber;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the field for the given name.
+ *
+ * @param name The name for the field to get.
+ *
+ * @return The field descriptor for the given name, or nil if not found.
+ **/
+- (nullable GPBFieldDescriptor *)fieldWithName:(NSString *)name;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Describes a proto field.
+ **/
+@interface GPBFieldDescriptor : NSObject
+
+/** Name of the field. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, copy) NSString *name;
+/** Number associated with the field. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) uint32_t number;
+/** Data type contained in the field. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBDataType dataType;
+/** Whether it has a default value or not. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) BOOL hasDefaultValue;
+/** Default value for the field. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBGenericValue defaultValue;
+/** Whether this field is required. Only valid for proto2 fields. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, getter=isRequired) BOOL required;
+/** Whether this field is optional. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, getter=isOptional) BOOL optional;
+/** Type of field (single, repeated, map). */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBFieldType fieldType;
+/** Type of the key if the field is a map. The value's type is -fieldType. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBDataType mapKeyDataType;
+/** Whether the field is packable. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, getter=isPackable) BOOL packable;
+
+/** The containing oneof if this field is part of one, nil otherwise. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, assign, nullable) GPBOneofDescriptor *containingOneof;
+
+/** Class of the message if the field is of message type. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, assign, nullable) Class msgClass;
+
+/** Descriptor for the enum if this field is an enum. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, strong, nullable) GPBEnumDescriptor *enumDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Checks whether the given enum raw value is a valid enum value.
+ *
+ * @param value The raw enum value to check.
+ *
+ * @return YES if value is a valid enum raw value.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)isValidEnumValue:(int32_t)value;
+
+/** @return Name for the text format, or nil if not known. */
+- (nullable NSString *)textFormatName;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Describes a proto enum.
+ **/
+@interface GPBEnumDescriptor : NSObject
+
+/** Name of the enum. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, copy) NSString *name;
+/** Function that validates that raw values are valid enum values. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBEnumValidationFunc enumVerifier;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the enum value name for the given raw enum.
+ *
+ * @param number The raw enum value.
+ *
+ * @return The name of the enum value passed, or nil if not valid.
+ **/
+- (nullable NSString *)enumNameForValue:(int32_t)number;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the enum raw value for the given enum name.
+ *
+ * @param outValue A pointer where the value will be set.
+ * @param name     The enum name for which to get the raw value.
+ *
+ * @return YES if a value was copied into the pointer, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getValue:(nullable int32_t *)outValue forEnumName:(NSString *)name;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the text format for the given raw enum value.
+ *
+ * @param number The raw enum value.
+ *
+ * @return The text format name for the raw enum value, or nil if not valid.
+ **/
+- (nullable NSString *)textFormatNameForValue:(int32_t)number;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the enum raw value for the given text format name.
+ *
+ * @param outValue       A pointer where the value will be set.
+ * @param textFormatName The text format name for which to get the raw value.
+ *
+ * @return YES if a value was copied into the pointer, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getValue:(nullable int32_t *)outValue forEnumTextFormatName:(NSString *)textFormatName;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Describes a proto extension.
+ **/
+@interface GPBExtensionDescriptor : NSObject<NSCopying>
+/** Field number under which the extension is stored. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) uint32_t fieldNumber;
+/** The containing message class, i.e. the class extended by this extension. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) Class containingMessageClass;
+/** Data type contained in the extension. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBDataType dataType;
+/** Whether the extension is repeated. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, getter=isRepeated) BOOL repeated;
+/** Whether the extension is packable. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, getter=isPackable) BOOL packable;
+/** The class of the message if the extension is of message type. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, assign) Class msgClass;
+/** The singleton name for the extension. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSString *singletonName;
+/** The enum descriptor if the extension is of enum type. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, strong, nullable) GPBEnumDescriptor *enumDescriptor;
+/** The default value for the extension. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, nullable) id defaultValue;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBDescriptor_PackagePrivate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+// This header is private to the ProtobolBuffers library and must NOT be
+// included by any sources outside this library. The contents of this file are
+// subject to change at any time without notice.
+
+#import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+#import "GPBWireFormat.h"
+
+// Describes attributes of the field.
+typedef NS_OPTIONS(uint16_t, GPBFieldFlags) {
+  GPBFieldNone            = 0,
+  // These map to standard protobuf concepts.
+  GPBFieldRequired        = 1 << 0,
+  GPBFieldRepeated        = 1 << 1,
+  GPBFieldPacked          = 1 << 2,
+  GPBFieldOptional        = 1 << 3,
+  GPBFieldHasDefaultValue = 1 << 4,
+
+  // Indicates the field needs custom handling for the TextFormat name, if not
+  // set, the name can be derived from the ObjC name.
+  GPBFieldTextFormatNameCustom = 1 << 6,
+  // Indicates the field has an enum descriptor.
+  GPBFieldHasEnumDescriptor = 1 << 7,
+
+  // These are not standard protobuf concepts, they are specific to the
+  // Objective C runtime.
+
+  // These bits are used to mark the field as a map and what the key
+  // type is.
+  GPBFieldMapKeyMask     = 0xF << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeyInt32    =  1 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeyInt64    =  2 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeyUInt32   =  3 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeyUInt64   =  4 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeySInt32   =  5 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeySInt64   =  6 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeyFixed32  =  7 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeyFixed64  =  8 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeySFixed32 =  9 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeySFixed64 = 10 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeyBool     = 11 << 8,
+  GPBFieldMapKeyString   = 12 << 8,
+};
+
+// NOTE: The structures defined here have their members ordered to minimize
+// their size. This directly impacts the size of apps since these exist per
+// field/extension.
+
+// Describes a single field in a protobuf as it is represented as an ivar.
+typedef struct GPBMessageFieldDescription {
+  // Name of ivar.
+  const char *name;
+  union {
+    const char *className;  // Name for message class.
+    // For enums only: If EnumDescriptors are compiled in, it will be that,
+    // otherwise it will be the verifier.
+    GPBEnumDescriptorFunc enumDescFunc;
+    GPBEnumValidationFunc enumVerifier;
+  } dataTypeSpecific;
+  // The field number for the ivar.
+  uint32_t number;
+  // The index (in bits) into _has_storage_.
+  //   >= 0: the bit to use for a value being set.
+  //   = GPBNoHasBit(INT32_MAX): no storage used.
+  //   < 0: in a oneOf, use a full int32 to record the field active.
+  int32_t hasIndex;
+  // Offset of the variable into it's structure struct.
+  uint32_t offset;
+  // Field flags. Use accessor functions below.
+  GPBFieldFlags flags;
+  // Data type of the ivar.
+  GPBDataType dataType;
+} GPBMessageFieldDescription;
+
+// Fields in messages defined in a 'proto2' syntax file can provide a default
+// value. This struct provides the default along with the field info.
+typedef struct GPBMessageFieldDescriptionWithDefault {
+  // Default value for the ivar.
+  GPBGenericValue defaultValue;
+
+  GPBMessageFieldDescription core;
+} GPBMessageFieldDescriptionWithDefault;
+
+// Describes attributes of the extension.
+typedef NS_OPTIONS(uint8_t, GPBExtensionOptions) {
+  GPBExtensionNone          = 0,
+  // These map to standard protobuf concepts.
+  GPBExtensionRepeated      = 1 << 0,
+  GPBExtensionPacked        = 1 << 1,
+  GPBExtensionSetWireFormat = 1 << 2,
+};
+
+// An extension
+typedef struct GPBExtensionDescription {
+  GPBGenericValue defaultValue;
+  const char *singletonName;
+  const char *extendedClass;
+  const char *messageOrGroupClassName;
+  GPBEnumDescriptorFunc enumDescriptorFunc;
+  int32_t fieldNumber;
+  GPBDataType dataType;
+  GPBExtensionOptions options;
+} GPBExtensionDescription;
+
+typedef NS_OPTIONS(uint32_t, GPBDescriptorInitializationFlags) {
+  GPBDescriptorInitializationFlag_None              = 0,
+  GPBDescriptorInitializationFlag_FieldsWithDefault = 1 << 0,
+  GPBDescriptorInitializationFlag_WireFormat        = 1 << 1,
+};
+
+@interface GPBDescriptor () {
+ @package
+  NSArray *fields_;
+  NSArray *oneofs_;
+  uint32_t storageSize_;
+}
+
+// fieldDescriptions have to be long lived, they are held as raw pointers.
++ (instancetype)
+    allocDescriptorForClass:(Class)messageClass
+                  rootClass:(Class)rootClass
+                       file:(GPBFileDescriptor *)file
+                     fields:(void *)fieldDescriptions
+                 fieldCount:(uint32_t)fieldCount
+                storageSize:(uint32_t)storageSize
+                      flags:(GPBDescriptorInitializationFlags)flags;
+
+- (instancetype)initWithClass:(Class)messageClass
+                         file:(GPBFileDescriptor *)file
+                       fields:(NSArray *)fields
+                  storageSize:(uint32_t)storage
+                   wireFormat:(BOOL)wireFormat;
+
+// Called right after init to provide extra information to avoid init having
+// an explosion of args. These pointers are recorded, so they are expected
+// to live for the lifetime of the app.
+- (void)setupOneofs:(const char **)oneofNames
+              count:(uint32_t)count
+      firstHasIndex:(int32_t)firstHasIndex;
+- (void)setupExtraTextInfo:(const char *)extraTextFormatInfo;
+- (void)setupExtensionRanges:(const GPBExtensionRange *)ranges count:(int32_t)count;
+- (void)setupContainingMessageClassName:(const char *)msgClassName;
+- (void)setupMessageClassNameSuffix:(NSString *)suffix;
+
+@end
+
+@interface GPBFileDescriptor ()
+- (instancetype)initWithPackage:(NSString *)package
+                     objcPrefix:(NSString *)objcPrefix
+                         syntax:(GPBFileSyntax)syntax;
+- (instancetype)initWithPackage:(NSString *)package
+                         syntax:(GPBFileSyntax)syntax;
+@end
+
+@interface GPBOneofDescriptor () {
+ @package
+  const char *name_;
+  NSArray *fields_;
+  SEL caseSel_;
+}
+// name must be long lived.
+- (instancetype)initWithName:(const char *)name fields:(NSArray *)fields;
+@end
+
+@interface GPBFieldDescriptor () {
+ @package
+  GPBMessageFieldDescription *description_;
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBOneofDescriptor *containingOneof_;
+
+  SEL getSel_;
+  SEL setSel_;
+  SEL hasOrCountSel_;  // *Count for map<>/repeated fields, has* otherwise.
+  SEL setHasSel_;
+}
+
+// Single initializer
+// description has to be long lived, it is held as a raw pointer.
+- (instancetype)initWithFieldDescription:(void *)description
+                         includesDefault:(BOOL)includesDefault
+                                  syntax:(GPBFileSyntax)syntax;
+@end
+
+@interface GPBEnumDescriptor ()
+// valueNames, values and extraTextFormatInfo have to be long lived, they are
+// held as raw pointers.
++ (instancetype)
+    allocDescriptorForName:(NSString *)name
+                valueNames:(const char *)valueNames
+                    values:(const int32_t *)values
+                     count:(uint32_t)valueCount
+              enumVerifier:(GPBEnumValidationFunc)enumVerifier;
++ (instancetype)
+    allocDescriptorForName:(NSString *)name
+                valueNames:(const char *)valueNames
+                    values:(const int32_t *)values
+                     count:(uint32_t)valueCount
+              enumVerifier:(GPBEnumValidationFunc)enumVerifier
+       extraTextFormatInfo:(const char *)extraTextFormatInfo;
+
+- (instancetype)initWithName:(NSString *)name
+                  valueNames:(const char *)valueNames
+                      values:(const int32_t *)values
+                       count:(uint32_t)valueCount
+                enumVerifier:(GPBEnumValidationFunc)enumVerifier;
+@end
+
+@interface GPBExtensionDescriptor () {
+ @package
+  GPBExtensionDescription *description_;
+}
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBWireFormat wireType;
+
+// For repeated extensions, alternateWireType is the wireType with the opposite
+// value for the packable property.  i.e. - if the extension was marked packed
+// it would be the wire type for unpacked; if the extension was marked unpacked,
+// it would be the wire type for packed.
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBWireFormat alternateWireType;
+
+// description has to be long lived, it is held as a raw pointer.
+- (instancetype)initWithExtensionDescription:
+    (GPBExtensionDescription *)description;
+- (NSComparisonResult)compareByFieldNumber:(GPBExtensionDescriptor *)other;
+@end
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+// Direct access is use for speed, to avoid even internally declaring things
+// read/write, etc. The warning is enabled in the project to ensure code calling
+// protos can turn on -Wdirect-ivar-access without issues.
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdirect-ivar-access"
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBFieldIsMapOrArray(GPBFieldDescriptor *field) {
+  return (field->description_->flags &
+          (GPBFieldRepeated | GPBFieldMapKeyMask)) != 0;
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE GPBDataType GPBGetFieldDataType(GPBFieldDescriptor *field) {
+  return field->description_->dataType;
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE int32_t GPBFieldHasIndex(GPBFieldDescriptor *field) {
+  return field->description_->hasIndex;
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE uint32_t GPBFieldNumber(GPBFieldDescriptor *field) {
+  return field->description_->number;
+}
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+uint32_t GPBFieldTag(GPBFieldDescriptor *self);
+
+// For repeated fields, alternateWireType is the wireType with the opposite
+// value for the packable property.  i.e. - if the field was marked packed it
+// would be the wire type for unpacked; if the field was marked unpacked, it
+// would be the wire type for packed.
+uint32_t GPBFieldAlternateTag(GPBFieldDescriptor *self);
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBHasPreservingUnknownEnumSemantics(GPBFileSyntax syntax) {
+  return syntax == GPBFileSyntaxProto3;
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBExtensionIsRepeated(GPBExtensionDescription *description) {
+  return (description->options & GPBExtensionRepeated) != 0;
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBExtensionIsPacked(GPBExtensionDescription *description) {
+  return (description->options & GPBExtensionPacked) != 0;
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBExtensionIsWireFormat(GPBExtensionDescription *description) {
+  return (description->options & GPBExtensionSetWireFormat) != 0;
+}
+
+// Helper for compile time assets.
+#ifndef GPBInternalCompileAssert
+  #if __has_feature(c_static_assert) || __has_extension(c_static_assert)
+    #define GPBInternalCompileAssert(test, msg) _Static_assert((test), #msg)
+  #else
+    // Pre-Xcode 7 support.
+    #define GPBInternalCompileAssertSymbolInner(line, msg) GPBInternalCompileAssert ## line ## __ ## msg
+    #define GPBInternalCompileAssertSymbol(line, msg) GPBInternalCompileAssertSymbolInner(line, msg)
+    #define GPBInternalCompileAssert(test, msg) \
+        typedef char GPBInternalCompileAssertSymbol(__LINE__, msg) [ ((test) ? 1 : -1) ]
+  #endif  // __has_feature(c_static_assert) || __has_extension(c_static_assert)
+#endif // GPBInternalCompileAssert
+
+// Sanity check that there isn't padding between the field description
+// structures with and without a default.
+GPBInternalCompileAssert(sizeof(GPBMessageFieldDescriptionWithDefault) ==
+                         (sizeof(GPBGenericValue) +
+                          sizeof(GPBMessageFieldDescription)),
+                         DescriptionsWithDefault_different_size_than_expected);
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBDictionary.h

@@ -0,0 +1,5770 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBRuntimeTypes.h"
+
+// Note on naming: for the classes holding numeric values, a more natural
+// naming of the method might be things like "-valueForKey:",
+// "-setValue:forKey:"; etc. But those selectors are also defined by Key Value
+// Coding (KVC) as categories on NSObject. So "overloading" the selectors with
+// other meanings can cause warnings (based on compiler settings), but more
+// importantly, some of those selector get called as KVC breaks up keypaths.
+// So if those selectors are used, using KVC will compile cleanly, but could
+// crash as it invokes those selectors with the wrong types of arguments.
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND DECLARE_DICTIONARIES()
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32 -> UInt32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint32_t, uint32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32UInt32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt32s:(const uint32_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const uint32_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt32UInt32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt32:(nullable uint32_t *)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint32_t key, uint32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt32UInt32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt32:(uint32_t)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt32ForKey:(uint32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32 -> Int32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint32_t, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32Int32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt32s:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const uint32_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt32Int32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt32:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint32_t key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt32Int32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt32:(int32_t)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt32ForKey:(uint32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32 -> UInt64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint32_t, uint64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32UInt64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt64s:(const uint64_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const uint32_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt32UInt64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt64:(nullable uint64_t *)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint32_t key, uint64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt32UInt64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt64:(uint64_t)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt64ForKey:(uint32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32 -> Int64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint32_t, int64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32Int64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt64s:(const int64_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const uint32_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt32Int64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt64:(nullable int64_t *)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint32_t key, int64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt32Int64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt64:(int64_t)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt64ForKey:(uint32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32 -> Bool
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint32_t, BOOL>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32BoolDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithBools:(const BOOL [__nullable])values
+                      forKeys:(const uint32_t [__nullable])keys
+                        count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt32BoolDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getBool:(nullable BOOL *)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndBoolsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint32_t key, BOOL value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt32BoolDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setBool:(BOOL)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeBoolForKey:(uint32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32 -> Float
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint32_t, float>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32FloatDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithFloats:(const float [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const uint32_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt32FloatDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getFloat:(nullable float *)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndFloatsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint32_t key, float value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt32FloatDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setFloat:(float)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeFloatForKey:(uint32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32 -> Double
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint32_t, double>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32DoubleDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDoubles:(const double [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const uint32_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt32DoubleDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getDouble:(nullable double *)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndDoublesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint32_t key, double value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt32DoubleDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setDouble:(double)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeDoubleForKey:(uint32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32 -> Enum
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint32_t, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32EnumDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+/** The validation function to check if the enums are valid. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBEnumValidationFunc validationFunc;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given validation function.
+ *
+ * @param func The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries given.
+ *
+ * @param func   The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param values The raw enum values values to be placed in the dictionary.
+ * @param keys   The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count  The number of entries to store in the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the keys and values in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                 rawValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                                   forKeys:(const uint32_t [__nullable])keys
+                                     count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries from the given.
+ * dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries from the given
+ *         dictionary in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt32EnumDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param func     The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param numItems Capacity needed for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the given capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                  capacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+// These will return kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue if the value for the key
+// is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc. If the actual value is
+// desired, use "raw" version of the method.
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getEnum:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndEnumsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint32_t key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key      Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getRawValue:(nullable int32_t *)rawValue forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:      The key for the current entry.
+ *   **rawValue**: The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:     A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndRawValuesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint32_t key, int32_t rawValue, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and raw enum values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addRawEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt32EnumDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+// If value is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc, these
+// methods will assert in debug, and will log in release and assign the value
+// to the default value. Use the rawValue methods below to assign non enumerator
+// values.
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setEnum:(int32_t)value forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue The raw enum value to set.
+ * @param key      The key under which to store the raw enum value.
+ **/
+- (void)setRawValue:(int32_t)rawValue forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeEnumForKey:(uint32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt32 -> Object
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint32_t, ObjectType>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32ObjectDictionary<__covariant ObjectType> : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param objects      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys         The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count        The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithObjects:(const ObjectType __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])objects
+                        forKeys:(const uint32_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt32ObjectDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the object stored under the given key.
+ *
+ * @param key Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return The object if found, nil otherwise.
+ **/
+- (ObjectType)objectForKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:         The key for the current entry.
+ *   **object**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:        A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndObjectsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint32_t key, ObjectType object, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt32ObjectDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param object     The value to set.
+ * @param key        The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setObject:(ObjectType)object forKey:(uint32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeObjectForKey:(uint32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int32 -> UInt32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int32_t, uint32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32UInt32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt32s:(const uint32_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const int32_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt32UInt32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt32:(nullable uint32_t *)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int32_t key, uint32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt32UInt32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt32:(uint32_t)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt32ForKey:(int32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int32 -> Int32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int32_t, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32Int32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt32s:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const int32_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt32Int32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt32:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int32_t key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt32Int32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt32:(int32_t)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt32ForKey:(int32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int32 -> UInt64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int32_t, uint64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32UInt64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt64s:(const uint64_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const int32_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt32UInt64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt64:(nullable uint64_t *)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int32_t key, uint64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt32UInt64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt64:(uint64_t)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt64ForKey:(int32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int32 -> Int64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int32_t, int64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32Int64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt64s:(const int64_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const int32_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt32Int64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt64:(nullable int64_t *)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int32_t key, int64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt32Int64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt64:(int64_t)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt64ForKey:(int32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int32 -> Bool
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int32_t, BOOL>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32BoolDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithBools:(const BOOL [__nullable])values
+                      forKeys:(const int32_t [__nullable])keys
+                        count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt32BoolDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getBool:(nullable BOOL *)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndBoolsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int32_t key, BOOL value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt32BoolDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setBool:(BOOL)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeBoolForKey:(int32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int32 -> Float
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int32_t, float>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32FloatDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithFloats:(const float [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const int32_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt32FloatDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getFloat:(nullable float *)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndFloatsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int32_t key, float value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt32FloatDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setFloat:(float)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeFloatForKey:(int32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int32 -> Double
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int32_t, double>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32DoubleDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDoubles:(const double [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const int32_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt32DoubleDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getDouble:(nullable double *)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndDoublesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int32_t key, double value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt32DoubleDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setDouble:(double)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeDoubleForKey:(int32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int32 -> Enum
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int32_t, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32EnumDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+/** The validation function to check if the enums are valid. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBEnumValidationFunc validationFunc;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given validation function.
+ *
+ * @param func The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries given.
+ *
+ * @param func   The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param values The raw enum values values to be placed in the dictionary.
+ * @param keys   The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count  The number of entries to store in the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the keys and values in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                 rawValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                                   forKeys:(const int32_t [__nullable])keys
+                                     count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries from the given.
+ * dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries from the given
+ *         dictionary in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt32EnumDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param func     The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param numItems Capacity needed for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the given capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                  capacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+// These will return kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue if the value for the key
+// is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc. If the actual value is
+// desired, use "raw" version of the method.
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getEnum:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndEnumsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int32_t key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key      Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getRawValue:(nullable int32_t *)rawValue forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:      The key for the current entry.
+ *   **rawValue**: The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:     A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndRawValuesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int32_t key, int32_t rawValue, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and raw enum values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addRawEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt32EnumDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+// If value is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc, these
+// methods will assert in debug, and will log in release and assign the value
+// to the default value. Use the rawValue methods below to assign non enumerator
+// values.
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setEnum:(int32_t)value forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue The raw enum value to set.
+ * @param key      The key under which to store the raw enum value.
+ **/
+- (void)setRawValue:(int32_t)rawValue forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeEnumForKey:(int32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int32 -> Object
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int32_t, ObjectType>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32ObjectDictionary<__covariant ObjectType> : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param objects      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys         The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count        The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithObjects:(const ObjectType __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])objects
+                        forKeys:(const int32_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt32ObjectDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the object stored under the given key.
+ *
+ * @param key Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return The object if found, nil otherwise.
+ **/
+- (ObjectType)objectForKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:         The key for the current entry.
+ *   **object**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:        A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndObjectsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int32_t key, ObjectType object, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt32ObjectDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param object     The value to set.
+ * @param key        The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setObject:(ObjectType)object forKey:(int32_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeObjectForKey:(int32_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64 -> UInt32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint64_t, uint32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64UInt32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt32s:(const uint32_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const uint64_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt64UInt32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt32:(nullable uint32_t *)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint64_t key, uint32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt64UInt32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt32:(uint32_t)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt32ForKey:(uint64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64 -> Int32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint64_t, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64Int32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt32s:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const uint64_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt64Int32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt32:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint64_t key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt64Int32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt32:(int32_t)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt32ForKey:(uint64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64 -> UInt64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint64_t, uint64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64UInt64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt64s:(const uint64_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const uint64_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt64UInt64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt64:(nullable uint64_t *)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint64_t key, uint64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt64UInt64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt64:(uint64_t)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt64ForKey:(uint64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64 -> Int64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint64_t, int64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64Int64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt64s:(const int64_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const uint64_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt64Int64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt64:(nullable int64_t *)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint64_t key, int64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt64Int64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt64:(int64_t)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt64ForKey:(uint64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64 -> Bool
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint64_t, BOOL>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64BoolDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithBools:(const BOOL [__nullable])values
+                      forKeys:(const uint64_t [__nullable])keys
+                        count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt64BoolDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getBool:(nullable BOOL *)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndBoolsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint64_t key, BOOL value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt64BoolDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setBool:(BOOL)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeBoolForKey:(uint64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64 -> Float
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint64_t, float>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64FloatDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithFloats:(const float [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const uint64_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt64FloatDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getFloat:(nullable float *)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndFloatsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint64_t key, float value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt64FloatDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setFloat:(float)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeFloatForKey:(uint64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64 -> Double
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint64_t, double>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64DoubleDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDoubles:(const double [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const uint64_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt64DoubleDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getDouble:(nullable double *)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndDoublesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint64_t key, double value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt64DoubleDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setDouble:(double)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeDoubleForKey:(uint64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64 -> Enum
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint64_t, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64EnumDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+/** The validation function to check if the enums are valid. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBEnumValidationFunc validationFunc;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given validation function.
+ *
+ * @param func The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries given.
+ *
+ * @param func   The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param values The raw enum values values to be placed in the dictionary.
+ * @param keys   The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count  The number of entries to store in the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the keys and values in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                 rawValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                                   forKeys:(const uint64_t [__nullable])keys
+                                     count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries from the given.
+ * dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries from the given
+ *         dictionary in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt64EnumDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param func     The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param numItems Capacity needed for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the given capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                  capacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+// These will return kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue if the value for the key
+// is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc. If the actual value is
+// desired, use "raw" version of the method.
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getEnum:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndEnumsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint64_t key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key      Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getRawValue:(nullable int32_t *)rawValue forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:      The key for the current entry.
+ *   **rawValue**: The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:     A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndRawValuesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint64_t key, int32_t rawValue, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and raw enum values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addRawEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt64EnumDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+// If value is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc, these
+// methods will assert in debug, and will log in release and assign the value
+// to the default value. Use the rawValue methods below to assign non enumerator
+// values.
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setEnum:(int32_t)value forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue The raw enum value to set.
+ * @param key      The key under which to store the raw enum value.
+ **/
+- (void)setRawValue:(int32_t)rawValue forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeEnumForKey:(uint64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - UInt64 -> Object
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <uint64_t, ObjectType>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64ObjectDictionary<__covariant ObjectType> : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param objects      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys         The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count        The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithObjects:(const ObjectType __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])objects
+                        forKeys:(const uint64_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBUInt64ObjectDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the object stored under the given key.
+ *
+ * @param key Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return The object if found, nil otherwise.
+ **/
+- (ObjectType)objectForKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:         The key for the current entry.
+ *   **object**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:        A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndObjectsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(uint64_t key, ObjectType object, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBUInt64ObjectDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param object     The value to set.
+ * @param key        The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setObject:(ObjectType)object forKey:(uint64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeObjectForKey:(uint64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64 -> UInt32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int64_t, uint32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64UInt32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt32s:(const uint32_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const int64_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt64UInt32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt32:(nullable uint32_t *)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int64_t key, uint32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt64UInt32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt32:(uint32_t)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt32ForKey:(int64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64 -> Int32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int64_t, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64Int32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt32s:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const int64_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt64Int32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt32:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int64_t key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt64Int32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt32:(int32_t)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt32ForKey:(int64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64 -> UInt64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int64_t, uint64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64UInt64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt64s:(const uint64_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const int64_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt64UInt64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt64:(nullable uint64_t *)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int64_t key, uint64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt64UInt64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt64:(uint64_t)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt64ForKey:(int64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64 -> Int64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int64_t, int64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64Int64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt64s:(const int64_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const int64_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt64Int64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt64:(nullable int64_t *)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int64_t key, int64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt64Int64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt64:(int64_t)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt64ForKey:(int64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64 -> Bool
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int64_t, BOOL>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64BoolDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithBools:(const BOOL [__nullable])values
+                      forKeys:(const int64_t [__nullable])keys
+                        count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt64BoolDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getBool:(nullable BOOL *)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndBoolsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int64_t key, BOOL value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt64BoolDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setBool:(BOOL)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeBoolForKey:(int64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64 -> Float
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int64_t, float>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64FloatDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithFloats:(const float [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const int64_t [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt64FloatDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getFloat:(nullable float *)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndFloatsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int64_t key, float value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt64FloatDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setFloat:(float)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeFloatForKey:(int64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64 -> Double
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int64_t, double>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64DoubleDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDoubles:(const double [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const int64_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt64DoubleDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getDouble:(nullable double *)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndDoublesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int64_t key, double value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt64DoubleDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setDouble:(double)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeDoubleForKey:(int64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64 -> Enum
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int64_t, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64EnumDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+/** The validation function to check if the enums are valid. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBEnumValidationFunc validationFunc;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given validation function.
+ *
+ * @param func The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries given.
+ *
+ * @param func   The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param values The raw enum values values to be placed in the dictionary.
+ * @param keys   The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count  The number of entries to store in the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the keys and values in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                 rawValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                                   forKeys:(const int64_t [__nullable])keys
+                                     count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries from the given.
+ * dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries from the given
+ *         dictionary in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt64EnumDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param func     The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param numItems Capacity needed for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the given capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                  capacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+// These will return kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue if the value for the key
+// is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc. If the actual value is
+// desired, use "raw" version of the method.
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getEnum:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndEnumsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int64_t key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key      Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getRawValue:(nullable int32_t *)rawValue forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:      The key for the current entry.
+ *   **rawValue**: The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:     A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndRawValuesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int64_t key, int32_t rawValue, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and raw enum values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addRawEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt64EnumDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+// If value is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc, these
+// methods will assert in debug, and will log in release and assign the value
+// to the default value. Use the rawValue methods below to assign non enumerator
+// values.
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setEnum:(int32_t)value forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue The raw enum value to set.
+ * @param key      The key under which to store the raw enum value.
+ **/
+- (void)setRawValue:(int32_t)rawValue forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeEnumForKey:(int64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Int64 -> Object
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <int64_t, ObjectType>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64ObjectDictionary<__covariant ObjectType> : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param objects      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys         The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count        The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithObjects:(const ObjectType __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])objects
+                        forKeys:(const int64_t [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBInt64ObjectDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the object stored under the given key.
+ *
+ * @param key Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return The object if found, nil otherwise.
+ **/
+- (ObjectType)objectForKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:         The key for the current entry.
+ *   **object**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:        A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndObjectsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(int64_t key, ObjectType object, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBInt64ObjectDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param object     The value to set.
+ * @param key        The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setObject:(ObjectType)object forKey:(int64_t)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeObjectForKey:(int64_t)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool -> UInt32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <BOOL, uint32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolUInt32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt32s:(const uint32_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const BOOL [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBBoolUInt32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt32:(nullable uint32_t *)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(BOOL key, uint32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBBoolUInt32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt32:(uint32_t)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt32ForKey:(BOOL)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool -> Int32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <BOOL, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolInt32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt32s:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const BOOL [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBBoolInt32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt32:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(BOOL key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBBoolInt32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt32:(int32_t)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt32ForKey:(BOOL)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool -> UInt64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <BOOL, uint64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolUInt64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt64s:(const uint64_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const BOOL [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBBoolUInt64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt64:(nullable uint64_t *)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(BOOL key, uint64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBBoolUInt64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt64:(uint64_t)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt64ForKey:(BOOL)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool -> Int64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <BOOL, int64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolInt64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt64s:(const int64_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const BOOL [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBBoolInt64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt64:(nullable int64_t *)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(BOOL key, int64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBBoolInt64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt64:(int64_t)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt64ForKey:(BOOL)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool -> Bool
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <BOOL, BOOL>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolBoolDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithBools:(const BOOL [__nullable])values
+                      forKeys:(const BOOL [__nullable])keys
+                        count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBBoolBoolDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getBool:(nullable BOOL *)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndBoolsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(BOOL key, BOOL value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBBoolBoolDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setBool:(BOOL)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeBoolForKey:(BOOL)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool -> Float
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <BOOL, float>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolFloatDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithFloats:(const float [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const BOOL [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBBoolFloatDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getFloat:(nullable float *)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndFloatsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(BOOL key, float value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBBoolFloatDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setFloat:(float)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeFloatForKey:(BOOL)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool -> Double
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <BOOL, double>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolDoubleDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDoubles:(const double [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const BOOL [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBBoolDoubleDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getDouble:(nullable double *)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndDoublesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(BOOL key, double value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBBoolDoubleDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setDouble:(double)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeDoubleForKey:(BOOL)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool -> Enum
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <BOOL, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolEnumDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+/** The validation function to check if the enums are valid. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBEnumValidationFunc validationFunc;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given validation function.
+ *
+ * @param func The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries given.
+ *
+ * @param func   The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param values The raw enum values values to be placed in the dictionary.
+ * @param keys   The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count  The number of entries to store in the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the keys and values in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                 rawValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                                   forKeys:(const BOOL [__nullable])keys
+                                     count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries from the given.
+ * dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries from the given
+ *         dictionary in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBBoolEnumDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param func     The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param numItems Capacity needed for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the given capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                  capacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+// These will return kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue if the value for the key
+// is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc. If the actual value is
+// desired, use "raw" version of the method.
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getEnum:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndEnumsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(BOOL key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key      Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getRawValue:(nullable int32_t *)rawValue forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:      The key for the current entry.
+ *   **rawValue**: The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:     A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndRawValuesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(BOOL key, int32_t rawValue, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and raw enum values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addRawEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBBoolEnumDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+// If value is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc, these
+// methods will assert in debug, and will log in release and assign the value
+// to the default value. Use the rawValue methods below to assign non enumerator
+// values.
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setEnum:(int32_t)value forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue The raw enum value to set.
+ * @param key      The key under which to store the raw enum value.
+ **/
+- (void)setRawValue:(int32_t)rawValue forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeEnumForKey:(BOOL)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Bool -> Object
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <BOOL, ObjectType>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolObjectDictionary<__covariant ObjectType> : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param objects      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys         The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count        The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithObjects:(const ObjectType __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])objects
+                        forKeys:(const BOOL [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBBoolObjectDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the object stored under the given key.
+ *
+ * @param key Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return The object if found, nil otherwise.
+ **/
+- (ObjectType)objectForKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:         The key for the current entry.
+ *   **object**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:        A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndObjectsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(BOOL key, ObjectType object, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBBoolObjectDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param object     The value to set.
+ * @param key        The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setObject:(ObjectType)object forKey:(BOOL)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeObjectForKey:(BOOL)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - String -> UInt32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <NSString, uint32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStringUInt32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt32s:(const uint32_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const NSString * __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBStringUInt32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt32:(nullable uint32_t *)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(NSString *key, uint32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBStringUInt32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt32:(uint32_t)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt32ForKey:(NSString *)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - String -> Int32
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <NSString, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStringInt32Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt32s:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const NSString * __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBStringInt32Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt32:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt32sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(NSString *key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBStringInt32Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt32:(int32_t)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt32ForKey:(NSString *)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - String -> UInt64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <NSString, uint64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStringUInt64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithUInt64s:(const uint64_t [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const NSString * __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBStringUInt64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getUInt64:(nullable uint64_t *)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndUInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(NSString *key, uint64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBStringUInt64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setUInt64:(uint64_t)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeUInt64ForKey:(NSString *)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - String -> Int64
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <NSString, int64_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStringInt64Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithInt64s:(const int64_t [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const NSString * __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBStringInt64Dictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getInt64:(nullable int64_t *)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndInt64sUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(NSString *key, int64_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBStringInt64Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setInt64:(int64_t)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeInt64ForKey:(NSString *)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - String -> Bool
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <NSString, BOOL>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStringBoolDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithBools:(const BOOL [__nullable])values
+                      forKeys:(const NSString * __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])keys
+                        count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBStringBoolDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getBool:(nullable BOOL *)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndBoolsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(NSString *key, BOOL value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBStringBoolDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setBool:(BOOL)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeBoolForKey:(NSString *)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - String -> Float
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <NSString, float>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStringFloatDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithFloats:(const float [__nullable])values
+                       forKeys:(const NSString * __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])keys
+                         count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBStringFloatDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getFloat:(nullable float *)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndFloatsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(NSString *key, float value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBStringFloatDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setFloat:(float)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeFloatForKey:(NSString *)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - String -> Double
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <NSString, double>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStringDoubleDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+ *
+ * @param values      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+ * @param keys        The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count       The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDoubles:(const double [__nullable])values
+                        forKeys:(const NSString * __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])keys
+                          count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBStringDoubleDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ *
+ * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getDouble:(nullable double *)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndDoublesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(NSString *key, double value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBStringDoubleDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setDouble:(double)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeDoubleForKey:(NSString *)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - String -> Enum
+
+/**
+ * Class used for map fields of <NSString, int32_t>
+ * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+ *
+ * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStringEnumDictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+
+/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+/** The validation function to check if the enums are valid. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBEnumValidationFunc validationFunc;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given validation function.
+ *
+ * @param func The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries given.
+ *
+ * @param func   The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param values The raw enum values values to be placed in the dictionary.
+ * @param keys   The keys under which to store the values.
+ * @param count  The number of entries to store in the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the keys and values in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                 rawValues:(const int32_t [__nullable])values
+                                   forKeys:(const NSString * __nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED [__nullable])keys
+                                     count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the entries from the given.
+ * dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries from the given
+ *         dictionary in it.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPBStringEnumDictionary *)dictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a dictionary with the given capacity.
+ *
+ * @param func     The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+ * @param numItems Capacity needed for the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the given capacity.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+                                  capacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+
+// These will return kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue if the value for the key
+// is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc. If the actual value is
+// desired, use "raw" version of the method.
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getEnum:(nullable int32_t *)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:        The key for the current entry.
+ *   **value**:      The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:       A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndEnumsUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(NSString *key, int32_t value, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Gets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+ * @param key      Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)getRawValue:(nullable int32_t *)rawValue forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+ *   **key**:      The key for the current entry.
+ *   **rawValue**: The value for the current entry
+ *   **stop**:     A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+ **/
+- (void)enumerateKeysAndRawValuesUsingBlock:
+    (void (^)(NSString *key, int32_t rawValue, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the keys and raw enum values from another dictionary.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+ *                        dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)addRawEntriesFromDictionary:(GPBStringEnumDictionary *)otherDictionary;
+
+// If value is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc, these
+// methods will assert in debug, and will log in release and assign the value
+// to the default value. Use the rawValue methods below to assign non enumerator
+// values.
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param value     The value to set.
+ * @param key       The key under which to store the value.
+ **/
+- (void)setEnum:(int32_t)value forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the raw enum value for the given key.
+ *
+ * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+ *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+ *
+ * @param rawValue The raw enum value to set.
+ * @param key      The key under which to store the raw enum value.
+ **/
+- (void)setRawValue:(int32_t)rawValue forKey:(NSString *)key;
+
+/**
+ * Removes the entry for the given key.
+ *
+ * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeEnumForKey:(NSString *)aKey;
+
+/**
+ * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+ **/
+- (void)removeAll;
+
+@end
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND-END DECLARE_DICTIONARIES()
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DECLARE_DICTIONARIES()
+//%DICTIONARY_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(UInt32, uint32_t)
+//%DICTIONARY_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(Int32, int32_t)
+//%DICTIONARY_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(UInt64, uint64_t)
+//%DICTIONARY_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(Int64, int64_t)
+//%DICTIONARY_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(Bool, BOOL)
+//%DICTIONARY_POD_INTERFACES_FOR_KEY(String, NSString, *, OBJECT)
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE)
+//%DICTIONARY_POD_INTERFACES_FOR_KEY(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, , POD)
+//%DICTIONARY_POD_KEY_TO_OBJECT_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, Object, ObjectType)
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_POD_INTERFACES_FOR_KEY(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER)
+//%DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_POD_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, UInt32, uint32_t)
+//%DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_POD_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, Int32, int32_t)
+//%DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_POD_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, UInt64, uint64_t)
+//%DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_POD_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, Int64, int64_t)
+//%DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_POD_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, Bool, BOOL)
+//%DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_POD_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, Float, float)
+//%DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_POD_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, Double, double)
+//%DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_ENUM_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, Enum, int32_t)
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_POD_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE)
+//%DICTIONARY_COMMON_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, POD, VALUE_NAME, value)
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_POD_KEY_TO_OBJECT_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE)
+//%DICTIONARY_COMMON_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, , POD, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, OBJECT, Object, object)
+//%PDDM-DEFINE VALUE_FOR_KEY_POD(KEY_TYPE, VALUE_TYPE, VNAME)
+//%/**
+//% * Gets the value for the given key.
+//% *
+//% * @param value Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+//% * @param key   Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+//% *
+//% * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+//% **/
+//%- (BOOL)get##VNAME##:(nullable VALUE_TYPE *)value forKey:(KEY_TYPE)key;
+//%PDDM-DEFINE VALUE_FOR_KEY_OBJECT(KEY_TYPE, VALUE_TYPE, VNAME)
+//%/**
+//% * Fetches the object stored under the given key.
+//% *
+//% * @param key Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+//% *
+//% * @return The object if found, nil otherwise.
+//% **/
+//%- (VALUE_TYPE)objectForKey:(KEY_TYPE)key;
+//%PDDM-DEFINE VALUE_FOR_KEY_Enum(KEY_TYPE, VALUE_TYPE, VNAME)
+//%VALUE_FOR_KEY_POD(KEY_TYPE, VALUE_TYPE, VNAME)
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_ARG_MODIFIERPOD()
+// Nothing
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_ARG_MODIFIEREnum()
+// Nothing
+//%PDDM-DEFINE ARRAY_ARG_MODIFIEROBJECT()
+//%__nonnull GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED ##
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_CLASS_DECLPOD(KEY_NAME, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE)
+//%GPB##KEY_NAME##VALUE_NAME##Dictionary
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_CLASS_DECLEnum(KEY_NAME, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE)
+//%GPB##KEY_NAME##VALUE_NAME##Dictionary
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_CLASS_DECLOBJECT(KEY_NAME, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE)
+//%GPB##KEY_NAME##VALUE_NAME##Dictionary<__covariant VALUE_TYPE>
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_COMMON_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, VHELPER, VNAME, VNAME_VAR)
+//%#pragma mark - KEY_NAME -> VALUE_NAME
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Class used for map fields of <##KEY_TYPE##, ##VALUE_TYPE##>
+//% * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+//% *
+//% * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+//% **/
+//%@interface DICTIONARY_CLASS_DECL##VHELPER(KEY_NAME, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE) : NSObject <NSCopying>
+//%
+//%/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+//%@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes this dictionary, copying the given values and keys.
+//% *
+//% * @param ##VNAME_VAR##s      The values to be placed in this dictionary.
+//% * @param keys ##VNAME_VAR$S##  The keys under which to store the values.
+//% * @param count ##VNAME_VAR$S## The number of elements to copy into the dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized dictionary with a copy of the values and keys.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWith##VNAME##s:(const VALUE_TYPE ARRAY_ARG_MODIFIER##VHELPER()[__nullable])##VNAME_VAR##s
+//%                ##VNAME$S##  forKeys:(const KEY_TYPE##KisP$S##KisP ARRAY_ARG_MODIFIER##KHELPER()[__nullable])keys
+//%                ##VNAME$S##    count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes this dictionary, copying the entries from the given dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to this dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries of the given dictionary.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPB##KEY_NAME##VALUE_NAME##Dictionary *)dictionary;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes this dictionary with the requested capacity.
+//% *
+//% * @param numItems Number of items needed for this dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the requested capacity.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithCapacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+//%
+//%DICTIONARY_IMMUTABLE_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, VHELPER, VNAME, VNAME_VAR)
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Adds the keys and values from another dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+//% *                        dictionary.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)addEntriesFromDictionary:(GPB##KEY_NAME##VALUE_NAME##Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+//%
+//%DICTIONARY_MUTABLE_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, VHELPER, VNAME, VNAME_VAR)
+//%
+//%@end
+//%
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_ENUM_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE)
+//%DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_ENUM_INTERFACE2(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, Enum)
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_KEY_TO_ENUM_INTERFACE2(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, KHELPER, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, VHELPER)
+//%#pragma mark - KEY_NAME -> VALUE_NAME
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Class used for map fields of <##KEY_TYPE##, ##VALUE_TYPE##>
+//% * values. This performs better than boxing into NSNumbers in NSDictionaries.
+//% *
+//% * @note This class is not meant to be subclassed.
+//% **/
+//%@interface GPB##KEY_NAME##VALUE_NAME##Dictionary : NSObject <NSCopying>
+//%
+//%/** Number of entries stored in this dictionary. */
+//%@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger count;
+//%/** The validation function to check if the enums are valid. */
+//%@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBEnumValidationFunc validationFunc;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes a dictionary with the given validation function.
+//% *
+//% * @param func The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized dictionary.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes a dictionary with the entries given.
+//% *
+//% * @param func   The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+//% * @param values The raw enum values values to be placed in the dictionary.
+//% * @param keys   The keys under which to store the values.
+//% * @param count  The number of entries to store in the dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the keys and values in it.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+//%                                 rawValues:(const VALUE_TYPE ARRAY_ARG_MODIFIER##VHELPER()[__nullable])values
+//%                                   forKeys:(const KEY_TYPE##KisP$S##KisP ARRAY_ARG_MODIFIER##KHELPER()[__nullable])keys
+//%                                     count:(NSUInteger)count NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes a dictionary with the entries from the given.
+//% * dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @param dictionary Dictionary containing the entries to add to the dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the entries from the given
+//% *         dictionary in it.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithDictionary:(GPB##KEY_NAME##VALUE_NAME##Dictionary *)dictionary;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Initializes a dictionary with the given capacity.
+//% *
+//% * @param func     The enum validation function for the dictionary.
+//% * @param numItems Capacity needed for the dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @return A newly initialized dictionary with the given capacity.
+//% **/
+//%- (instancetype)initWithValidationFunction:(nullable GPBEnumValidationFunc)func
+//%                                  capacity:(NSUInteger)numItems;
+//%
+//%// These will return kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue if the value for the key
+//%// is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc. If the actual value is
+//%// desired, use "raw" version of the method.
+//%
+//%DICTIONARY_IMMUTABLE_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, VHELPER, Enum, value)
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Gets the raw enum value for the given key.
+//% *
+//% * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+//% *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//% *
+//% * @param rawValue Pointer into which the value will be set, if found.
+//% * @param key      Key under which the value is stored, if present.
+//% *
+//% * @return YES if the key was found and the value was copied, NO otherwise.
+//% **/
+//%- (BOOL)getRawValue:(nullable VALUE_TYPE *)rawValue forKey:(KEY_TYPE##KisP$S##KisP)key;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+//% *
+//% * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the access of values that
+//% *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//% *
+//% * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+//% *   **key**:      The key for the current entry.
+//% *   **rawValue**: The value for the current entry
+//% *   **stop**:     A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)enumerateKeysAndRawValuesUsingBlock:
+//%    (void (^)(KEY_TYPE KisP##key, VALUE_TYPE rawValue, BOOL *stop))block;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Adds the keys and raw enum values from another dictionary.
+//% *
+//% * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+//% *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//% *
+//% * @param otherDictionary Dictionary containing entries to be added to this
+//% *                        dictionary.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)addRawEntriesFromDictionary:(GPB##KEY_NAME##VALUE_NAME##Dictionary *)otherDictionary;
+//%
+//%// If value is not a valid enumerator as defined by validationFunc, these
+//%// methods will assert in debug, and will log in release and assign the value
+//%// to the default value. Use the rawValue methods below to assign non enumerator
+//%// values.
+//%
+//%DICTIONARY_MUTABLE_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, VHELPER, Enum, value)
+//%
+//%@end
+//%
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_IMMUTABLE_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, VHELPER, VNAME, VNAME_VAR)
+//%VALUE_FOR_KEY_##VHELPER(KEY_TYPE##KisP$S##KisP, VALUE_TYPE, VNAME)
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Enumerates the keys and values on this dictionary with the given block.
+//% *
+//% * @param block The block to enumerate with.
+//% *   **key**: ##VNAME_VAR$S##  The key for the current entry.
+//% *   **VNAME_VAR**:      The value for the current entry
+//% *   **stop**: ##VNAME_VAR$S## A pointer to a boolean that when set stops the enumeration.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)enumerateKeysAnd##VNAME##sUsingBlock:
+//%    (void (^)(KEY_TYPE KisP##key, VALUE_TYPE VNAME_VAR, BOOL *stop))block;
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_MUTABLE_INTERFACE(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE, VHELPER, VNAME, VNAME_VAR)
+//%/**
+//% * Sets the value for the given key.
+//% *
+//% * @param ##VNAME_VAR     The value to set.
+//% * @param key ##VNAME_VAR$S## The key under which to store the value.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)set##VNAME##:(VALUE_TYPE)##VNAME_VAR forKey:(KEY_TYPE##KisP$S##KisP)key;
+//%DICTIONARY_EXTRA_MUTABLE_METHODS_##VHELPER(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE)
+//%/**
+//% * Removes the entry for the given key.
+//% *
+//% * @param aKey Key to be removed from this dictionary.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)remove##VNAME##ForKey:(KEY_TYPE##KisP$S##KisP)aKey;
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Removes all entries in this dictionary.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)removeAll;
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_EXTRA_MUTABLE_METHODS_POD(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE)
+// Empty
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_EXTRA_MUTABLE_METHODS_OBJECT(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE)
+// Empty
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_EXTRA_MUTABLE_METHODS_Enum(KEY_NAME, KEY_TYPE, KisP, VALUE_NAME, VALUE_TYPE)
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Sets the raw enum value for the given key.
+//% *
+//% * @note This method bypass the validationFunc to enable the setting of values that
+//% *       were not known at the time the binary was compiled.
+//% *
+//% * @param rawValue The raw enum value to set.
+//% * @param key      The key under which to store the raw enum value.
+//% **/
+//%- (void)setRawValue:(VALUE_TYPE)rawValue forKey:(KEY_TYPE##KisP$S##KisP)key;
+//%

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBDictionary_PackagePrivate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBDictionary.h"
+
+@class GPBCodedInputStream;
+@class GPBCodedOutputStream;
+@class GPBExtensionRegistry;
+@class GPBFieldDescriptor;
+
+@protocol GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol
+- (size_t)computeSerializedSizeAsField:(GPBFieldDescriptor *)field;
+- (void)writeToCodedOutputStream:(GPBCodedOutputStream *)outputStream
+                         asField:(GPBFieldDescriptor *)field;
+- (void)setGPBGenericValue:(GPBGenericValue *)value
+     forGPBGenericValueKey:(GPBGenericValue *)key;
+- (void)enumerateForTextFormat:(void (^)(id keyObj, id valueObj))block;
+@end
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_PRIV_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(KEY_NAME)
+//%DICTIONARY_POD_PRIV_INTERFACES_FOR_KEY(KEY_NAME)
+//%DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES(KEY_NAME, Object, Object)
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_POD_PRIV_INTERFACES_FOR_KEY(KEY_NAME)
+//%DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES(KEY_NAME, UInt32, Basic)
+//%DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES(KEY_NAME, Int32, Basic)
+//%DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES(KEY_NAME, UInt64, Basic)
+//%DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES(KEY_NAME, Int64, Basic)
+//%DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES(KEY_NAME, Bool, Basic)
+//%DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES(KEY_NAME, Float, Basic)
+//%DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES(KEY_NAME, Double, Basic)
+//%DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES(KEY_NAME, Enum, Enum)
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES(KEY_NAME, VALUE_NAME, HELPER)
+//%@interface GPB##KEY_NAME##VALUE_NAME##Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+//% @package
+//%  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+//%}
+//%EXTRA_DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES_##HELPER()@end
+//%
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE EXTRA_DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES_Basic()
+// Empty
+//%PDDM-DEFINE EXTRA_DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES_Object()
+//%- (BOOL)isInitialized;
+//%- (instancetype)deepCopyWithZone:(NSZone *)zone
+//%    __attribute__((ns_returns_retained));
+//%
+//%PDDM-DEFINE EXTRA_DICTIONARY_PRIVATE_INTERFACES_Enum()
+//%- (NSData *)serializedDataForUnknownValue:(int32_t)value
+//%                                   forKey:(GPBGenericValue *)key
+//%                              keyDataType:(GPBDataType)keyDataType;
+//%
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND DICTIONARY_PRIV_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(UInt32)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+@interface GPBUInt32UInt32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt32Int32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt32UInt64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt32Int64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt32BoolDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt32FloatDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt32DoubleDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt32EnumDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (NSData *)serializedDataForUnknownValue:(int32_t)value
+                                   forKey:(GPBGenericValue *)key
+                              keyDataType:(GPBDataType)keyDataType;
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt32ObjectDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (BOOL)isInitialized;
+- (instancetype)deepCopyWithZone:(NSZone *)zone
+    __attribute__((ns_returns_retained));
+@end
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND DICTIONARY_PRIV_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(Int32)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+@interface GPBInt32UInt32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt32Int32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt32UInt64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt32Int64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt32BoolDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt32FloatDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt32DoubleDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt32EnumDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (NSData *)serializedDataForUnknownValue:(int32_t)value
+                                   forKey:(GPBGenericValue *)key
+                              keyDataType:(GPBDataType)keyDataType;
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt32ObjectDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (BOOL)isInitialized;
+- (instancetype)deepCopyWithZone:(NSZone *)zone
+    __attribute__((ns_returns_retained));
+@end
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND DICTIONARY_PRIV_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(UInt64)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+@interface GPBUInt64UInt32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt64Int32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt64UInt64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt64Int64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt64BoolDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt64FloatDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt64DoubleDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt64EnumDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (NSData *)serializedDataForUnknownValue:(int32_t)value
+                                   forKey:(GPBGenericValue *)key
+                              keyDataType:(GPBDataType)keyDataType;
+@end
+
+@interface GPBUInt64ObjectDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (BOOL)isInitialized;
+- (instancetype)deepCopyWithZone:(NSZone *)zone
+    __attribute__((ns_returns_retained));
+@end
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND DICTIONARY_PRIV_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(Int64)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+@interface GPBInt64UInt32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt64Int32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt64UInt64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt64Int64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt64BoolDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt64FloatDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt64DoubleDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt64EnumDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (NSData *)serializedDataForUnknownValue:(int32_t)value
+                                   forKey:(GPBGenericValue *)key
+                              keyDataType:(GPBDataType)keyDataType;
+@end
+
+@interface GPBInt64ObjectDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (BOOL)isInitialized;
+- (instancetype)deepCopyWithZone:(NSZone *)zone
+    __attribute__((ns_returns_retained));
+@end
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND DICTIONARY_PRIV_INTERFACES_FOR_POD_KEY(Bool)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+@interface GPBBoolUInt32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBBoolInt32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBBoolUInt64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBBoolInt64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBBoolBoolDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBBoolFloatDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBBoolDoubleDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBBoolEnumDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (NSData *)serializedDataForUnknownValue:(int32_t)value
+                                   forKey:(GPBGenericValue *)key
+                              keyDataType:(GPBDataType)keyDataType;
+@end
+
+@interface GPBBoolObjectDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (BOOL)isInitialized;
+- (instancetype)deepCopyWithZone:(NSZone *)zone
+    __attribute__((ns_returns_retained));
+@end
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND DICTIONARY_POD_PRIV_INTERFACES_FOR_KEY(String)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+@interface GPBStringUInt32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBStringInt32Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBStringUInt64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBStringInt64Dictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBStringBoolDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBStringFloatDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBStringDoubleDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+@interface GPBStringEnumDictionary () <GPBDictionaryInternalsProtocol> {
+ @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+- (NSData *)serializedDataForUnknownValue:(int32_t)value
+                                   forKey:(GPBGenericValue *)key
+                              keyDataType:(GPBDataType)keyDataType;
+@end
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND-END (6 expansions)
+
+#pragma mark - NSDictionary Subclass
+
+@interface GPBAutocreatedDictionary : NSMutableDictionary {
+  @package
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *_autocreator;
+}
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - Helpers
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+// Helper to compute size when an NSDictionary is used for the map instead
+// of a custom type.
+size_t GPBDictionaryComputeSizeInternalHelper(NSDictionary *dict,
+                                              GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+// Helper to write out when an NSDictionary is used for the map instead
+// of a custom type.
+void GPBDictionaryWriteToStreamInternalHelper(
+    GPBCodedOutputStream *outputStream, NSDictionary *dict,
+    GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+// Helper to check message initialization when an NSDictionary is used for
+// the map instead of a custom type.
+BOOL GPBDictionaryIsInitializedInternalHelper(NSDictionary *dict,
+                                              GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+// Helper to read a map instead.
+void GPBDictionaryReadEntry(id mapDictionary, GPBCodedInputStream *stream,
+                            GPBExtensionRegistry *registry,
+                            GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                            GPBMessage *parentMessage);
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBExtensionInternals.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+
+@class GPBCodedInputStream;
+@class GPBCodedOutputStream;
+@class GPBExtensionRegistry;
+
+void GPBExtensionMergeFromInputStream(GPBExtensionDescriptor *extension,
+                                      BOOL isPackedOnStream,
+                                      GPBCodedInputStream *input,
+                                      GPBExtensionRegistry *extensionRegistry,
+                                      GPBMessage *message);
+
+size_t GPBComputeExtensionSerializedSizeIncludingTag(
+    GPBExtensionDescriptor *extension, id value);
+
+void GPBWriteExtensionValueToOutputStream(GPBExtensionDescriptor *extension,
+                                          id value,
+                                          GPBCodedOutputStream *output);

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBExtensionRegistry.h

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+@class GPBDescriptor;
+@class GPBExtensionDescriptor;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * A table of known extensions, searchable by name or field number.  When
+ * parsing a protocol message that might have extensions, you must provide a
+ * GPBExtensionRegistry in which you have registered any extensions that you
+ * want to be able to parse. Otherwise, those extensions will just be treated
+ * like unknown fields.
+ *
+ * The *Root classes provide `+extensionRegistry` for the extensions defined
+ * in a given file *and* all files it imports. You can also create a
+ * GPBExtensionRegistry, and merge those registries to handle parsing
+ * extensions defined from non overlapping files.
+ *
+ * ```
+ * GPBExtensionRegistry *registry = [[MyProtoFileRoot extensionRegistry] copy];
+ * [registry addExtension:[OtherMessage neededExtension]]; // Not in MyProtoFile
+ * NSError *parseError;
+ * MyMessage *msg = [MyMessage parseData:data extensionRegistry:registry error:&parseError];
+ * ```
+ **/
+@interface GPBExtensionRegistry : NSObject<NSCopying>
+
+/**
+ * Adds the given GPBExtensionDescriptor to this registry.
+ *
+ * @param extension The extension description to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addExtension:(GPBExtensionDescriptor *)extension;
+
+/**
+ * Adds all the extensions from another registry to this registry.
+ *
+ * @param registry The registry to merge into this registry.
+ **/
+- (void)addExtensions:(GPBExtensionRegistry *)registry;
+
+/**
+ * Looks for the extension registered for the given field number on a given
+ * GPBDescriptor.
+ *
+ * @param descriptor  The descriptor to look for a registered extension on.
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number of the extension to look for.
+ *
+ * @return The registered GPBExtensionDescriptor or nil if none was found.
+ **/
+- (nullable GPBExtensionDescriptor *)extensionForDescriptor:(GPBDescriptor *)descriptor
+                                                fieldNumber:(NSInteger)fieldNumber;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBMessage.h

@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBBootstrap.h"
+
+@class GPBDescriptor;
+@class GPBCodedInputStream;
+@class GPBCodedOutputStream;
+@class GPBExtensionDescriptor;
+@class GPBExtensionRegistry;
+@class GPBFieldDescriptor;
+@class GPBUnknownFieldSet;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+/** NSError domain used for errors. */
+extern NSString *const GPBMessageErrorDomain;
+
+/** Error codes for NSErrors originated in GPBMessage. */
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, GPBMessageErrorCode) {
+  /** Uncategorized error. */
+  GPBMessageErrorCodeOther = -100,
+  /** Message couldn't be serialized because it is missing required fields. */
+  GPBMessageErrorCodeMissingRequiredField = -101,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Key under which the GPBMessage error's reason is stored inside the userInfo
+ * dictionary.
+ **/
+extern NSString *const GPBErrorReasonKey;
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+/**
+ * Base class that each generated message subclasses from.
+ *
+ * @note @c NSCopying support is a "deep copy", in that all sub objects are
+ *       copied.  Just like you wouldn't want a UIView/NSView trying to
+ *       exist in two places, you don't want a sub message to be a property
+ *       property of two other messages.
+ *
+ * @note While the class support NSSecureCoding, if the message has any
+ *       extensions, they will end up reloaded in @c unknownFields as there is
+ *       no way for the @c NSCoding plumbing to pass through a
+ *       @c GPBExtensionRegistry. To support extensions, instead of passing the
+ *       calls off to the Message, simple store the result of @c data, and then
+ *       when loading, fetch the data and use
+ *       @c +parseFromData:extensionRegistry:error: to provide an extension
+ *       registry.
+ **/
+@interface GPBMessage : NSObject<NSSecureCoding, NSCopying>
+
+// If you add an instance method/property to this class that may conflict with
+// fields declared in protos, you need to update objective_helpers.cc. The main
+// cases are methods that take no arguments, or setFoo:/hasFoo: type methods.
+
+/**
+ * The set of unknown fields for this message.
+ *
+ * Only messages from proto files declared with "proto2" syntax support unknown
+ * fields. For "proto3" syntax, any unknown fields found while parsing are
+ * dropped.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, copy, nullable) GPBUnknownFieldSet *unknownFields;
+
+/**
+ * Whether the message, along with all submessages, have the required fields
+ * set. This is only applicable for files declared with "proto2" syntax, as
+ * there are no required fields for "proto3" syntax.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, getter=isInitialized) BOOL initialized;
+
+/**
+ * @return An autoreleased message with the default values set.
+ **/
++ (instancetype)message;
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new instance by parsing the provided data. This method should be
+ * sent to the generated message class that the data should be interpreted as.
+ * If there is an error the method returns nil and the error is returned in
+ * errorPtr (when provided).
+ *
+ * @note In DEBUG builds, the parsed message is checked to be sure all required
+ *       fields were provided, and the parse will fail if some are missing.
+ *
+ * @note The errors returned are likely coming from the domain and codes listed
+ *       at the top of this file and GPBCodedInputStream.h.
+ *
+ * @param data     The data to parse.
+ * @param errorPtr An optional error pointer to fill in with a failure reason if
+ *                 the data can not be parsed.
+ *
+ * @return A new instance of the generated class.
+ **/
++ (nullable instancetype)parseFromData:(NSData *)data error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new instance by parsing the data. This method should be sent to
+ * the generated message class that the data should be interpreted as. If
+ * there is an error the method returns nil and the error is returned in
+ * errorPtr (when provided).
+ *
+ * @note In DEBUG builds, the parsed message is checked to be sure all required
+ *       fields were provided, and the parse will fail if some are missing.
+ *
+ * @note The errors returned are likely coming from the domain and codes listed
+ *       at the top of this file and GPBCodedInputStream.h.
+ *
+ * @param data              The data to parse.
+ * @param extensionRegistry The extension registry to use to look up extensions.
+ * @param errorPtr          An optional error pointer to fill in with a failure
+ *                          reason if the data can not be parsed.
+ *
+ * @return A new instance of the generated class.
+ **/
++ (nullable instancetype)parseFromData:(NSData *)data
+                     extensionRegistry:(nullable GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry
+                                 error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new instance by parsing the data from the given input stream. This
+ * method should be sent to the generated message class that the data should
+ * be interpreted as. If there is an error the method returns nil and the error
+ * is returned in errorPtr (when provided).
+ *
+ * @note In DEBUG builds, the parsed message is checked to be sure all required
+ *       fields were provided, and the parse will fail if some are missing.
+ *
+ * @note The errors returned are likely coming from the domain and codes listed
+ *       at the top of this file and GPBCodedInputStream.h.
+ *
+ * @param input             The stream to read data from.
+ * @param extensionRegistry The extension registry to use to look up extensions.
+ * @param errorPtr          An optional error pointer to fill in with a failure
+ *                          reason if the data can not be parsed.
+ *
+ * @return A new instance of the generated class.
+ **/
++ (nullable instancetype)parseFromCodedInputStream:(GPBCodedInputStream *)input
+                                 extensionRegistry:
+                                     (nullable GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry
+                                             error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new instance by parsing the data from the given input stream. This
+ * method should be sent to the generated message class that the data should
+ * be interpreted as. If there is an error the method returns nil and the error
+ * is returned in errorPtr (when provided).
+ *
+ * @note Unlike the parseFrom... methods, this never checks to see if all of
+ *       the required fields are set. So this method can be used to reload
+ *       messages that may not be complete.
+ *
+ * @note The errors returned are likely coming from the domain and codes listed
+ *       at the top of this file and GPBCodedInputStream.h.
+ *
+ * @param input             The stream to read data from.
+ * @param extensionRegistry The extension registry to use to look up extensions.
+ * @param errorPtr          An optional error pointer to fill in with a failure
+ *                          reason if the data can not be parsed.
+ *
+ * @return A new instance of the generated class.
+ **/
++ (nullable instancetype)parseDelimitedFromCodedInputStream:(GPBCodedInputStream *)input
+                                          extensionRegistry:
+                                              (nullable GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry
+                                                      error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes an instance by parsing the data. This method should be sent to
+ * the generated message class that the data should be interpreted as. If
+ * there is an error the method returns nil and the error is returned in
+ * errorPtr (when provided).
+ *
+ * @note In DEBUG builds, the parsed message is checked to be sure all required
+ *       fields were provided, and the parse will fail if some are missing.
+ *
+ * @note The errors returned are likely coming from the domain and codes listed
+ *       at the top of this file and GPBCodedInputStream.h.
+ *
+ * @param data     The data to parse.
+ * @param errorPtr An optional error pointer to fill in with a failure reason if
+ *                 the data can not be parsed.
+ *
+ * @return An initialized instance of the generated class.
+ **/
+- (nullable instancetype)initWithData:(NSData *)data error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes an instance by parsing the data. This method should be sent to
+ * the generated message class that the data should be interpreted as. If
+ * there is an error the method returns nil and the error is returned in
+ * errorPtr (when provided).
+ *
+ * @note In DEBUG builds, the parsed message is checked to be sure all required
+ *       fields were provided, and the parse will fail if some are missing.
+ *
+ * @note The errors returned are likely coming from the domain and codes listed
+ *       at the top of this file and GPBCodedInputStream.h.
+ *
+ * @param data              The data to parse.
+ * @param extensionRegistry The extension registry to use to look up extensions.
+ * @param errorPtr          An optional error pointer to fill in with a failure
+ *                          reason if the data can not be parsed.
+ *
+ * @return An initialized instance of the generated class.
+ **/
+- (nullable instancetype)initWithData:(NSData *)data
+                    extensionRegistry:(nullable GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry
+                                error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes an instance by parsing the data from the given input stream. This
+ * method should be sent to the generated message class that the data should
+ * be interpreted as. If there is an error the method returns nil and the error
+ * is returned in errorPtr (when provided).
+ *
+ * @note Unlike the parseFrom... methods, this never checks to see if all of
+ *       the required fields are set. So this method can be used to reload
+ *       messages that may not be complete.
+ *
+ * @note The errors returned are likely coming from the domain and codes listed
+ *       at the top of this file and GPBCodedInputStream.h.
+ *
+ * @param input             The stream to read data from.
+ * @param extensionRegistry The extension registry to use to look up extensions.
+ * @param errorPtr          An optional error pointer to fill in with a failure
+ *                          reason if the data can not be parsed.
+ *
+ * @return An initialized instance of the generated class.
+ **/
+- (nullable instancetype)initWithCodedInputStream:(GPBCodedInputStream *)input
+                                extensionRegistry:
+                                    (nullable GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry
+                                            error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Parses the given data as this message's class, and merges those values into
+ * this message.
+ *
+ * @param data              The binary representation of the message to merge.
+ * @param extensionRegistry The extension registry to use to look up extensions.
+ *
+ * @exception GPBCodedInputStreamException Exception thrown when parsing was
+ *                                         unsuccessful.
+ **/
+- (void)mergeFromData:(NSData *)data
+    extensionRegistry:(nullable GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+
+/**
+ * Merges the fields from another message (of the same type) into this
+ * message.
+ *
+ * @param other Message to merge into this message.
+ **/
+- (void)mergeFrom:(GPBMessage *)other;
+
+/**
+ * Writes out the message to the given coded output stream.
+ *
+ * @param output The coded output stream into which to write the message.
+ *
+ * @note This can raise the GPBCodedOutputStreamException_* exceptions.
+ *
+ **/
+- (void)writeToCodedOutputStream:(GPBCodedOutputStream *)output;
+
+/**
+ * Writes out the message to the given output stream.
+ *
+ * @param output The output stream into which to write the message.
+ *
+ * @note This can raise the GPBCodedOutputStreamException_* exceptions.
+ **/
+- (void)writeToOutputStream:(NSOutputStream *)output;
+
+/**
+ * Writes out a varint for the message size followed by the the message to
+ * the given output stream.
+ *
+ * @param output The coded output stream into which to write the message.
+ *
+ * @note This can raise the GPBCodedOutputStreamException_* exceptions.
+ **/
+- (void)writeDelimitedToCodedOutputStream:(GPBCodedOutputStream *)output;
+
+/**
+ * Writes out a varint for the message size followed by the the message to
+ * the given output stream.
+ *
+ * @param output The output stream into which to write the message.
+ *
+ * @note This can raise the GPBCodedOutputStreamException_* exceptions.
+ **/
+- (void)writeDelimitedToOutputStream:(NSOutputStream *)output;
+
+/**
+ * Serializes the message to an NSData.
+ *
+ * If there is an error while generating the data, nil is returned.
+ *
+ * @note This value is not cached, so if you are using it repeatedly, cache
+ *       it yourself.
+ *
+ * @note In DEBUG ONLY, the message is also checked for all required field,
+ *       if one is missing, nil will be returned.
+ *
+ * @return The binary representation of the message.
+ **/
+- (nullable NSData *)data;
+
+/**
+ * Serializes a varint with the message size followed by the message data,
+ * returning that as an NSData.
+ *
+ * @note This value is not cached, so if you are using it repeatedly, it is
+ *       recommended to keep a local copy.
+ *
+ * @return The binary representation of the size along with the message.
+ **/
+- (NSData *)delimitedData;
+
+/**
+ * Calculates the size of the object if it were serialized.
+ *
+ * This is not a cached value. If you are following a pattern like this:
+ *
+ * ```
+ * size_t size = [aMsg serializedSize];
+ * NSMutableData *foo = [NSMutableData dataWithCapacity:size + sizeof(size)];
+ * [foo writeSize:size];
+ * [foo appendData:[aMsg data]];
+ * ```
+ *
+ * you would be better doing:
+ *
+ * ```
+ * NSData *data = [aMsg data];
+ * NSUInteger size = [aMsg length];
+ * NSMutableData *foo = [NSMutableData dataWithCapacity:size + sizeof(size)];
+ * [foo writeSize:size];
+ * [foo appendData:data];
+ * ```
+ *
+ * @return The size of the message in it's binary representation.
+ **/
+- (size_t)serializedSize;
+
+/**
+ * @return The descriptor for the message class.
+ **/
++ (GPBDescriptor *)descriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Return the descriptor for the message.
+ **/
+- (GPBDescriptor *)descriptor;
+
+/**
+ * @return An array with the extension descriptors that are currently set on the
+ * message.
+ **/
+- (NSArray *)extensionsCurrentlySet;
+
+/**
+ * Checks whether there is an extension set on the message which matches the
+ * given extension descriptor.
+ *
+ * @param extension Extension descriptor to check if it's set on the message.
+ *
+ * @return Whether the extension is currently set on the message.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)hasExtension:(GPBExtensionDescriptor *)extension;
+
+/*
+ * Fetches the given extension's value for this message.
+ *
+ * Extensions use boxed values (NSNumbers) for PODs and NSMutableArrays for
+ * repeated fields. If the extension is a Message one will be auto created for
+ * you and returned similar to fields.
+ *
+ * @param extension The extension descriptor of the extension to fetch.
+ *
+ * @return The extension matching the given descriptor, or nil if none found.
+ **/
+- (nullable id)getExtension:(GPBExtensionDescriptor *)extension;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the given extension's value for this message. This only applies for
+ * single field extensions (i.e. - not repeated fields).
+ *
+ * Extensions use boxed values (NSNumbers).
+ *
+ * @param extension The extension descriptor under which to set the value.
+ * @param value     The value to be set as the extension.
+ **/
+- (void)setExtension:(GPBExtensionDescriptor *)extension
+               value:(nullable id)value;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the given value to the extension for this message. This only applies
+ * to repeated field extensions. If the field is a repeated POD type, the value
+ * should be an NSNumber.
+ *
+ * @param extension The extension descriptor under which to add the value.
+ * @param value     The value to be added to the repeated extension.
+ **/
+- (void)addExtension:(GPBExtensionDescriptor *)extension value:(id)value;
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the value at the given index with the given value for the extension
+ * on this message. This only applies to repeated field extensions. If the field
+ * is a repeated POD type, the value is should be an NSNumber.
+ *
+ * @param extension The extension descriptor under which to replace the value.
+ * @param index     The index of the extension to be replaced.
+ * @param value     The value to be replaced in the repeated extension.
+ **/
+- (void)setExtension:(GPBExtensionDescriptor *)extension
+               index:(NSUInteger)index
+               value:(id)value;
+
+/**
+ * Clears the given extension for this message.
+ *
+ * @param extension The extension descriptor to be cleared from this message.
+ **/
+- (void)clearExtension:(GPBExtensionDescriptor *)extension;
+
+/**
+ * Resets all of the fields of this message to their default values.
+ **/
+- (void)clear;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBMessage_PackagePrivate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+// This header is private to the ProtobolBuffers library and must NOT be
+// included by any sources outside this library. The contents of this file are
+// subject to change at any time without notice.
+
+#import "GPBMessage.h"
+
+// TODO: Remove this import. Older generated code use the OSAtomic* apis,
+// so anyone that hasn't regenerated says building by having this. After
+// enough time has passed, this likely can be removed as folks should have
+// regenerated.
+#import <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
+
+#import "GPBBootstrap.h"
+
+typedef struct GPBMessage_Storage {
+  uint32_t _has_storage_[0];
+} GPBMessage_Storage;
+
+typedef struct GPBMessage_Storage *GPBMessage_StoragePtr;
+
+@interface GPBMessage () {
+ @package
+  // NOTE: Because of the +allocWithZone code using NSAllocateObject(),
+  // this structure should ideally always be kept pointer aligned where the
+  // real storage starts is also pointer aligned. The compiler/runtime already
+  // do this, but it may not be documented.
+
+  // A pointer to the actual fields of the subclasses. The actual structure
+  // pointed to by this pointer will depend on the subclass.
+  // All of the actual structures will start the same as
+  // GPBMessage_Storage with _has_storage__ as the first field.
+  // Kept public because static functions need to access it.
+  GPBMessage_StoragePtr messageStorage_;
+}
+
+// Gets an extension value without autocreating the result if not found. (i.e.
+// returns nil if the extension is not set)
+- (id)getExistingExtension:(GPBExtensionDescriptor *)extension;
+
+// Parses a message of this type from the input and merges it with this
+// message.
+//
+// Warning:  This does not verify that all required fields are present in
+// the input message.
+// Note:  The caller should call
+// -[CodedInputStream checkLastTagWas:] after calling this to
+// verify that the last tag seen was the appropriate end-group tag,
+// or zero for EOF.
+// NOTE: This will throw if there is an error while parsing.
+- (void)mergeFromCodedInputStream:(GPBCodedInputStream *)input
+                extensionRegistry:(GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+
+// Parses the next delimited message of this type from the input and merges it
+// with this message.
+- (void)mergeDelimitedFromCodedInputStream:(GPBCodedInputStream *)input
+                         extensionRegistry:
+                             (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+
+- (void)addUnknownMapEntry:(int32_t)fieldNum value:(NSData *)data;
+
+@end
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+
+// Call this before using the readOnlySemaphore_. This ensures it is created only once.
+void GPBPrepareReadOnlySemaphore(GPBMessage *self);
+
+// Returns a new instance that was automatically created by |autocreator| for
+// its field |field|.
+GPBMessage *GPBCreateMessageWithAutocreator(Class msgClass,
+                                            GPBMessage *autocreator,
+                                            GPBFieldDescriptor *field)
+    __attribute__((ns_returns_retained));
+
+// Returns whether |message| autocreated this message. This is NO if the message
+// was not autocreated by |message| or if it has been mutated since
+// autocreation.
+BOOL GPBWasMessageAutocreatedBy(GPBMessage *message, GPBMessage *parent);
+
+// Call this when you mutate a message. It will cause the message to become
+// visible to its autocreator.
+void GPBBecomeVisibleToAutocreator(GPBMessage *self);
+
+// Call this when an array/dictionary is mutated so the parent message that
+// autocreated it can react.
+void GPBAutocreatedArrayModified(GPBMessage *self, id array);
+void GPBAutocreatedDictionaryModified(GPBMessage *self, id dictionary);
+
+// Clear the autocreator, if any. Asserts if the autocreator still has an
+// autocreated reference to this message.
+void GPBClearMessageAutocreator(GPBMessage *self);
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBProtocolBuffers.h

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import "GPBBootstrap.h"
+
+#import "GPBArray.h"
+#import "GPBCodedInputStream.h"
+#import "GPBCodedOutputStream.h"
+#import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+#import "GPBDictionary.h"
+#import "GPBExtensionRegistry.h"
+#import "GPBMessage.h"
+#import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#import "GPBUnknownField.h"
+#import "GPBUnknownFieldSet.h"
+#import "GPBUtilities.h"
+#import "GPBWellKnownTypes.h"
+#import "GPBWireFormat.h"
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+// Well-known proto types
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/Any.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/Api.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/Duration.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/Empty.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/FieldMask.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/SourceContext.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/Struct.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/Timestamp.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/Type.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/Wrappers.pbobjc.h>
+#else
+ #import "google/protobuf/Any.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/Api.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/Duration.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/Empty.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/FieldMask.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/SourceContext.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/Struct.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/Timestamp.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/Type.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/Wrappers.pbobjc.h"
+#endif

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBProtocolBuffers_RuntimeSupport.h

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+// This header is meant to only be used by the generated source, it should not
+// be included in code using protocol buffers.
+
+#import "GPBBootstrap.h"
+
+#import "GPBDescriptor_PackagePrivate.h"
+#import "GPBExtensionInternals.h"
+#import "GPBMessage_PackagePrivate.h"
+#import "GPBRootObject_PackagePrivate.h"
+#import "GPBUtilities_PackagePrivate.h"

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBRootObject.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+@class GPBExtensionRegistry;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * Every generated proto file defines a local "Root" class that exposes a
+ * GPBExtensionRegistry for all the extensions defined by that file and
+ * the files it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBRootObject : NSObject
+
+/**
+ * @return An extension registry for the given file and all the files it depends
+ * on.
+ **/
++ (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBRootObject_PackagePrivate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBRootObject.h"
+
+@class GPBExtensionDescriptor;
+
+@interface GPBRootObject ()
+
+// Globally register.
++ (void)globallyRegisterExtension:(GPBExtensionDescriptor *)field;
+
+@end
+
+// Returns YES if the selector was resolved and added to the class,
+// NO otherwise.
+BOOL GPBResolveExtensionClassMethod(Class self, SEL sel);

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBRuntimeTypes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBBootstrap.h"
+
+@class GPBEnumDescriptor;
+@class GPBMessage;
+@class GPBInt32Array;
+
+/**
+ * Verifies that a given value can be represented by an enum type.
+ * */
+typedef BOOL (*GPBEnumValidationFunc)(int32_t);
+
+/**
+ * Fetches an EnumDescriptor.
+ * */
+typedef GPBEnumDescriptor *(*GPBEnumDescriptorFunc)(void);
+
+/**
+ * Magic value used at runtime to indicate an enum value that wasn't know at
+ * compile time.
+ * */
+enum {
+  kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue = (int32_t)0xFBADBEEF,
+};
+
+/**
+ * A union for storing all possible Protobuf values. Note that owner is
+ * responsible for memory management of object types.
+ * */
+typedef union {
+  BOOL valueBool;
+  int32_t valueInt32;
+  int64_t valueInt64;
+  uint32_t valueUInt32;
+  uint64_t valueUInt64;
+  float valueFloat;
+  double valueDouble;
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED NSData *valueData;
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED NSString *valueString;
+  GPB_UNSAFE_UNRETAINED GPBMessage *valueMessage;
+  int32_t valueEnum;
+} GPBGenericValue;
+
+/**
+ * Enum listing the possible data types that a field can contain.
+ * 
+ * @note Do not change the order of this enum (or add things to it) without
+ *       thinking about it very carefully. There are several things that depend
+ *       on the order.
+ * */
+typedef NS_ENUM(uint8_t, GPBDataType) {
+  /** Field contains boolean value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeBool = 0,
+  /** Field contains unsigned 4 byte value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeFixed32,
+  /** Field contains signed 4 byte value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeSFixed32,
+  /** Field contains float value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeFloat,
+  /** Field contains unsigned 8 byte value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeFixed64,
+  /** Field contains signed 8 byte value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeSFixed64,
+  /** Field contains double value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeDouble,
+  /**
+   * Field contains variable length value(s). Inefficient for encoding negative
+   * numbers – if your field is likely to have negative values, use
+   * GPBDataTypeSInt32 instead.
+   **/
+  GPBDataTypeInt32,
+  /**
+   * Field contains variable length value(s). Inefficient for encoding negative
+   * numbers – if your field is likely to have negative values, use
+   * GPBDataTypeSInt64 instead.
+   **/
+  GPBDataTypeInt64,
+  /** Field contains signed variable length integer value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeSInt32,
+  /** Field contains signed variable length integer value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeSInt64,
+  /** Field contains unsigned variable length integer value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeUInt32,
+  /** Field contains unsigned variable length integer value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeUInt64,
+  /** Field contains an arbitrary sequence of bytes. */
+  GPBDataTypeBytes,
+  /** Field contains UTF-8 encoded or 7-bit ASCII text. */
+  GPBDataTypeString,
+  /** Field contains message type(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeMessage,
+  /** Field contains message type(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeGroup,
+  /** Field contains enum value(s). */
+  GPBDataTypeEnum,
+};
+
+enum {
+  /**
+   * A count of the number of types in GPBDataType. Separated out from the
+   * GPBDataType enum to avoid warnings regarding not handling GPBDataType_Count
+   * in switch statements.
+   **/
+  GPBDataType_Count = GPBDataTypeEnum + 1
+};
+
+/** An extension range. */
+typedef struct GPBExtensionRange {
+  /** Inclusive. */
+  uint32_t start;
+  /** Exclusive. */
+  uint32_t end;
+} GPBExtensionRange;

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBUnknownField.h

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+@class GPBCodedOutputStream;
+@class GPBUInt32Array;
+@class GPBUInt64Array;
+@class GPBUnknownFieldSet;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+/**
+ * Store an unknown field. These are used in conjunction with
+ * GPBUnknownFieldSet.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUnknownField : NSObject<NSCopying>
+
+/** Initialize a field with the given number. */
+- (instancetype)initWithNumber:(int32_t)number;
+
+/** The field number the data is stored under. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, assign) int32_t number;
+
+/** An array of varint values for this field. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, strong) GPBUInt64Array *varintList;
+
+/** An array of fixed32 values for this field. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, strong) GPBUInt32Array *fixed32List;
+
+/** An array of fixed64 values for this field. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, strong) GPBUInt64Array *fixed64List;
+
+/** An array of data values for this field. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, strong) NSArray<NSData*> *lengthDelimitedList;
+
+/** An array of groups of values for this field. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly, strong) NSArray<GPBUnknownFieldSet*> *groupList;
+
+/**
+ * Add a value to the varintList.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addVarint:(uint64_t)value;
+/**
+ * Add a value to the fixed32List.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addFixed32:(uint32_t)value;
+/**
+ * Add a value to the fixed64List.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addFixed64:(uint64_t)value;
+/**
+ * Add a value to the lengthDelimitedList.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addLengthDelimited:(NSData *)value;
+/**
+ * Add a value to the groupList.
+ *
+ * @param value The value to add.
+ **/
+- (void)addGroup:(GPBUnknownFieldSet *)value;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBUnknownFieldSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+@class GPBUnknownField;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * A collection of unknown fields. Fields parsed from the binary representation
+ * of a message that are unknown end up in an instance of this set. This only
+ * applies for files declared with the "proto2" syntax. Files declared with the
+ * "proto3" syntax discard the unknown values.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUnknownFieldSet : NSObject<NSCopying>
+
+/**
+ * Tests to see if the given field number has a value.
+ *
+ * @param number The field number to check.
+ *
+ * @return YES if there is an unknown field for the given field number.
+ **/
+- (BOOL)hasField:(int32_t)number;
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the GPBUnknownField for the given field number.
+ *
+ * @param number The field number to look up.
+ *
+ * @return The GPBUnknownField or nil if none found.
+ **/
+- (nullable GPBUnknownField *)getField:(int32_t)number;
+
+/**
+ * @return The number of fields in this set.
+ **/
+- (NSUInteger)countOfFields;
+
+/**
+ * Adds the given field to the set.
+ *
+ * @param field The field to add to the set.
+ **/
+- (void)addField:(GPBUnknownField *)field;
+
+/**
+ * @return An array of the GPBUnknownFields sorted by the field numbers.
+ **/
+- (NSArray<GPBUnknownField *> *)sortedFields;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBUnknownFieldSet_PackagePrivate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBUnknownFieldSet.h"
+
+@class GPBCodedOutputStream;
+@class GPBCodedInputStream;
+
+@interface GPBUnknownFieldSet ()
+
++ (BOOL)isFieldTag:(int32_t)tag;
+
+- (NSData *)data;
+
+- (size_t)serializedSize;
+- (size_t)serializedSizeAsMessageSet;
+
+- (void)writeToCodedOutputStream:(GPBCodedOutputStream *)output;
+- (void)writeAsMessageSetTo:(GPBCodedOutputStream *)output;
+
+- (void)mergeUnknownFields:(GPBUnknownFieldSet *)other;
+
+- (void)mergeFromCodedInputStream:(GPBCodedInputStream *)input;
+- (void)mergeFromData:(NSData *)data;
+
+- (void)mergeVarintField:(int32_t)number value:(int32_t)value;
+- (BOOL)mergeFieldFrom:(int32_t)tag input:(GPBCodedInputStream *)input;
+- (void)mergeMessageSetMessage:(int32_t)number data:(NSData *)messageData;
+
+- (void)addUnknownMapEntry:(int32_t)fieldNum value:(NSData *)data;
+
+@end

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBUnknownField_PackagePrivate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBUnknownField.h"
+
+@class GPBCodedOutputStream;
+
+@interface GPBUnknownField ()
+
+- (void)writeToOutput:(GPBCodedOutputStream *)output;
+- (size_t)serializedSize;
+
+- (void)writeAsMessageSetExtensionToOutput:(GPBCodedOutputStream *)output;
+- (size_t)serializedSizeAsMessageSetExtension;
+
+- (void)mergeFromField:(GPBUnknownField *)other;
+
+@end

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBUtilities.h

@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBArray.h"
+#import "GPBMessage.h"
+#import "GPBRuntimeTypes.h"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * Generates a string that should be a valid "TextFormat" for the C++ version
+ * of Protocol Buffers.
+ *
+ * @param message    The message to generate from.
+ * @param lineIndent A string to use as the prefix for all lines generated. Can
+ *                   be nil if no extra indent is needed.
+ *
+ * @return An NSString with the TextFormat of the message.
+ **/
+NSString *GPBTextFormatForMessage(GPBMessage *message,
+                                  NSString * __nullable lineIndent);
+
+/**
+ * Generates a string that should be a valid "TextFormat" for the C++ version
+ * of Protocol Buffers.
+ *
+ * @param unknownSet The unknown field set to generate from.
+ * @param lineIndent A string to use as the prefix for all lines generated. Can
+ *                   be nil if no extra indent is needed.
+ *
+ * @return An NSString with the TextFormat of the unknown field set.
+ **/
+NSString *GPBTextFormatForUnknownFieldSet(GPBUnknownFieldSet * __nullable unknownSet,
+                                          NSString * __nullable lineIndent);
+
+/**
+ * Checks if the given field number is set on a message.
+ *
+ * @param self        The message to check.
+ * @param fieldNumber The field number to check.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the field number is set on the given message.
+ **/
+BOOL GPBMessageHasFieldNumberSet(GPBMessage *self, uint32_t fieldNumber);
+
+/**
+ * Checks if the given field is set on a message.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message to check.
+ * @param field The field to check.
+ *
+ * @return YES if the field is set on the given message.
+ **/
+BOOL GPBMessageHasFieldSet(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Clears the given field for the given message.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message for which to clear the field.
+ * @param field The field to clear.
+ **/
+void GPBClearMessageField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND GPB_ACCESSORS()
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+
+//
+// Get/Set a given field from/to a message.
+//
+
+// Single Fields
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of a bytes field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+NSData *GPBGetMessageBytesField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of a bytes field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageBytesField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, NSData *value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of a string field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+NSString *GPBGetMessageStringField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of a string field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageStringField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, NSString *value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of a message field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+GPBMessage *GPBGetMessageMessageField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of a message field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageMessageField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, GPBMessage *value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of a group field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+GPBMessage *GPBGetMessageGroupField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of a group field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageGroupField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, GPBMessage *value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of a bool field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+BOOL GPBGetMessageBoolField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of a bool field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageBoolField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, BOOL value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of an int32 field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+int32_t GPBGetMessageInt32Field(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of an int32 field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageInt32Field(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, int32_t value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of an uint32 field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+uint32_t GPBGetMessageUInt32Field(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of an uint32 field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageUInt32Field(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, uint32_t value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of an int64 field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+int64_t GPBGetMessageInt64Field(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of an int64 field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageInt64Field(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, int64_t value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of an uint64 field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+uint64_t GPBGetMessageUInt64Field(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of an uint64 field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageUInt64Field(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, uint64_t value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of a float field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+float GPBGetMessageFloatField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of a float field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageFloatField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, float value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of a double field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ **/
+double GPBGetMessageDoubleField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of a double field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageDoubleField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, double value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the given enum field of a message. For proto3, if the value isn't a
+ * member of the enum, @c kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue will be returned.
+ * GPBGetMessageRawEnumField will bypass the check and return whatever value
+ * was set.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ *
+ * @return The enum value for the given field.
+ **/
+int32_t GPBGetMessageEnumField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Set the given enum field of a message. You can only set values that are
+ * members of the enum.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The enum value to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageEnumField(GPBMessage *self,
+                            GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                            int32_t value);
+
+/**
+ * Get the given enum field of a message. No check is done to ensure the value
+ * was defined in the enum.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The field to get.
+ *
+ * @return The raw enum value for the given field.
+ **/
+int32_t GPBGetMessageRawEnumField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Set the given enum field of a message. You can set the value to anything,
+ * even a value that is not a member of the enum.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param value The raw enum value to set in the field.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageRawEnumField(GPBMessage *self,
+                               GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                               int32_t value);
+
+// Repeated Fields
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of a repeated field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The repeated field to get.
+ *
+ * @return A GPB*Array or an NSMutableArray based on the field's type.
+ **/
+id GPBGetMessageRepeatedField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of a repeated field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field The field to set.
+ * @param array A GPB*Array or NSMutableArray based on the field's type.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageRepeatedField(GPBMessage *self,
+                                GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                id array);
+
+// Map Fields
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of a map<> field.
+ *
+ * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+ * @param field The repeated field to get.
+ *
+ * @return A GPB*Dictionary or NSMutableDictionary based on the field's type.
+ **/
+id GPBGetMessageMapField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of a map<> field.
+ *
+ * @param self       The message into which to set the field.
+ * @param field      The field to set.
+ * @param dictionary A GPB*Dictionary or NSMutableDictionary based on the
+ *                   field's type.
+ **/
+void GPBSetMessageMapField(GPBMessage *self,
+                           GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                           id dictionary);
+
+//%PDDM-EXPAND-END GPB_ACCESSORS()
+
+/**
+ * Returns an empty NSData to assign to byte fields when you wish to assign them
+ * to empty. Prevents allocating a lot of little [NSData data] objects.
+ **/
+NSData *GPBEmptyNSData(void) __attribute__((pure));
+
+/**
+ * Drops the `unknownFields` from the given message and from all sub message.
+ **/
+void GPBMessageDropUnknownFieldsRecursively(GPBMessage *message);
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE GPB_ACCESSORS()
+//%
+//%//
+//%// Get/Set a given field from/to a message.
+//%//
+//%
+//%// Single Fields
+//%
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE_FULL(Bytes, NSData, , *)
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE_FULL(String, NSString, , *)
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE_FULL(Message, GPBMessage, , *)
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE_FULL(Group, GPBMessage, , *)
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE(Bool, BOOL, )
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE(Int32, int32_t, n)
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE(UInt32, uint32_t, n)
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE(Int64, int64_t, n)
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE(UInt64, uint64_t, n)
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE(Float, float, )
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE(Double, double, )
+//%/**
+//% * Gets the given enum field of a message. For proto3, if the value isn't a
+//% * member of the enum, @c kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue will be returned.
+//% * GPBGetMessageRawEnumField will bypass the check and return whatever value
+//% * was set.
+//% *
+//% * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+//% * @param field The field to get.
+//% *
+//% * @return The enum value for the given field.
+//% **/
+//%int32_t GPBGetMessageEnumField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Set the given enum field of a message. You can only set values that are
+//% * members of the enum.
+//% *
+//% * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+//% * @param field The field to set.
+//% * @param value The enum value to set in the field.
+//% **/
+//%void GPBSetMessageEnumField(GPBMessage *self,
+//%                            GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+//%                            int32_t value);
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Get the given enum field of a message. No check is done to ensure the value
+//% * was defined in the enum.
+//% *
+//% * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+//% * @param field The field to get.
+//% *
+//% * @return The raw enum value for the given field.
+//% **/
+//%int32_t GPBGetMessageRawEnumField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Set the given enum field of a message. You can set the value to anything,
+//% * even a value that is not a member of the enum.
+//% *
+//% * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+//% * @param field The field to set.
+//% * @param value The raw enum value to set in the field.
+//% **/
+//%void GPBSetMessageRawEnumField(GPBMessage *self,
+//%                               GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+//%                               int32_t value);
+//%
+//%// Repeated Fields
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Gets the value of a repeated field.
+//% *
+//% * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+//% * @param field The repeated field to get.
+//% *
+//% * @return A GPB*Array or an NSMutableArray based on the field's type.
+//% **/
+//%id GPBGetMessageRepeatedField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Sets the value of a repeated field.
+//% *
+//% * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+//% * @param field The field to set.
+//% * @param array A GPB*Array or NSMutableArray based on the field's type.
+//% **/
+//%void GPBSetMessageRepeatedField(GPBMessage *self,
+//%                                GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+//%                                id array);
+//%
+//%// Map Fields
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Gets the value of a map<> field.
+//% *
+//% * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+//% * @param field The repeated field to get.
+//% *
+//% * @return A GPB*Dictionary or NSMutableDictionary based on the field's type.
+//% **/
+//%id GPBGetMessageMapField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Sets the value of a map<> field.
+//% *
+//% * @param self       The message into which to set the field.
+//% * @param field      The field to set.
+//% * @param dictionary A GPB*Dictionary or NSMutableDictionary based on the
+//% *                   field's type.
+//% **/
+//%void GPBSetMessageMapField(GPBMessage *self,
+//%                           GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+//%                           id dictionary);
+//%
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE(NAME, TYPE, AN)
+//%GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE_FULL(NAME, TYPE, AN, )
+//%PDDM-DEFINE GPB_ACCESSOR_SINGLE_FULL(NAME, TYPE, AN, TisP)
+//%/**
+//% * Gets the value of a##AN NAME$L field.
+//% *
+//% * @param self  The message from which to get the field.
+//% * @param field The field to get.
+//% **/
+//%TYPE TisP##GPBGetMessage##NAME##Field(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+//%
+//%/**
+//% * Sets the value of a##AN NAME$L field.
+//% *
+//% * @param self  The message into which to set the field.
+//% * @param field The field to set.
+//% * @param value The to set in the field.
+//% **/
+//%void GPBSetMessage##NAME##Field(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field, TYPE TisP##value);
+//%

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBUtilities_PackagePrivate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+#import "GPBUtilities.h"
+
+#import "GPBDescriptor_PackagePrivate.h"
+
+// Macros for stringifying library symbols. These are used in the generated
+// PB descriptor classes wherever a library symbol name is represented as a
+// string. See README.google for more information.
+#define GPBStringify(S) #S
+#define GPBStringifySymbol(S) GPBStringify(S)
+
+#define GPBNSStringify(S) @#S
+#define GPBNSStringifySymbol(S) GPBNSStringify(S)
+
+// Constant to internally mark when there is no has bit.
+#define GPBNoHasBit INT32_MAX
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+// These two are used to inject a runtime check for version mismatch into the
+// generated sources to make sure they are linked with a supporting runtime.
+void GPBCheckRuntimeVersionSupport(int32_t objcRuntimeVersion);
+GPB_INLINE void GPB_DEBUG_CHECK_RUNTIME_VERSIONS() {
+  // NOTE: By being inline here, this captures the value from the library's
+  // headers at the time the generated code was compiled.
+#if defined(DEBUG) && DEBUG
+  GPBCheckRuntimeVersionSupport(GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION);
+#endif
+}
+
+// Legacy version of the checks, remove when GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_GEN_VERSION
+// goes away (see more info in GPBBootstrap.h).
+void GPBCheckRuntimeVersionInternal(int32_t version);
+GPB_INLINE void GPBDebugCheckRuntimeVersion() {
+#if defined(DEBUG) && DEBUG
+  GPBCheckRuntimeVersionInternal(GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_GEN_VERSION);
+#endif
+}
+
+// Conversion functions for de/serializing floating point types.
+
+GPB_INLINE int64_t GPBConvertDoubleToInt64(double v) {
+  union { double f; int64_t i; } u;
+  u.f = v;
+  return u.i;
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE int32_t GPBConvertFloatToInt32(float v) {
+  union { float f; int32_t i; } u;
+  u.f = v;
+  return u.i;
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE double GPBConvertInt64ToDouble(int64_t v) {
+  union { double f; int64_t i; } u;
+  u.i = v;
+  return u.f;
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE float GPBConvertInt32ToFloat(int32_t v) {
+  union { float f; int32_t i; } u;
+  u.i = v;
+  return u.f;
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE int32_t GPBLogicalRightShift32(int32_t value, int32_t spaces) {
+  return (int32_t)((uint32_t)(value) >> spaces);
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE int64_t GPBLogicalRightShift64(int64_t value, int32_t spaces) {
+  return (int64_t)((uint64_t)(value) >> spaces);
+}
+
+// Decode a ZigZag-encoded 32-bit value.  ZigZag encodes signed integers
+// into values that can be efficiently encoded with varint.  (Otherwise,
+// negative values must be sign-extended to 64 bits to be varint encoded,
+// thus always taking 10 bytes on the wire.)
+GPB_INLINE int32_t GPBDecodeZigZag32(uint32_t n) {
+  return (int32_t)(GPBLogicalRightShift32((int32_t)n, 1) ^ -((int32_t)(n) & 1));
+}
+
+// Decode a ZigZag-encoded 64-bit value.  ZigZag encodes signed integers
+// into values that can be efficiently encoded with varint.  (Otherwise,
+// negative values must be sign-extended to 64 bits to be varint encoded,
+// thus always taking 10 bytes on the wire.)
+GPB_INLINE int64_t GPBDecodeZigZag64(uint64_t n) {
+  return (int64_t)(GPBLogicalRightShift64((int64_t)n, 1) ^ -((int64_t)(n) & 1));
+}
+
+// Encode a ZigZag-encoded 32-bit value.  ZigZag encodes signed integers
+// into values that can be efficiently encoded with varint.  (Otherwise,
+// negative values must be sign-extended to 64 bits to be varint encoded,
+// thus always taking 10 bytes on the wire.)
+GPB_INLINE uint32_t GPBEncodeZigZag32(int32_t n) {
+  // Note:  the right-shift must be arithmetic
+  return ((uint32_t)n << 1) ^ (uint32_t)(n >> 31);
+}
+
+// Encode a ZigZag-encoded 64-bit value.  ZigZag encodes signed integers
+// into values that can be efficiently encoded with varint.  (Otherwise,
+// negative values must be sign-extended to 64 bits to be varint encoded,
+// thus always taking 10 bytes on the wire.)
+GPB_INLINE uint64_t GPBEncodeZigZag64(int64_t n) {
+  // Note:  the right-shift must be arithmetic
+  return ((uint64_t)n << 1) ^ (uint64_t)(n >> 63);
+}
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-enum"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdirect-ivar-access"
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBDataTypeIsObject(GPBDataType type) {
+  switch (type) {
+    case GPBDataTypeBytes:
+    case GPBDataTypeString:
+    case GPBDataTypeMessage:
+    case GPBDataTypeGroup:
+      return YES;
+    default:
+      return NO;
+  }
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBDataTypeIsMessage(GPBDataType type) {
+  switch (type) {
+    case GPBDataTypeMessage:
+    case GPBDataTypeGroup:
+      return YES;
+    default:
+      return NO;
+  }
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBFieldDataTypeIsMessage(GPBFieldDescriptor *field) {
+  return GPBDataTypeIsMessage(field->description_->dataType);
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBFieldDataTypeIsObject(GPBFieldDescriptor *field) {
+  return GPBDataTypeIsObject(field->description_->dataType);
+}
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBExtensionIsMessage(GPBExtensionDescriptor *ext) {
+  return GPBDataTypeIsMessage(ext->description_->dataType);
+}
+
+// The field is an array/map or it has an object value.
+GPB_INLINE BOOL GPBFieldStoresObject(GPBFieldDescriptor *field) {
+  GPBMessageFieldDescription *desc = field->description_;
+  if ((desc->flags & (GPBFieldRepeated | GPBFieldMapKeyMask)) != 0) {
+    return YES;
+  }
+  return GPBDataTypeIsObject(desc->dataType);
+}
+
+BOOL GPBGetHasIvar(GPBMessage *self, int32_t index, uint32_t fieldNumber);
+void GPBSetHasIvar(GPBMessage *self, int32_t idx, uint32_t fieldNumber,
+                   BOOL value);
+uint32_t GPBGetHasOneof(GPBMessage *self, int32_t index);
+
+GPB_INLINE BOOL
+GPBGetHasIvarField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field) {
+  GPBMessageFieldDescription *fieldDesc = field->description_;
+  return GPBGetHasIvar(self, fieldDesc->hasIndex, fieldDesc->number);
+}
+GPB_INLINE void GPBSetHasIvarField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                   BOOL value) {
+  GPBMessageFieldDescription *fieldDesc = field->description_;
+  GPBSetHasIvar(self, fieldDesc->hasIndex, fieldDesc->number, value);
+}
+
+void GPBMaybeClearOneof(GPBMessage *self, GPBOneofDescriptor *oneof,
+                        int32_t oneofHasIndex, uint32_t fieldNumberNotToClear);
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+//%PDDM-DEFINE GPB_IVAR_SET_DECL(NAME, TYPE)
+//%void GPBSet##NAME##IvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+//%            NAME$S                     GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+//%            NAME$S                     TYPE value,
+//%            NAME$S                     GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+//%PDDM-EXPAND GPB_IVAR_SET_DECL(Bool, BOOL)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+void GPBSetBoolIvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                     GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                     BOOL value,
+                                     GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+//%PDDM-EXPAND GPB_IVAR_SET_DECL(Int32, int32_t)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+void GPBSetInt32IvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                      GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                      int32_t value,
+                                      GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+//%PDDM-EXPAND GPB_IVAR_SET_DECL(UInt32, uint32_t)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+void GPBSetUInt32IvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                       GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                       uint32_t value,
+                                       GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+//%PDDM-EXPAND GPB_IVAR_SET_DECL(Int64, int64_t)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+void GPBSetInt64IvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                      GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                      int64_t value,
+                                      GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+//%PDDM-EXPAND GPB_IVAR_SET_DECL(UInt64, uint64_t)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+void GPBSetUInt64IvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                       GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                       uint64_t value,
+                                       GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+//%PDDM-EXPAND GPB_IVAR_SET_DECL(Float, float)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+void GPBSetFloatIvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                      GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                      float value,
+                                      GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+//%PDDM-EXPAND GPB_IVAR_SET_DECL(Double, double)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+void GPBSetDoubleIvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                       GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                       double value,
+                                       GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+//%PDDM-EXPAND GPB_IVAR_SET_DECL(Enum, int32_t)
+// This block of code is generated, do not edit it directly.
+
+void GPBSetEnumIvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                     GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                     int32_t value,
+                                     GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+//%PDDM-EXPAND-END (8 expansions)
+
+int32_t GPBGetEnumIvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                        GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                        GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+
+id GPBGetObjectIvarWithField(GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+void GPBSetObjectIvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                       GPBFieldDescriptor *field, id value,
+                                       GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+void GPBSetRetainedObjectIvarWithFieldInternal(GPBMessage *self,
+                                               GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+                                               id __attribute__((ns_consumed))
+                                               value,
+                                               GPBFileSyntax syntax);
+
+// GPBGetObjectIvarWithField will automatically create the field (message) if
+// it doesn't exist. GPBGetObjectIvarWithFieldNoAutocreate will return nil.
+id GPBGetObjectIvarWithFieldNoAutocreate(GPBMessage *self,
+                                         GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+void GPBSetAutocreatedRetainedObjectIvarWithField(
+    GPBMessage *self, GPBFieldDescriptor *field,
+    id __attribute__((ns_consumed)) value);
+
+// Clears and releases the autocreated message ivar, if it's autocreated. If
+// it's not set as autocreated, this method does nothing.
+void GPBClearAutocreatedMessageIvarWithField(GPBMessage *self,
+                                             GPBFieldDescriptor *field);
+
+// Returns an Objective C encoding for |selector|. |instanceSel| should be
+// YES if it's an instance selector (as opposed to a class selector).
+// |selector| must be a selector from MessageSignatureProtocol.
+const char *GPBMessageEncodingForSelector(SEL selector, BOOL instanceSel);
+
+// Helper for text format name encoding.
+// decodeData is the data describing the sepecial decodes.
+// key and inputString are the input that needs decoding.
+NSString *GPBDecodeTextFormatName(const uint8_t *decodeData, int32_t key,
+                                  NSString *inputString);
+
+// A series of selectors that are used solely to get @encoding values
+// for them by the dynamic protobuf runtime code. See
+// GPBMessageEncodingForSelector for details. GPBRootObject conforms to
+// the protocol so that it is encoded in the Objective C runtime.
+@protocol GPBMessageSignatureProtocol
+@optional
+
+#define GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(TYPE, NAME) \
+  -(TYPE)get##NAME;                             \
+  -(void)set##NAME : (TYPE)value;               \
+  -(TYPE)get##NAME##AtIndex : (NSUInteger)index;
+
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(BOOL, Bool)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(uint32_t, Fixed32)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(int32_t, SFixed32)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(float, Float)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(uint64_t, Fixed64)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(int64_t, SFixed64)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(double, Double)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(int32_t, Int32)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(int64_t, Int64)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(int32_t, SInt32)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(int64_t, SInt64)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(uint32_t, UInt32)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(uint64_t, UInt64)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(NSData *, Bytes)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(NSString *, String)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(GPBMessage *, Message)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(GPBMessage *, Group)
+GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY(int32_t, Enum)
+
+#undef GPB_MESSAGE_SIGNATURE_ENTRY
+
+- (id)getArray;
+- (NSUInteger)getArrayCount;
+- (void)setArray:(NSArray *)array;
++ (id)getClassValue;
+@end
+
+BOOL GPBClassHasSel(Class aClass, SEL sel);
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBWellKnownTypes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2015 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/Any.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/Duration.pbobjc.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/Timestamp.pbobjc.h>
+#else
+ #import "google/protobuf/Any.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/Duration.pbobjc.h"
+ #import "google/protobuf/Timestamp.pbobjc.h"
+#endif
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - Errors
+
+/** NSError domain used for errors. */
+extern NSString *const GPBWellKnownTypesErrorDomain;
+
+/** Error code for NSError with GPBWellKnownTypesErrorDomain. */
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, GPBWellKnownTypesErrorCode) {
+  /** The type_url could not be computed for the requested GPBMessage class. */
+  GPBWellKnownTypesErrorCodeFailedToComputeTypeURL = -100,
+  /** type_url in a Any doesn’t match that of the requested GPBMessage class. */
+  GPBWellKnownTypesErrorCodeTypeURLMismatch = -101,
+};
+
+#pragma mark - GPBTimestamp
+
+/**
+ * Category for GPBTimestamp to work with standard Foundation time/date types.
+ **/
+@interface GPBTimestamp (GBPWellKnownTypes)
+
+/** The NSDate representation of this GPBTimestamp. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong) NSDate *date;
+
+/**
+ * The NSTimeInterval representation of this GPBTimestamp.
+ *
+ * @note: Not all second/nanos combinations can be represented in a
+ * NSTimeInterval, so getting this could be a lossy transform.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) NSTimeInterval timeIntervalSince1970;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a GPBTimestamp with the given NSDate.
+ *
+ * @param date The date to configure the GPBTimestamp with.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBTimestamp.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithDate:(NSDate *)date;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a GPBTimestamp with the given NSTimeInterval.
+ *
+ * @param timeIntervalSince1970 Time interval to configure the GPBTimestamp with.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBTimestamp.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithTimeIntervalSince1970:(NSTimeInterval)timeIntervalSince1970;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBDuration
+
+/**
+ * Category for GPBDuration to work with standard Foundation time type.
+ **/
+@interface GPBDuration (GBPWellKnownTypes)
+
+/**
+ * The NSTimeInterval representation of this GPBDuration.
+ *
+ * @note: Not all second/nanos combinations can be represented in a
+ * NSTimeInterval, so getting this could be a lossy transform.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) NSTimeInterval timeInterval;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a GPBDuration with the given NSTimeInterval.
+ *
+ * @param timeInterval Time interval to configure the GPBDuration with.
+ *
+ * @return A newly initialized GPBDuration.
+ **/
+- (instancetype)initWithTimeInterval:(NSTimeInterval)timeInterval;
+
+// These next two methods are deprecated because GBPDuration has no need of a
+// "base" time. The older methods were about symmetry with GBPTimestamp, but
+// the unix epoch usage is too confusing.
+
+/** Deprecated, use timeInterval instead. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) NSTimeInterval timeIntervalSince1970
+    __attribute__((deprecated("Use timeInterval")));
+/** Deprecated, use initWithTimeInterval: instead. */
+- (instancetype)initWithTimeIntervalSince1970:(NSTimeInterval)timeIntervalSince1970
+    __attribute__((deprecated("Use initWithTimeInterval:")));
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBAny
+
+/**
+ * Category for GPBAny to help work with the message within the object.
+ **/
+@interface GPBAny (GBPWellKnownTypes)
+
+/**
+ * Convenience method to create a GPBAny containing the serialized message.
+ * This uses type.googleapis.com/ as the type_url's prefix.
+ *
+ * @param message  The message to be packed into the GPBAny.
+ * @param errorPtr Pointer to an error that will be populated if something goes
+ *                 wrong.
+ *
+ * @return A newly configured GPBAny with the given message, or nil on failure.
+ */
++ (nullable instancetype)anyWithMessage:(nonnull GPBMessage *)message
+                                  error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Convenience method to create a GPBAny containing the serialized message.
+ *
+ * @param message       The message to be packed into the GPBAny.
+ * @param typeURLPrefix The URL prefix to apply for type_url.
+ * @param errorPtr      Pointer to an error that will be populated if something
+ *                      goes wrong.
+ *
+ * @return A newly configured GPBAny with the given message, or nil on failure.
+ */
++ (nullable instancetype)anyWithMessage:(nonnull GPBMessage *)message
+                          typeURLPrefix:(nonnull NSString *)typeURLPrefix
+                                  error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a GPBAny to contain the serialized message. This uses
+ * type.googleapis.com/ as the type_url's prefix.
+ *
+ * @param message  The message to be packed into the GPBAny.
+ * @param errorPtr Pointer to an error that will be populated if something goes
+ *                 wrong.
+ *
+ * @return A newly configured GPBAny with the given message, or nil on failure.
+ */
+- (nullable instancetype)initWithMessage:(nonnull GPBMessage *)message
+                                   error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes a GPBAny to contain the serialized message.
+ *
+ * @param message       The message to be packed into the GPBAny.
+ * @param typeURLPrefix The URL prefix to apply for type_url.
+ * @param errorPtr      Pointer to an error that will be populated if something
+ *                      goes wrong.
+ *
+ * @return A newly configured GPBAny with the given message, or nil on failure.
+ */
+- (nullable instancetype)initWithMessage:(nonnull GPBMessage *)message
+                           typeURLPrefix:(nonnull NSString *)typeURLPrefix
+                                   error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Packs the serialized message into this GPBAny. This uses
+ * type.googleapis.com/ as the type_url's prefix.
+ *
+ * @param message  The message to be packed into the GPBAny.
+ * @param errorPtr Pointer to an error that will be populated if something goes
+ *                 wrong.
+ *
+ * @return Whether the packing was successful or not.
+ */
+- (BOOL)packWithMessage:(nonnull GPBMessage *)message
+                  error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Packs the serialized message into this GPBAny.
+ *
+ * @param message       The message to be packed into the GPBAny.
+ * @param typeURLPrefix The URL prefix to apply for type_url.
+ * @param errorPtr      Pointer to an error that will be populated if something
+ *                      goes wrong.
+ *
+ * @return Whether the packing was successful or not.
+ */
+- (BOOL)packWithMessage:(nonnull GPBMessage *)message
+          typeURLPrefix:(nonnull NSString *)typeURLPrefix
+                  error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+/**
+ * Unpacks the serialized message as if it was an instance of the given class.
+ *
+ * @note When checking type_url, the base URL is not checked, only the fully
+ *       qualified name.
+ *
+ * @param messageClass The class to use to deserialize the contained message.
+ * @param errorPtr     Pointer to an error that will be populated if something
+ *                     goes wrong.
+ *
+ * @return An instance of the given class populated with the contained data, or
+ *         nil on failure.
+ */
+- (nullable GPBMessage *)unpackMessageClass:(Class)messageClass
+                                      error:(NSError **)errorPtr;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/GPBWireFormat.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2008 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+//     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+//     * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#import "GPBRuntimeTypes.h"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+typedef enum {
+  GPBWireFormatVarint = 0,
+  GPBWireFormatFixed64 = 1,
+  GPBWireFormatLengthDelimited = 2,
+  GPBWireFormatStartGroup = 3,
+  GPBWireFormatEndGroup = 4,
+  GPBWireFormatFixed32 = 5,
+} GPBWireFormat;
+
+enum {
+  GPBWireFormatMessageSetItem = 1,
+  GPBWireFormatMessageSetTypeId = 2,
+  GPBWireFormatMessageSetMessage = 3
+};
+
+uint32_t GPBWireFormatMakeTag(uint32_t fieldNumber, GPBWireFormat wireType)
+    __attribute__((const));
+GPBWireFormat GPBWireFormatGetTagWireType(uint32_t tag) __attribute__((const));
+uint32_t GPBWireFormatGetTagFieldNumber(uint32_t tag) __attribute__((const));
+BOOL GPBWireFormatIsValidTag(uint32_t tag) __attribute__((const));
+
+GPBWireFormat GPBWireFormatForType(GPBDataType dataType, BOOL isPacked)
+    __attribute__((const));
+
+#define GPBWireFormatMessageSetItemTag \
+  (GPBWireFormatMakeTag(GPBWireFormatMessageSetItem, GPBWireFormatStartGroup))
+#define GPBWireFormatMessageSetItemEndTag \
+  (GPBWireFormatMakeTag(GPBWireFormatMessageSetItem, GPBWireFormatEndGroup))
+#define GPBWireFormatMessageSetTypeIdTag \
+  (GPBWireFormatMakeTag(GPBWireFormatMessageSetTypeId, GPBWireFormatVarint))
+#define GPBWireFormatMessageSetMessageTag               \
+  (GPBWireFormatMakeTag(GPBWireFormatMessageSetMessage, \
+                        GPBWireFormatLengthDelimited))
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/SourceContext.pbobjc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+// Generated by the protocol buffer compiler.  DO NOT EDIT!
+// source: google/protobuf/source_context.proto
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBDescriptor.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBMessage.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBRootObject.h>
+#else
+ #import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+ #import "GPBMessage.h"
+ #import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#if GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION < 30002
+#error This file was generated by a newer version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+#if 30002 < GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION
+#error This file was generated by an older version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(imports)
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - GPBSourceContextRoot
+
+/**
+ * Exposes the extension registry for this file.
+ *
+ * The base class provides:
+ * @code
+ *   + (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+ * @endcode
+ * which is a @c GPBExtensionRegistry that includes all the extensions defined by
+ * this file and all files that it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBSourceContextRoot : GPBRootObject
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBSourceContext
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBSourceContext_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBSourceContext_FieldNumber_FileName = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * `SourceContext` represents information about the source of a
+ * protobuf element, like the file in which it is defined.
+ **/
+@interface GPBSourceContext : GPBMessage
+
+/**
+ * The path-qualified name of the .proto file that contained the associated
+ * protobuf element.  For example: `"google/protobuf/source_context.proto"`.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *fileName;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(global_scope)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/Struct.pbobjc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+// Generated by the protocol buffer compiler.  DO NOT EDIT!
+// source: google/protobuf/struct.proto
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBDescriptor.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBMessage.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBRootObject.h>
+#else
+ #import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+ #import "GPBMessage.h"
+ #import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#if GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION < 30002
+#error This file was generated by a newer version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+#if 30002 < GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION
+#error This file was generated by an older version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(imports)
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+@class GPBListValue;
+@class GPBStruct;
+@class GPBValue;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - Enum GPBNullValue
+
+/**
+ * `NullValue` is a singleton enumeration to represent the null value for the
+ * `Value` type union.
+ *
+ *  The JSON representation for `NullValue` is JSON `null`.
+ **/
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBNullValue) {
+  /**
+   * Value used if any message's field encounters a value that is not defined
+   * by this enum. The message will also have C functions to get/set the rawValue
+   * of the field.
+   **/
+  GPBNullValue_GPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue = kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue,
+  /** Null value. */
+  GPBNullValue_NullValue = 0,
+};
+
+GPBEnumDescriptor *GPBNullValue_EnumDescriptor(void);
+
+/**
+ * Checks to see if the given value is defined by the enum or was not known at
+ * the time this source was generated.
+ **/
+BOOL GPBNullValue_IsValidValue(int32_t value);
+
+#pragma mark - GPBStructRoot
+
+/**
+ * Exposes the extension registry for this file.
+ *
+ * The base class provides:
+ * @code
+ *   + (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+ * @endcode
+ * which is a @c GPBExtensionRegistry that includes all the extensions defined by
+ * this file and all files that it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStructRoot : GPBRootObject
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBStruct
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBStruct_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBStruct_FieldNumber_Fields = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * `Struct` represents a structured data value, consisting of fields
+ * which map to dynamically typed values. In some languages, `Struct`
+ * might be supported by a native representation. For example, in
+ * scripting languages like JS a struct is represented as an
+ * object. The details of that representation are described together
+ * with the proto support for the language.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `Struct` is JSON object.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStruct : GPBMessage
+
+/** Unordered map of dynamically typed values. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableDictionary<NSString*, GPBValue*> *fields;
+/** The number of items in @c fields without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger fields_Count;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBValue
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBValue_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBValue_FieldNumber_NullValue = 1,
+  GPBValue_FieldNumber_NumberValue = 2,
+  GPBValue_FieldNumber_StringValue = 3,
+  GPBValue_FieldNumber_BoolValue = 4,
+  GPBValue_FieldNumber_StructValue = 5,
+  GPBValue_FieldNumber_ListValue = 6,
+};
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBValue_Kind_OneOfCase) {
+  GPBValue_Kind_OneOfCase_GPBUnsetOneOfCase = 0,
+  GPBValue_Kind_OneOfCase_NullValue = 1,
+  GPBValue_Kind_OneOfCase_NumberValue = 2,
+  GPBValue_Kind_OneOfCase_StringValue = 3,
+  GPBValue_Kind_OneOfCase_BoolValue = 4,
+  GPBValue_Kind_OneOfCase_StructValue = 5,
+  GPBValue_Kind_OneOfCase_ListValue = 6,
+};
+
+/**
+ * `Value` represents a dynamically typed value which can be either
+ * null, a number, a string, a boolean, a recursive struct value, or a
+ * list of values. A producer of value is expected to set one of that
+ * variants, absence of any variant indicates an error.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `Value` is JSON value.
+ **/
+@interface GPBValue : GPBMessage
+
+/** The kind of value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) GPBValue_Kind_OneOfCase kindOneOfCase;
+
+/** Represents a null value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) GPBNullValue nullValue;
+
+/** Represents a double value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) double numberValue;
+
+/** Represents a string value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *stringValue;
+
+/** Represents a boolean value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) BOOL boolValue;
+
+/** Represents a structured value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) GPBStruct *structValue;
+
+/** Represents a repeated `Value`. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) GPBListValue *listValue;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the raw value of a @c GPBValue's @c nullValue property, even
+ * if the value was not defined by the enum at the time the code was generated.
+ **/
+int32_t GPBValue_NullValue_RawValue(GPBValue *message);
+/**
+ * Sets the raw value of an @c GPBValue's @c nullValue property, allowing
+ * it to be set to a value that was not defined by the enum at the time the code
+ * was generated.
+ **/
+void SetGPBValue_NullValue_RawValue(GPBValue *message, int32_t value);
+
+/**
+ * Clears whatever value was set for the oneof 'kind'.
+ **/
+void GPBValue_ClearKindOneOfCase(GPBValue *message);
+
+#pragma mark - GPBListValue
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBListValue_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBListValue_FieldNumber_ValuesArray = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * `ListValue` is a wrapper around a repeated field of values.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `ListValue` is JSON array.
+ **/
+@interface GPBListValue : GPBMessage
+
+/** Repeated field of dynamically typed values. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBValue*> *valuesArray;
+/** The number of items in @c valuesArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger valuesArray_Count;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(global_scope)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/Timestamp.pbobjc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+// Generated by the protocol buffer compiler.  DO NOT EDIT!
+// source: google/protobuf/timestamp.proto
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBDescriptor.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBMessage.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBRootObject.h>
+#else
+ #import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+ #import "GPBMessage.h"
+ #import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#if GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION < 30002
+#error This file was generated by a newer version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+#if 30002 < GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION
+#error This file was generated by an older version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(imports)
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - GPBTimestampRoot
+
+/**
+ * Exposes the extension registry for this file.
+ *
+ * The base class provides:
+ * @code
+ *   + (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+ * @endcode
+ * which is a @c GPBExtensionRegistry that includes all the extensions defined by
+ * this file and all files that it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBTimestampRoot : GPBRootObject
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBTimestamp
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBTimestamp_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBTimestamp_FieldNumber_Seconds = 1,
+  GPBTimestamp_FieldNumber_Nanos = 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * A Timestamp represents a point in time independent of any time zone
+ * or calendar, represented as seconds and fractions of seconds at
+ * nanosecond resolution in UTC Epoch time. It is encoded using the
+ * Proleptic Gregorian Calendar which extends the Gregorian calendar
+ * backwards to year one. It is encoded assuming all minutes are 60
+ * seconds long, i.e. leap seconds are "smeared" so that no leap second
+ * table is needed for interpretation. Range is from
+ * 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59.999999999Z.
+ * By restricting to that range, we ensure that we can convert to
+ * and from  RFC 3339 date strings.
+ * See [https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt).
+ *
+ * # Examples
+ *
+ * Example 1: Compute Timestamp from POSIX `time()`.
+ *
+ *     Timestamp timestamp;
+ *     timestamp.set_seconds(time(NULL));
+ *     timestamp.set_nanos(0);
+ *
+ * Example 2: Compute Timestamp from POSIX `gettimeofday()`.
+ *
+ *     struct timeval tv;
+ *     gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
+ *
+ *     Timestamp timestamp;
+ *     timestamp.set_seconds(tv.tv_sec);
+ *     timestamp.set_nanos(tv.tv_usec * 1000);
+ *
+ * Example 3: Compute Timestamp from Win32 `GetSystemTimeAsFileTime()`.
+ *
+ *     FILETIME ft;
+ *     GetSystemTimeAsFileTime(&ft);
+ *     UINT64 ticks = (((UINT64)ft.dwHighDateTime) << 32) | ft.dwLowDateTime;
+ *
+ *     // A Windows tick is 100 nanoseconds. Windows epoch 1601-01-01T00:00:00Z
+ *     // is 11644473600 seconds before Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z.
+ *     Timestamp timestamp;
+ *     timestamp.set_seconds((INT64) ((ticks / 10000000) - 11644473600LL));
+ *     timestamp.set_nanos((INT32) ((ticks % 10000000) * 100));
+ *
+ * Example 4: Compute Timestamp from Java `System.currentTimeMillis()`.
+ *
+ *     long millis = System.currentTimeMillis();
+ *
+ *     Timestamp timestamp = Timestamp.newBuilder().setSeconds(millis / 1000)
+ *         .setNanos((int) ((millis % 1000) * 1000000)).build();
+ *
+ *
+ * Example 5: Compute Timestamp from current time in Python.
+ *
+ *     timestamp = Timestamp()
+ *     timestamp.GetCurrentTime()
+ *
+ * # JSON Mapping
+ *
+ * In JSON format, the Timestamp type is encoded as a string in the
+ * [RFC 3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) format. That is, the
+ * format is "{year}-{month}-{day}T{hour}:{min}:{sec}[.{frac_sec}]Z"
+ * where {year} is always expressed using four digits while {month}, {day},
+ * {hour}, {min}, and {sec} are zero-padded to two digits each. The fractional
+ * seconds, which can go up to 9 digits (i.e. up to 1 nanosecond resolution),
+ * are optional. The "Z" suffix indicates the timezone ("UTC"); the timezone
+ * is required. A proto3 JSON serializer should always use UTC (as indicated by
+ * "Z") when printing the Timestamp type and a proto3 JSON parser should be
+ * able to accept both UTC and other timezones (as indicated by an offset).
+ *
+ * For example, "2017-01-15T01:30:15.01Z" encodes 15.01 seconds past
+ * 01:30 UTC on January 15, 2017.
+ *
+ * In JavaScript, one can convert a Date object to this format using the
+ * standard [toISOString()](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Global_Objects/Date/toISOString]
+ * method. In Python, a standard `datetime.datetime` object can be converted
+ * to this format using [`strftime`](https://docs.python.org/2/library/time.html#time.strftime)
+ * with the time format spec '%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S.%fZ'. Likewise, in Java, one
+ * can use the Joda Time's [`ISODateTimeFormat.dateTime()`](
+ * http://www.joda.org/joda-time/apidocs/org/joda/time/format/ISODateTimeFormat.html#dateTime--
+ * ) to obtain a formatter capable of generating timestamps in this format.
+ **/
+@interface GPBTimestamp : GPBMessage
+
+/**
+ * Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch
+ * 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to
+ * 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) int64_t seconds;
+
+/**
+ * Non-negative fractions of a second at nanosecond resolution. Negative
+ * second values with fractions must still have non-negative nanos values
+ * that count forward in time. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999
+ * inclusive.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) int32_t nanos;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(global_scope)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/Type.pbobjc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+// Generated by the protocol buffer compiler.  DO NOT EDIT!
+// source: google/protobuf/type.proto
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBDescriptor.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBMessage.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBRootObject.h>
+#else
+ #import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+ #import "GPBMessage.h"
+ #import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#if GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION < 30002
+#error This file was generated by a newer version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+#if 30002 < GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION
+#error This file was generated by an older version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(imports)
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+@class GPBAny;
+@class GPBEnumValue;
+@class GPBField;
+@class GPBOption;
+@class GPBSourceContext;
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - Enum GPBSyntax
+
+/** The syntax in which a protocol buffer element is defined. */
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBSyntax) {
+  /**
+   * Value used if any message's field encounters a value that is not defined
+   * by this enum. The message will also have C functions to get/set the rawValue
+   * of the field.
+   **/
+  GPBSyntax_GPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue = kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue,
+  /** Syntax `proto2`. */
+  GPBSyntax_SyntaxProto2 = 0,
+
+  /** Syntax `proto3`. */
+  GPBSyntax_SyntaxProto3 = 1,
+};
+
+GPBEnumDescriptor *GPBSyntax_EnumDescriptor(void);
+
+/**
+ * Checks to see if the given value is defined by the enum or was not known at
+ * the time this source was generated.
+ **/
+BOOL GPBSyntax_IsValidValue(int32_t value);
+
+#pragma mark - Enum GPBField_Kind
+
+/** Basic field types. */
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBField_Kind) {
+  /**
+   * Value used if any message's field encounters a value that is not defined
+   * by this enum. The message will also have C functions to get/set the rawValue
+   * of the field.
+   **/
+  GPBField_Kind_GPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue = kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue,
+  /** Field type unknown. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeUnknown = 0,
+
+  /** Field type double. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeDouble = 1,
+
+  /** Field type float. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeFloat = 2,
+
+  /** Field type int64. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeInt64 = 3,
+
+  /** Field type uint64. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeUint64 = 4,
+
+  /** Field type int32. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeInt32 = 5,
+
+  /** Field type fixed64. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeFixed64 = 6,
+
+  /** Field type fixed32. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeFixed32 = 7,
+
+  /** Field type bool. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeBool = 8,
+
+  /** Field type string. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeString = 9,
+
+  /** Field type group. Proto2 syntax only, and deprecated. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeGroup = 10,
+
+  /** Field type message. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeMessage = 11,
+
+  /** Field type bytes. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeBytes = 12,
+
+  /** Field type uint32. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeUint32 = 13,
+
+  /** Field type enum. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeEnum = 14,
+
+  /** Field type sfixed32. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeSfixed32 = 15,
+
+  /** Field type sfixed64. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeSfixed64 = 16,
+
+  /** Field type sint32. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeSint32 = 17,
+
+  /** Field type sint64. */
+  GPBField_Kind_TypeSint64 = 18,
+};
+
+GPBEnumDescriptor *GPBField_Kind_EnumDescriptor(void);
+
+/**
+ * Checks to see if the given value is defined by the enum or was not known at
+ * the time this source was generated.
+ **/
+BOOL GPBField_Kind_IsValidValue(int32_t value);
+
+#pragma mark - Enum GPBField_Cardinality
+
+/** Whether a field is optional, required, or repeated. */
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBField_Cardinality) {
+  /**
+   * Value used if any message's field encounters a value that is not defined
+   * by this enum. The message will also have C functions to get/set the rawValue
+   * of the field.
+   **/
+  GPBField_Cardinality_GPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue = kGPBUnrecognizedEnumeratorValue,
+  /** For fields with unknown cardinality. */
+  GPBField_Cardinality_CardinalityUnknown = 0,
+
+  /** For optional fields. */
+  GPBField_Cardinality_CardinalityOptional = 1,
+
+  /** For required fields. Proto2 syntax only. */
+  GPBField_Cardinality_CardinalityRequired = 2,
+
+  /** For repeated fields. */
+  GPBField_Cardinality_CardinalityRepeated = 3,
+};
+
+GPBEnumDescriptor *GPBField_Cardinality_EnumDescriptor(void);
+
+/**
+ * Checks to see if the given value is defined by the enum or was not known at
+ * the time this source was generated.
+ **/
+BOOL GPBField_Cardinality_IsValidValue(int32_t value);
+
+#pragma mark - GPBTypeRoot
+
+/**
+ * Exposes the extension registry for this file.
+ *
+ * The base class provides:
+ * @code
+ *   + (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+ * @endcode
+ * which is a @c GPBExtensionRegistry that includes all the extensions defined by
+ * this file and all files that it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBTypeRoot : GPBRootObject
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBType
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBType_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBType_FieldNumber_Name = 1,
+  GPBType_FieldNumber_FieldsArray = 2,
+  GPBType_FieldNumber_OneofsArray = 3,
+  GPBType_FieldNumber_OptionsArray = 4,
+  GPBType_FieldNumber_SourceContext = 5,
+  GPBType_FieldNumber_Syntax = 6,
+};
+
+/**
+ * A protocol buffer message type.
+ **/
+@interface GPBType : GPBMessage
+
+/** The fully qualified message name. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *name;
+
+/** The list of fields. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBField*> *fieldsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c fieldsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger fieldsArray_Count;
+
+/** The list of types appearing in `oneof` definitions in this type. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<NSString*> *oneofsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c oneofsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger oneofsArray_Count;
+
+/** The protocol buffer options. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBOption*> *optionsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c optionsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger optionsArray_Count;
+
+/** The source context. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) GPBSourceContext *sourceContext;
+/** Test to see if @c sourceContext has been set. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) BOOL hasSourceContext;
+
+/** The source syntax. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) GPBSyntax syntax;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the raw value of a @c GPBType's @c syntax property, even
+ * if the value was not defined by the enum at the time the code was generated.
+ **/
+int32_t GPBType_Syntax_RawValue(GPBType *message);
+/**
+ * Sets the raw value of an @c GPBType's @c syntax property, allowing
+ * it to be set to a value that was not defined by the enum at the time the code
+ * was generated.
+ **/
+void SetGPBType_Syntax_RawValue(GPBType *message, int32_t value);
+
+#pragma mark - GPBField
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBField_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBField_FieldNumber_Kind = 1,
+  GPBField_FieldNumber_Cardinality = 2,
+  GPBField_FieldNumber_Number = 3,
+  GPBField_FieldNumber_Name = 4,
+  GPBField_FieldNumber_TypeURL = 6,
+  GPBField_FieldNumber_OneofIndex = 7,
+  GPBField_FieldNumber_Packed = 8,
+  GPBField_FieldNumber_OptionsArray = 9,
+  GPBField_FieldNumber_JsonName = 10,
+  GPBField_FieldNumber_DefaultValue = 11,
+};
+
+/**
+ * A single field of a message type.
+ **/
+@interface GPBField : GPBMessage
+
+/** The field type. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) GPBField_Kind kind;
+
+/** The field cardinality. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) GPBField_Cardinality cardinality;
+
+/** The field number. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) int32_t number;
+
+/** The field name. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *name;
+
+/**
+ * The field type URL, without the scheme, for message or enumeration
+ * types. Example: `"type.googleapis.com/google.protobuf.Timestamp"`.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *typeURL;
+
+/**
+ * The index of the field type in `Type.oneofs`, for message or enumeration
+ * types. The first type has index 1; zero means the type is not in the list.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) int32_t oneofIndex;
+
+/** Whether to use alternative packed wire representation. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) BOOL packed;
+
+/** The protocol buffer options. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBOption*> *optionsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c optionsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger optionsArray_Count;
+
+/** The field JSON name. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *jsonName;
+
+/** The string value of the default value of this field. Proto2 syntax only. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *defaultValue;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the raw value of a @c GPBField's @c kind property, even
+ * if the value was not defined by the enum at the time the code was generated.
+ **/
+int32_t GPBField_Kind_RawValue(GPBField *message);
+/**
+ * Sets the raw value of an @c GPBField's @c kind property, allowing
+ * it to be set to a value that was not defined by the enum at the time the code
+ * was generated.
+ **/
+void SetGPBField_Kind_RawValue(GPBField *message, int32_t value);
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the raw value of a @c GPBField's @c cardinality property, even
+ * if the value was not defined by the enum at the time the code was generated.
+ **/
+int32_t GPBField_Cardinality_RawValue(GPBField *message);
+/**
+ * Sets the raw value of an @c GPBField's @c cardinality property, allowing
+ * it to be set to a value that was not defined by the enum at the time the code
+ * was generated.
+ **/
+void SetGPBField_Cardinality_RawValue(GPBField *message, int32_t value);
+
+#pragma mark - GPBEnum
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBEnum_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBEnum_FieldNumber_Name = 1,
+  GPBEnum_FieldNumber_EnumvalueArray = 2,
+  GPBEnum_FieldNumber_OptionsArray = 3,
+  GPBEnum_FieldNumber_SourceContext = 4,
+  GPBEnum_FieldNumber_Syntax = 5,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Enum type definition.
+ **/
+@interface GPBEnum : GPBMessage
+
+/** Enum type name. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *name;
+
+/** Enum value definitions. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBEnumValue*> *enumvalueArray;
+/** The number of items in @c enumvalueArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger enumvalueArray_Count;
+
+/** Protocol buffer options. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBOption*> *optionsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c optionsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger optionsArray_Count;
+
+/** The source context. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) GPBSourceContext *sourceContext;
+/** Test to see if @c sourceContext has been set. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) BOOL hasSourceContext;
+
+/** The source syntax. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) GPBSyntax syntax;
+
+@end
+
+/**
+ * Fetches the raw value of a @c GPBEnum's @c syntax property, even
+ * if the value was not defined by the enum at the time the code was generated.
+ **/
+int32_t GPBEnum_Syntax_RawValue(GPBEnum *message);
+/**
+ * Sets the raw value of an @c GPBEnum's @c syntax property, allowing
+ * it to be set to a value that was not defined by the enum at the time the code
+ * was generated.
+ **/
+void SetGPBEnum_Syntax_RawValue(GPBEnum *message, int32_t value);
+
+#pragma mark - GPBEnumValue
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBEnumValue_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBEnumValue_FieldNumber_Name = 1,
+  GPBEnumValue_FieldNumber_Number = 2,
+  GPBEnumValue_FieldNumber_OptionsArray = 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Enum value definition.
+ **/
+@interface GPBEnumValue : GPBMessage
+
+/** Enum value name. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *name;
+
+/** Enum value number. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) int32_t number;
+
+/** Protocol buffer options. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) NSMutableArray<GPBOption*> *optionsArray;
+/** The number of items in @c optionsArray without causing the array to be created. */
+@property(nonatomic, readonly) NSUInteger optionsArray_Count;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBOption
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBOption_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBOption_FieldNumber_Name = 1,
+  GPBOption_FieldNumber_Value = 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * A protocol buffer option, which can be attached to a message, field,
+ * enumeration, etc.
+ **/
+@interface GPBOption : GPBMessage
+
+/**
+ * The option's name. For protobuf built-in options (options defined in
+ * descriptor.proto), this is the short name. For example, `"map_entry"`.
+ * For custom options, it should be the fully-qualified name. For example,
+ * `"google.api.http"`.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *name;
+
+/**
+ * The option's value packed in an Any message. If the value is a primitive,
+ * the corresponding wrapper type defined in google/protobuf/wrappers.proto
+ * should be used. If the value is an enum, it should be stored as an int32
+ * value using the google.protobuf.Int32Value type.
+ **/
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, strong, null_resettable) GPBAny *value;
+/** Test to see if @c value has been set. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) BOOL hasValue;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(global_scope)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Headers/Wrappers.pbobjc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+// Generated by the protocol buffer compiler.  DO NOT EDIT!
+// source: google/protobuf/wrappers.proto
+
+// This CPP symbol can be defined to use imports that match up to the framework
+// imports needed when using CocoaPods.
+#if !defined(GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS)
+ #define GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS 0
+#endif
+
+#if GPB_USE_PROTOBUF_FRAMEWORK_IMPORTS
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBDescriptor.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBMessage.h>
+ #import <Protobuf/GPBRootObject.h>
+#else
+ #import "GPBDescriptor.h"
+ #import "GPBMessage.h"
+ #import "GPBRootObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#if GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_VERSION < 30002
+#error This file was generated by a newer version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+#if 30002 < GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_OBJC_MIN_SUPPORTED_VERSION
+#error This file was generated by an older version of protoc which is incompatible with your Protocol Buffer library sources.
+#endif
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(imports)
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN
+
+#pragma mark - GPBWrappersRoot
+
+/**
+ * Exposes the extension registry for this file.
+ *
+ * The base class provides:
+ * @code
+ *   + (GPBExtensionRegistry *)extensionRegistry;
+ * @endcode
+ * which is a @c GPBExtensionRegistry that includes all the extensions defined by
+ * this file and all files that it depends on.
+ **/
+@interface GPBWrappersRoot : GPBRootObject
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBDoubleValue
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBDoubleValue_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBDoubleValue_FieldNumber_Value = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper message for `double`.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `DoubleValue` is JSON number.
+ **/
+@interface GPBDoubleValue : GPBMessage
+
+/** The double value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) double value;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBFloatValue
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBFloatValue_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBFloatValue_FieldNumber_Value = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper message for `float`.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `FloatValue` is JSON number.
+ **/
+@interface GPBFloatValue : GPBMessage
+
+/** The float value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) float value;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBInt64Value
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBInt64Value_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBInt64Value_FieldNumber_Value = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper message for `int64`.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `Int64Value` is JSON string.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt64Value : GPBMessage
+
+/** The int64 value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) int64_t value;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBUInt64Value
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBUInt64Value_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBUInt64Value_FieldNumber_Value = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper message for `uint64`.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `UInt64Value` is JSON string.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt64Value : GPBMessage
+
+/** The uint64 value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) uint64_t value;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBInt32Value
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBInt32Value_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBInt32Value_FieldNumber_Value = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper message for `int32`.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `Int32Value` is JSON number.
+ **/
+@interface GPBInt32Value : GPBMessage
+
+/** The int32 value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) int32_t value;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBUInt32Value
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBUInt32Value_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBUInt32Value_FieldNumber_Value = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper message for `uint32`.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `UInt32Value` is JSON number.
+ **/
+@interface GPBUInt32Value : GPBMessage
+
+/** The uint32 value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) uint32_t value;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBBoolValue
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBBoolValue_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBBoolValue_FieldNumber_Value = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper message for `bool`.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `BoolValue` is JSON `true` and `false`.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBoolValue : GPBMessage
+
+/** The bool value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite) BOOL value;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBStringValue
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBStringValue_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBStringValue_FieldNumber_Value = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper message for `string`.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `StringValue` is JSON string.
+ **/
+@interface GPBStringValue : GPBMessage
+
+/** The string value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSString *value;
+
+@end
+
+#pragma mark - GPBBytesValue
+
+typedef GPB_ENUM(GPBBytesValue_FieldNumber) {
+  GPBBytesValue_FieldNumber_Value = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper message for `bytes`.
+ *
+ * The JSON representation for `BytesValue` is JSON string.
+ **/
+@interface GPBBytesValue : GPBMessage
+
+/** The bytes value. */
+@property(nonatomic, readwrite, copy, null_resettable) NSData *value;
+
+@end
+
+NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END
+
+CF_EXTERN_C_END
+
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+
+// @@protoc_insertion_point(global_scope)

Libraries external/Firebase/Messaging/Protobuf.framework/Modules/module.modulemap

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+framework module Protobuf {
+  umbrella header "Protobuf.h"
+  export *
+  module * { export *}
+}

Nextcloud.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj

@@ -99,6 +99,15 @@
 		F726EEEC1FED1C820030B9C8 /* NCEndToEndInitialize.swift in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F726EEEB1FED1C820030B9C8 /* NCEndToEndInitialize.swift */; };
 		F72AAECA1E5C60C700BB17E1 /* AHKActionSheet.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72AAEC31E5C60C700BB17E1 /* AHKActionSheet.m */; };
 		F72AAECB1E5C60C700BB17E1 /* AHKActionSheetViewController.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72AAEC51E5C60C700BB17E1 /* AHKActionSheetViewController.m */; };
+		F72D0FF9210B6638009C96B7 /* Protobuf.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72D0FEF210B6638009C96B7 /* Protobuf.framework */; };
+		F72D0FFA210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseMessaging.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72D0FF0210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseMessaging.framework */; };
+		F72D0FFB210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseCore.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72D0FF2210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseCore.framework */; };
+		F72D0FFC210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseAnalytics.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72D0FF3210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseAnalytics.framework */; };
+		F72D0FFD210B6638009C96B7 /* GoogleToolboxForMac.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72D0FF4210B6638009C96B7 /* GoogleToolboxForMac.framework */; };
+		F72D0FFE210B6638009C96B7 /* nanopb.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72D0FF5210B6638009C96B7 /* nanopb.framework */; };
+		F72D0FFF210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseNanoPB.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72D0FF6210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseNanoPB.framework */; };
+		F72D1000210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseInstanceID.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72D0FF7210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseInstanceID.framework */; };
+		F72D1001210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseCoreDiagnostics.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F72D0FF8210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseCoreDiagnostics.framework */; };
 		F732B3371E8045A1002B7D75 /* SwiftWebVC.strings in Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F732B3351E8045A1002B7D75 /* SwiftWebVC.strings */; };
 		F732BA061D76CE1500E9878B /* CCNetworking.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F732BA041D76CE1500E9878B /* CCNetworking.m */; };
 		F732BA0B1D76DBA500E9878B /* CCNetworking.m in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F732BA041D76CE1500E9878B /* CCNetworking.m */; };
@@ -715,6 +724,15 @@
 		F72AAEC31E5C60C700BB17E1 /* AHKActionSheet.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = AHKActionSheet.m; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
 		F72AAEC41E5C60C700BB17E1 /* AHKActionSheetViewController.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = AHKActionSheetViewController.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
 		F72AAEC51E5C60C700BB17E1 /* AHKActionSheetViewController.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = AHKActionSheetViewController.m; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+		F72D0FEF210B6638009C96B7 /* Protobuf.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = Protobuf.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+		F72D0FF0210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseMessaging.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = FirebaseMessaging.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+		F72D0FF2210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseCore.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = FirebaseCore.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+		F72D0FF3210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseAnalytics.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = FirebaseAnalytics.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+		F72D0FF4210B6638009C96B7 /* GoogleToolboxForMac.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = GoogleToolboxForMac.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+		F72D0FF5210B6638009C96B7 /* nanopb.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = nanopb.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+		F72D0FF6210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseNanoPB.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = FirebaseNanoPB.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+		F72D0FF7210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseInstanceID.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = FirebaseInstanceID.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+		F72D0FF8210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseCoreDiagnostics.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = FirebaseCoreDiagnostics.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
 		F73049B81CB567F000C7C320 /* NSString+TruncateToWidth.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = "NSString+TruncateToWidth.h"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
 		F73049B91CB567F000C7C320 /* NSString+TruncateToWidth.m */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; path = "NSString+TruncateToWidth.m"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
 		F7320931201B812F008A0888 /* ko */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.plist.strings; name = ko; path = ko.lproj/CTAssetsPicker.strings; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
@@ -1642,12 +1660,21 @@
 				F7DFE2571EBDC52E00CF5202 /* Realm.framework in Frameworks */,
 				F75EDFBF1E8C116D00E6F369 /* libstdc++.tbd in Frameworks */,
 				F75EDFBD1E8C112F00E6F369 /* libsqlite3.0.tbd in Frameworks */,
+				F72D0FFF210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseNanoPB.framework in Frameworks */,
 				F7DFE2541EBDC3A400CF5202 /* RealmSwift.framework in Frameworks */,
 				F7A377161EB2364A002856D3 /* Crashlytics.framework in Frameworks */,
 				F7FC7D561DC1F93800BB2C6A /* libz.tbd in Frameworks */,
 				F7A3771A1EB2364A002856D3 /* Fabric.framework in Frameworks */,
+				F72D0FFE210B6638009C96B7 /* nanopb.framework in Frameworks */,
+				F72D0FFD210B6638009C96B7 /* GoogleToolboxForMac.framework in Frameworks */,
+				F72D0FF9210B6638009C96B7 /* Protobuf.framework in Frameworks */,
+				F72D0FFB210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseCore.framework in Frameworks */,
+				F72D1000210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseInstanceID.framework in Frameworks */,
 				F7BB14961D5B62C000ECEE68 /* libcrypto.a in Frameworks */,
 				F7BB14971D5B62C000ECEE68 /* libssl.a in Frameworks */,
+				F72D1001210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseCoreDiagnostics.framework in Frameworks */,
+				F72D0FFA210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseMessaging.framework in Frameworks */,
+				F72D0FFC210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseAnalytics.framework in Frameworks */,
 			);
 			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
 		};
@@ -1803,6 +1830,7 @@
 				F73CCE221DC13788007E38D8 /* DZNEmptyDataSet */,
 				F7659A211DC0B726004860C4 /* EAIntroView */,
 				F7659A2A1DC0B72F004860C4 /* EARestrictedScrollView */,
+				F72D0FED210B6638009C96B7 /* Firebase */,
 				F78964A61EBB576C00403E13 /* JDStatusBarNotification */,
 				F7659A2F1DC0B737004860C4 /* iRate */,
 				F70F04821C889183008DAB36 /* MBProgressHUD */,
@@ -1928,6 +1956,38 @@
 			name = Localizations;
 			sourceTree = "<group>";
 		};
+		F72D0FED210B6638009C96B7 /* Firebase */ = {
+			isa = PBXGroup;
+			children = (
+				F72D0FEE210B6638009C96B7 /* Messaging */,
+				F72D0FF1210B6638009C96B7 /* Analytics */,
+			);
+			path = Firebase;
+			sourceTree = "<group>";
+		};
+		F72D0FEE210B6638009C96B7 /* Messaging */ = {
+			isa = PBXGroup;
+			children = (
+				F72D0FEF210B6638009C96B7 /* Protobuf.framework */,
+				F72D0FF0210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseMessaging.framework */,
+			);
+			path = Messaging;
+			sourceTree = "<group>";
+		};
+		F72D0FF1210B6638009C96B7 /* Analytics */ = {
+			isa = PBXGroup;
+			children = (
+				F72D0FF2210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseCore.framework */,
+				F72D0FF3210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseAnalytics.framework */,
+				F72D0FF4210B6638009C96B7 /* GoogleToolboxForMac.framework */,
+				F72D0FF5210B6638009C96B7 /* nanopb.framework */,
+				F72D0FF6210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseNanoPB.framework */,
+				F72D0FF7210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseInstanceID.framework */,
+				F72D0FF8210B6638009C96B7 /* FirebaseCoreDiagnostics.framework */,
+			);
+			path = Analytics;
+			sourceTree = "<group>";
+		};
 		F73B4EAC1F470D9100BBEE4B /* src */ = {
 			isa = PBXGroup;
 			children = (
@@ -4431,7 +4491,7 @@
 				ENABLE_BITCODE = YES;
 				FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS = (
 					"$(inherited)",
-					"$(PROJECT_DIR)\"/Libraries external/Analytics\"",
+					"$(PROJECT_DIR)\"/Libraries external/Firebase\"/**",
 					"$(PROJECT_DIR)\"/Libraries external/Fabric\"",
 					"$(PROJECT_DIR)\"/Libraries external/Realm\"",
 				);
@@ -4482,7 +4542,7 @@
 				ENABLE_BITCODE = YES;
 				FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS = (
 					"$(inherited)",
-					"$(PROJECT_DIR)\"/Libraries external/Analytics\"",
+					"$(PROJECT_DIR)\"/Libraries external/Firebase\"/**",
 					"$(PROJECT_DIR)\"/Libraries external/Fabric\"",
 					"$(PROJECT_DIR)\"/Libraries external/Realm\"",
 				);